{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-bundle/1","size":"core","packs":[{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"aerospace","title":"Aerospace -- drone frames, motor mounts, payload rails and airframe hardware","sector":"aerospace","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Multirotor frame and motor-mount dimensions, flight-controller and battery-bay standards, payload rails, fixed-wing basics, aerospace fastener locking, weight/CG budgeting and the environmental tests a small UAS airframe is held to.","aliases":["drone","quadcopter","uav","multirotor","aircraft","airframe","motor mount","prop","propeller","payload rail","fpv","wing","aerospace bracket"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"faa-14cfr107","title":"FAA 14 CFR Part 107 -- Small Unmanned Aircraft Systems","url":"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-14/chapter-I/subchapter-F/part-107","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"tmotor-mn-series","title":"T-Motor MN-series brushless motor mechanical drawings (bolt pattern, shaft, thread)","url":"https://store.tmotor.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iflight-xing-motor","title":"iFlight XING-series brushless motor mechanical drawings","url":"https://shop.iflight.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"oscar-liang-frame-guide","title":"Oscar Liang FPV quadcopter frame size and build guides","url":"https://oscarliang.com/category/frame/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"sandia-isogrid-handbook","title":"Sandia National Laboratories / NASA isogrid design handbook (Meyer et al., triangular rib-pattern structures)","url":"https://www.osti.gov/biblio/5117252","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"matweb-materials","title":"MatWeb Material Property Data (aerospace aluminium, composites, engineering plastics)","url":"https://www.matweb.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"asme-b1-1-unc","title":"ASME B1.1 Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form)","url":"https://www.asme.org/codes-standards/find-codes-standards/b1-1-unified-inch-screw-threads-un-unr-thread-form","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"ardupilot-pixhawk-standard","title":"ArduPilot/PX4 standard flight-controller mounting patterns (30.5mm and 20x20mm)","url":"https://ardupilot.org/copter/docs/common-autopilots.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"frame-plate-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"CF plate thickness for drone frame arms and center plates","summary":"Drone frame arms and center plates are cut from carbon-fiber/epoxy plate at 2, 3 or 4 mm -- 2mm for small whoops and non-structural covers, 3mm for 5-7in racing arms, 4mm for 10in+ or load-bearing center plates.","applies":["frame","arm","center plate","quadcopter"],"value":{"options":[2,3,4],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common FPV frame-manufacturer plate-thickness convention scaled to arm/plate span and prop torque","sources":["oscar-liang-frame-guide"],"tags":["frame","plate","carbon-fiber","thickness"]},{"id":"frame-tube-diameter","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"CF tube diameter and wall for round drone arms","summary":"Round carbon-fiber arm tubes run 16, 20, 25 or 30mm OD at a 1mm wall -- larger diameter for bigger motors and props, the 1mm wall standard across sizes because that is what pultruded CF tube is stocked at.","applies":["arm","tube frame","quadcopter"],"value":{"table":[{"odMm":16,"wallMm":1},{"odMm":20,"wallMm":1},{"odMm":25,"wallMm":1},{"odMm":30,"wallMm":1}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard pultruded CF tube stock sizes used by FPV frame manufacturers","sources":["oscar-liang-frame-guide"],"tags":["frame","tube","carbon-fiber","arm"]},{"id":"arm-length-vs-prop-size","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Motor-to-motor diagonal by propeller size","summary":"Frame diagonal (motor shaft to motor shaft) scales with prop size: about 210mm for 5in props, 300mm for 7in, 450mm for 10in -- undersize it and adjacent props overlap or strike the frame.","applies":["prop","frame","arm length","quadcopter"],"value":{"table":[{"propIn":5,"diagonalMm":210},{"propIn":7,"diagonalMm":300},{"propIn":10,"diagonalMm":450}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common FPV frame-sizing convention relating motor-to-motor diagonal to propeller diameter","sources":["oscar-liang-frame-guide"],"tags":["frame","arm-length","prop-size"]},{"id":"prop-clearance-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Propeller tip clearance: prop-to-prop and prop-to-frame","summary":"Keep tip-to-tip clearance between adjacent propellers, and between any prop tip and the frame or canopy, at least 10-15% of the propeller diameter -- e.g. >=13-19mm clear on a 5in (127mm) prop -- or vibration and yaw authority both suffer.","applies":["prop","frame","arm","quadcopter"],"value":{"min":10,"max":15,"unit":"%"},"basis":"Common FPV/multirotor prop-clearance design rule expressed as a percentage of prop diameter","sources":["oscar-liang-frame-guide"],"tags":["prop","clearance","rule"]},{"id":"motor-bolt-circle-patterns","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Motor bolt-circle (square-pattern) sizes by stator frame","summary":"Brushless motor 4-hole mount squares scale with stator size: 22xx square12mm M2 or square16mm M3, 28xx square19mm M3, 4108/5008 square25mm M3/M4, 6215+ square30mm M4 -- read the actual motor's back plate, the 4-digit code only bounds the stator, not the hole spacing.","applies":["motor mount","motor","bldc","quadcopter"],"value":{"table":[{"frame":"22xx","squareMm":12,"bolt":"M2"},{"frame":"22xx","squareMm":16,"bolt":"M3"},{"frame":"28xx","squareMm":19,"bolt":"M3"},{"frame":"4108/5008","squareMm":25,"bolt":"M3/M4"},{"frame":"6215+","squareMm":30,"bolt":"M4"}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common outrunner BLDC motor back-plate bolt-square conventions across drone motor vendors","sources":["tmotor-mn-series","iflight-xing-motor"],"tags":["motor mount","bolt-circle","bldc"]},{"id":"motor-shaft-prop-adapter","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Motor shaft and prop-adapter thread","summary":"Multirotor motor shafts are dia5mm with an M5 threaded tip for a prop nut or collet-style prop adapter -- the near-universal size across 22xx through 4108-class motors.","applies":["motor","prop adapter","prop nut","quadcopter"],"value":{"table":[{"field":"shaftDia","value":5},{"field":"threadSize","value":"M5"}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"T-Motor/iFlight mechanical drawings for 22xx-4108 class multirotor motors","sources":["tmotor-mn-series","iflight-xing-motor"],"tags":["motor","shaft","prop-adapter"]},{"id":"standoff-sizes","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"M3 standoff lengths for a stacked FC/ESC deck","summary":"Nylon or aluminium M3 standoffs at 20, 25, 30 or 35mm space a stacked flight-controller/ESC/VTX deck off the frame -- pick the length by stack height plus a few mm of clearance for wiring underneath.","applies":["standoff","flight controller","esc stack","quadcopter"],"value":{"options":[20,25,30,35],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common FPV stack-mounting standoff length series sold across frame kits","sources":["oscar-liang-frame-guide"],"tags":["standoff","m3","stack"]},{"id":"fc-mount-pattern-30-5","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Flight controller 30.5x30.5mm mounting pattern","summary":"The dominant FPV/mini-quad flight-controller mount is four M3 holes on a 30.5x30.5mm square -- match this before any other FC footprint, it is the de facto standard across brands.","applies":["flight controller","fc","quadcopter"],"value":{"table":[{"field":"pattern","value":"30.5x30.5"},{"field":"boltSize","value":"M3"}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Industry-standard FPV flight-controller mounting square used across ArduPilot/PX4-compatible boards","sources":["ardupilot-pixhawk-standard"],"tags":["flight controller","mount","30.5mm"]},{"id":"battery-bay-sizes","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"LiPo battery bay envelope by common pack size","summary":"Size the battery bay to the pack: 4S 1500mAh about 35x34x75mm, 6S 1300mAh about 36x34x70mm, 3S 2200mAh about 105x35x25mm, 6S 5000mAh about 155x48x40mm (W x H x L) -- add 1-2mm clearance per side for the strap and heat-shrink wrap.","applies":["battery","lipo","battery bay","quadcopter"],"value":{"table":[{"pack":"4S 1500mAh","wMm":35,"hMm":34,"lMm":75},{"pack":"6S 1300mAh","wMm":36,"hMm":34,"lMm":70},{"pack":"3S 2200mAh","wMm":105,"hMm":35,"lMm":25},{"pack":"6S 5000mAh","wMm":155,"hMm":48,"lMm":40}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common LiPo pack envelope dimensions across major hobby battery vendors (Tattu/CNHL-class packs)","sources":["oscar-liang-frame-guide"],"tags":["battery","lipo","bay","dimension"]},{"id":"camera-thread-1-4-20","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"1/4-20 UNC camera mounting thread","summary":"Action/FPV cameras and gimbal quick-release plates use a 1/4-20 UNC thread (0.25in major dia, 20 threads per inch) -- the universal tripod/camera mount standard; an M6 tapped hole is only a rough geometric substitute, do not call it equivalent on a drawing.","applies":["camera mount","gimbal","tripod thread","payload rail"],"value":{"value":"1/4-20 UNC","unit":"in"},"basis":"ASME B1.1 Unified inch screw thread series; 1/4-20 is the de facto universal camera-mount thread","sources":["asme-b1-1-unc"],"tags":["camera","1/4-20","unc","thread"]},{"id":"thrust-to-weight-ratio","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum thrust-to-weight ratio for stable hover","summary":"Target thrust-to-weight >=2:1 at full throttle for stable, controllable hover with headroom for wind and maneuvering -- a 1:1 airframe can only just hover with zero control authority left over.","applies":["motor","prop","weight budget","quadcopter"],"value":{"min":2,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"Common multirotor propulsion-sizing rule of thumb for hover stability and control margin","sources":["oscar-liang-frame-guide"],"tags":["thrust","weight","hover","rule"]},{"id":"cg-tolerance","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"CG offset from the prop-plane centroid","summary":"Keep the airframe's center of gravity within +-5mm of the geometric centroid of the motor/prop plane -- beyond that the flight controller trims out a persistent tilt at the cost of thrust margin and battery life.","applies":["cg","weight budget","frame","quadcopter"],"value":{"max":5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common multirotor CG-balance tolerance relative to the prop-plane centroid","sources":["oscar-liang-frame-guide"],"tags":["cg","balance","tolerance"]},{"id":"lightening-hole-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Lightening-hole and web sizing on a pocketed structural plate","summary":"On a pocketed aluminium or CF plate, leave webs at least 1.5x plate thickness wide, round pocket corners to >=3mm radius, and keep any lightening-hole diameter <=60% of the flange width -- undersize these and the pocket becomes the fatigue-crack origin.","applies":["bracket","lightening hole","pocket","airframe"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"minWebMultiplier","value":1.5},{"param":"cornerRadiusMm","value":3},{"param":"maxHoleFractionPct","value":60}]},"basis":"Sandia/NASA isogrid and aerospace lightweighting design-handbook pocket/web sizing conventions","sources":["sandia-isogrid-handbook"],"tags":["lightening hole","pocket","web","bracket"]},{"id":"aluminium-7075-t6","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"7075-T6 aluminium for high-strength brackets and mounts","summary":"7075-T6 (yield about 503 MPa, density 2.81 g/cm3) is the go-to aerospace aluminium for highly-loaded brackets, arms and motor mounts where strength-to-weight matters most; it welds poorly compared with 6061, so use it for machined/CNC parts, not fabricated weldments.","applies":["bracket","motor mount","arm"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"yield","value":503,"unit":"MPa"},{"property":"density","value":2.81,"unit":"g/cm3"}]},"basis":"MatWeb 7075-T6 aluminium property data, the standard high-strength aerospace bracket alloy","sources":["matweb-materials"],"tags":["material","aluminium","7075-t6"]},{"id":"aluminium-6061-t6","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"6061-T6 aluminium for general airframe fittings","summary":"6061-T6 (yield about 276 MPa, density 2.70 g/cm3) trades some strength for weldability and machinability versus 7075-T6 -- the default for landing gear, standoffs and fittings that do not need 7075's peak strength.","applies":["fitting","landing gear","standoff"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"yield","value":276,"unit":"MPa"},{"property":"density","value":2.7,"unit":"g/cm3"}]},"basis":"MatWeb 6061-T6 aluminium property data, the general-purpose aerospace/airframe fitting alloy","sources":["matweb-materials"],"tags":["material","aluminium","6061-t6"]},{"id":"cf-epoxy-plate","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Carbon-fiber/epoxy plate for frame arms and plates","summary":"3K/12K woven CF/epoxy plate (density about 1.55 g/cm3, in-plane tensile about 550 MPa) is the default drone-frame material: stiff, light and machinable by CNC router or laser, but it splinters at a drilled edge without a pilot hole and chamfer.","applies":["frame","arm","center plate"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"density","value":1.55,"unit":"g/cm3"},{"property":"tensile","value":550,"unit":"MPa"}]},"basis":"MatWeb woven CF/epoxy laminate property data, typical drone-frame plate/tube layup","sources":["matweb-materials"],"tags":["material","carbon-fiber","cf-epoxy"]},{"id":"tolerance-frame-hole-position","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Frame hole-position tolerance by process","summary":"Hold general frame/arm hole positions to +-0.05mm on a CNC-machined or laser-cut CF/aluminium part, versus +-0.2mm on a 3D-printed part -- the same CNC-vs-FDM capability gap seen across every sector in this knowledge base.","applies":["frame","arm","hole position"],"value":{"table":[{"process":"CNC","toleranceMm":0.05},{"process":"printed","toleranceMm":0.2}]},"basis":"Common CNC vs FDM positional-tolerance capability gap applied to drone frame hole patterns","sources":["oscar-liang-frame-guide"],"tags":["tolerance","frame","hole-position"]},{"id":"test-drop-handheld","kind":"test","tier":1,"title":"Handheld-drone drop test","summary":"Drop a handheld-launch drone from 500-1000mm onto a hard level surface in landing orientation and on one corner; the frame, arms and prop guards should show no crack propagation past a single layer of skin -- 1000mm is a common small-UAS reference height.","applies":["frame","arm","prop guard","test"],"value":{"min":500,"max":1000,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common small-UAS handheld drop-test height, aligned to typical launch/landing mishap heights","sources":["faa-14cfr107"],"tags":["test","drop","handheld"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"appliances","title":"Appliances — panels, knobs, switches, hinges, lamps and kitchen/bath hardware","sector":"appliances","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Sheet-metal and plastic panel gauges, control knobs and switches, hinges/latches, cable glands and cords, lamp holders/LED modules/heatsinks, kitchen and bathroom hardware coordinating sizes, and the IEC 60335/60598 safety tests an appliance or luminaire is held to.","aliases":["appliance","kitchen appliance","lamp","lighting","light fixture","luminaire","led bulb","lampshade","control knob","appliance panel","hinge","latch","kitchen cabinet module","bathroom hardware","towel rail","faucet","home hardware","door handle","coffee machine","toaster"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"iec-60335-1","title":"IEC 60335-1 Household and similar electrical appliances — Safety — Part 1: General requirements","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"en-60320","title":"EN 60320-1 / IEC 60320-1 Appliance couplers for household and similar general purposes (C14, C8)","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"zhaga-book3","title":"Zhaga Book 3 — LED Light Engine with Separate Control Gear (LES interface specification)","url":"https://www.zhagastandard.org/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"bhma-a156","title":"ANSI/BHMA A156 series — Builders Hardware Standards (hinges, latches, locks, exit devices)","url":"https://www.buildershardware.com/ansi-bhma-standards","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"en-1116","title":"EN 1116 Kitchen furniture — Coordinating sizes for kitchen furniture and kitchen appliances","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"bourns-knobs","title":"Bourns Potentiometer Knob and D-Shaft Dimension Guide","url":"https://www.bourns.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"lapp-skintop","title":"Lapp SKINTOP Cable Gland Metric and PG-Thread Dimension Guide","url":"https://www.lappusa.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"cree-xlamp","title":"Cree XLamp LED Thermal Management Application Note","url":"https://www.cree-led.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iec-60061-lampcaps","title":"IEC 60061 Lamp Caps and Holders — Gauges for Interchangeability (E26/E27/E14/GU10/MR16/G4/G9)","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"en-1935","title":"EN 1935 Building hardware — Single-axis hinges — Requirements and test methods","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"astm-en-sheet-steel","title":"ASTM A1008 / EN 10130 Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet — Appliance Panel Gauge and Forming Practice","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"appliance-fascia-molding-guide","title":"Injection-Molded ABS/PP Appliance Fascia Panel Design Guide — wall thickness and stiffening rib practice","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"panel-steel-prepainted-gauge","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Pre-painted steel appliance panel gauge","summary":"Pre-painted (coil-coated) steel appliance panels run 0.6-0.8 mm thick; thinner oil-cans across a large flat span, thicker adds weight and press tonnage without a stiffness benefit at this size.","applies":["appliance panel","sheet metal","washing machine","dishwasher"],"value":{"min":0.6,"max":0.8,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common coil-coated steel gauge range for washing-machine/dishwasher/oven outer panels balancing oil-canning resistance against formability and cost","sources":["astm-en-sheet-steel"],"tags":["panel","steel","gauge"]},{"id":"panel-steel-stainless-gauge","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"304 stainless appliance panel gauge","summary":"A 304 stainless show panel (fridge door, range hood, oven fascia) runs 1.0 mm thick, thicker than painted steel because stainless has no paint film to hide print-through of the ribs behind it.","applies":["appliance panel","sheet metal","stainless","fridge","range hood"],"value":{"value":1,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard stainless show-panel gauge that resists oil-canning and rib print-through on an unpainted, reflective surface","sources":["astm-en-sheet-steel"],"tags":["panel","stainless","gauge"]},{"id":"panel-fascia-plastic-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Plastic appliance fascia panel thickness","summary":"A moulded ABS/PP appliance fascia (control panel, door liner) runs 2.5-3 mm nominal wall, thicker than a consumer-housing wall because it usually carries printed graphics and a control cluster's mounting bosses.","applies":["appliance panel","fascia","abs","pp","control panel"],"value":{"min":2.5,"max":3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Appliance fascia panels run thicker than typical consumer-housing walls to stay flat under printed-graphic lamination and boss loads","sources":["appliance-fascia-molding-guide"],"tags":["panel","plastic","fascia"],"see":["consumer/wall-thickness-abs"]},{"id":"knob-dshaft-standard","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Control-knob D-shaft bore standards","summary":"A control knob bores for a 6 mm D-shaft with a 4.5 mm flat-to-flat dimension, or a 6.35 mm (1/4 in) round/D shaft on larger potentiometers; match the bore to the pot's published shaft spec, not the knob vendor's default.","applies":["knob","control knob","potentiometer","encoder"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"d-shaft-6mm","diameter":6,"flat":4.5},{"param":"shaft-quarter-inch","diameter":6.35}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common potentiometer/encoder D-shaft and 1/4in round-shaft dimensions used across appliance control knobs","sources":["bourns-knobs"],"tags":["knob","d-shaft","potentiometer"]},{"id":"knob-size-envelope","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Control-knob diameter and grip height","summary":"Size an appliance control knob 30-45 mm in outer diameter with a 15-25 mm grip height above the panel, enough for a wet or gloved hand to find and turn it without brushing the neighbouring control.","applies":["knob","control knob","oven","cooktop"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"diameter","min":30,"max":45},{"param":"grip-height","min":15,"max":25}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common appliance control-knob envelope balancing hand ergonomics, panel spacing and mould cost","sources":["bourns-knobs"],"tags":["knob","ergonomics","envelope"]},{"id":"switch-rocker-cutout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Rocker switch panel cutout","summary":"The two common rocker-switch panel cutouts are 19.2 x 13 mm (mini rocker) and 30 x 22 mm (standard rocker); cut to the switch datasheet's own cutout tolerance, not a rounded number, since a rocker's bezel rarely has gasket compliance to hide a mismatch.","applies":["switch","rocker switch","appliance panel"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"mini-rocker","width":19.2,"height":13},{"param":"standard-rocker","width":30,"height":22}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard rocker-switch bezel cutout families used across household appliance panels","sources":["iec-60335-1"],"tags":["switch","rocker","cutout"]},{"id":"switch-pushbutton-cutout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Push-button panel hole diameters","summary":"Panel-mount push buttons come in three common round cutouts, ⌀12, ⌀16 and ⌀19/22 mm; the ⌀22 mm size is also the standard emergency-stop and industrial pilot-light bezel, reused on heavier appliances.","applies":["switch","push button","appliance panel"],"value":{"options":[12,16,19,22],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard panel-mount push-button bezel diameter family shared across household and light-industrial control panels","sources":["iec-60335-1"],"tags":["switch","push-button","cutout"]},{"id":"hinge-euro-cup","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Concealed Euro hinge cup bore","summary":"A concealed (Euro-style) cabinet hinge bores a ⌀35 mm cup 12 mm deep into the door's back face; boring past 13 mm risks breaking through a typical 16-19 mm cabinet-door panel.","applies":["hinge","kitchen cabinet module","cabinet door"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"cup-diameter","value":35},{"param":"cup-depth","value":12}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Industry-standard concealed hinge cup bore size fitting the common 16-19 mm cabinet-door panel thickness","sources":["en-1935"],"tags":["hinge","euro-hinge","cabinet"]},{"id":"cable-gland-metric-hole","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Metric cable gland panel hole diameters","summary":"Drill a metric cable gland's panel hole to M12 -> 12.5 mm, M16 -> 16.5 mm, M20 -> 20.5 mm; the 0.5 mm over the nominal thread size is the gland's own clearance for the locknut to draw the gasket down without cross-threading in sheet metal.","applies":["cable gland","appliance panel","cord entry"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"m12","hole":12.5},{"param":"m16","hole":16.5},{"param":"m20","hole":20.5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Manufacturer panel-hole recommendation for metric cable glands threading directly into sheet metal or a moulded boss","sources":["lapp-skintop"],"tags":["cable-gland","metric","panel-hole"]},{"id":"cord-iec-c14-cutout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"IEC C14 inlet panel cutout","summary":"An IEC 60320 C14 appliance inlet (the standard 3-pin mains socket on the back of most appliances) needs a 27.5 x 19.8 mm rectangular panel cutout plus the moulded flange's own screw bosses either side.","applies":["cord","iec inlet","appliance panel","mains inlet"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"width","value":27.5},{"param":"height","value":19.8}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"EN/IEC 60320-1 C14 appliance-coupler panel cutout dimension","sources":["en-60320"],"tags":["cord","c14","inlet","cutout"]},{"id":"lampholder-e26-e27","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"E26/E27 Edison screw lamp holder envelope","summary":"An E27 (Europe) or E26 (North America) Edison-screw lamp holder has a ⌀26-27 mm threaded shell and a body/ring diameter around 40 mm; the two caps are close enough to interchange mechanically but not electrically rated the same in every market.","applies":["lamp holder","e27","e26","light fixture","luminaire"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"thread-diameter","min":26,"max":27},{"param":"ring-diameter","value":40}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"IEC 60061 Edison-screw cap/holder gauge for the E26/E27 family","sources":["iec-60061-lampcaps"],"tags":["lamp-holder","e27","e26","edison-screw"]},{"id":"lampholder-gu10-mr16","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"GU10 and MR16 lamp base envelope","summary":"A GU10 twist-lock base spaces its two pins 10 mm apart on centre; the MR16 reflector lamp it commonly pairs with (12 V, bi-pin base) is ⌀50 mm across the reflector face — size the fixture's reflector pocket to that, not the base.","applies":["lamp holder","gu10","mr16","light fixture","luminaire"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"gu10-pin-spacing","value":10},{"param":"mr16-diameter","value":50}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"IEC 60061 GU10 twist-lock pin gauge and the standard MR16 reflector lamp outer diameter","sources":["iec-60061-lampcaps"],"tags":["lamp-holder","gu10","mr16"]},{"id":"led-zhaga-les","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Zhaga Book 3 LED Light Engine Surface (LES) diameters","summary":"A Zhaga Book 3 LED module's light-emitting surface (LES) comes in four standard round diameters, 9, 13, 19 and 23 mm; pick the fixture's optic and heatsink pocket to whichever LES size the chosen module family publishes.","applies":["led module","lighting","luminaire","zhaga"],"value":{"options":[9,13,19,23],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Zhaga Book 3 interoperability specification for LED light engines with separate control gear","sources":["zhaga-book3"],"tags":["led","zhaga","les","module"]},{"id":"led-heatsink-thermal-budget","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Natural-convection LED heatsink thermal budget","summary":"Budget 2-4 W of LED heat per 100 cm2 of natural-convection aluminium heatsink surface to hold the LED junction at or below 85 C; below that ratio the fixture needs forced air or a bigger fin area, not a better LED.","applies":["led heatsink","lighting","luminaire"],"value":{"min":2,"max":4,"unit":"W"},"basis":"Typical natural-convection aluminium heatsink dissipation density used to keep an LED's junction near its rated maximum","sources":["cree-xlamp"],"tags":["led","heatsink","thermal","junction-temp"]},{"id":"safety-touch-temperature-limit","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Touchable-surface temperature limit (IEC 60335-1)","summary":"A user-touchable appliance surface must not exceed 60 C on metal or 70 C on plastic under normal operation, measured with a 12 mm-diameter articulated finger probe reaching every opening the probe can enter.","applies":["appliance","safety","enclosure","toaster","coffee machine"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"metal","value":60},{"param":"plastic","value":70}],"unit":"C"},"basis":"IEC 60335-1 accessible-surface temperature-rise limits and the standard finger-probe geometry used to define \"touchable\"","sources":["iec-60335-1"],"tags":["safety","temperature","finger-probe"]},{"id":"kitchen-module-dimensions","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Kitchen cabinet module coordinating sizes","summary":"European kitchen cabinetry coordinates on a 600 mm module width, 720 mm carcass height, 560 mm carcass depth, with a finished worktop height of 870-920 mm above the floor once plinth and countertop are added.","applies":["kitchen cabinet module","appliance","worktop"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"module-width","value":600},{"param":"carcass-height","value":720},{"param":"carcass-depth","value":560},{"param":"worktop-height","min":870,"max":920}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"EN 1116 coordinating dimensions for kitchen furniture and built-in appliances","sources":["en-1116"],"tags":["kitchen","module","cabinet","worktop"]},{"id":"appliance-niche-sizes","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Built-in appliance niche openings","summary":"Size a built-in oven niche 595 x 595 mm and a built-in dishwasher niche 600 x 850 mm (width x height) so the appliance's own trim frame can seal to the cabinetry without shimming.","applies":["kitchen cabinet module","oven","dishwasher","appliance niche"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"oven-niche","width":595,"height":595},{"param":"dishwasher-niche","width":600,"height":850}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"EN 1116 standard built-in appliance niche openings used across European kitchen cabinetry","sources":["en-1116"],"tags":["kitchen","niche","built-in","oven","dishwasher"]},{"id":"door-handle-backset","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Door handle backset and spindle size","summary":"A residential door lever/knob sets on a 60 or 70 mm backset (centre of the spindle to the door edge) with an 8 mm square spindle; mixing backsets between the lock and the handle is the most common field-fit failure on a hardware order.","applies":["door handle","home hardware","lever handle","knob"],"value":{"options":[60,70],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common residential door-hardware backset family and the standard 8 mm square follower spindle","sources":["bhma-a156"],"tags":["door-handle","backset","spindle"]},{"id":"appliance-feet-adjustable","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Adjustable appliance feet thread and load","summary":"Adjustable appliance feet thread on M8 or M10 studs and carry 80-150 kg each depending on foot diameter and material, enough for four feet to level and support a washing machine or a full oven under dynamic spin/door loads.","applies":["appliance feet","washing machine","oven","dishwasher"],"value":{"min":80,"max":150,"unit":"kg"},"basis":"Common adjustable-foot thread sizes and per-foot static/dynamic load rating for major household appliances","sources":["iec-60335-1"],"tags":["feet","leveling","load"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"automotive","title":"Automotive — brackets, sheet-metal body/structure, die-cast and trim, EV and underhood","sector":"automotive","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Bracket and mount fastener conventions, body/structure sheet-metal gauges, die-cast aluminium and injection-moulded trim rules, underhood thermal and vibration environment, EV battery enclosure and busbar basics, exhaust tube sizing, tolerancing and the salt-spray/thermal/vibration/flammability tests a vehicle part is held to.","aliases":["car","automotive bracket","vehicle","ev","battery enclosure","underhood","trim","body panel","exhaust","engine mount","engine","v12","crankcase ventilation","pcv","breather","oil drain"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"iso-16750-3","title":"ISO 16750-3:2023 Road vehicles — Environmental conditions — Part 3: Mechanical loads","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/78026.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-16750-4","title":"ISO 16750-4:2023 Road vehicles — Environmental conditions — Part 4: Climatic loads","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/81219.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"sae-j1455","title":"SAE J1455 Recommended Environmental Practices for Electronic Equipment Design (heavy-duty vehicle)","url":"https://www.sae.org/standards/content/j1455_202307/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"gmw3172","title":"GMW3172 General Specification for Environmental/Durability Validation (GM worldwide standard)","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"nadca-403","title":"NADCA Product Specification Standards for Die Castings (draft, wall, tolerance)","url":"https://www.diecasting.org/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"astm-a1011","title":"ASTM A1011/A1011M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, HSLA","url":"https://www.astm.org/a1011_a1011m-18a.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"sae-j2340","title":"SAE J2340 Categorization and Properties of Dent Resistant, High Strength, and Ultra-High Strength Automotive Sheet Steel","url":"https://www.sae.org/standards/content/j2340_202007/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-20653","title":"ISO 20653:2013 Road vehicles — Degrees of protection (IP code) — Protection of electrical equipment","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/71681.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iec-60529","title":"IEC 60529:1989+AMD2:2013 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code)","url":"https://webstore.iec.ch/publication/2452","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"bolt-class-usage-8-8-10-9","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Bracket and mount bolt class: M6/M8/M10, 8.8 vs 10.9","summary":"Chassis and bracket bolts run M6, M8 and M10 mostly in property class 8.8; 10.9 is used where the joint is fatigue- or shear-critical (engine mounts, suspension brackets) — never mix a 10.9 bolt with an 8.8 nut.","applies":["bracket","mount","chassis fastener"],"value":{"options":["M6 class 8.8","M8 class 8.8","M10 class 8.8","M8 class 10.9","M10 class 10.9"]},"basis":"ISO 898-1 property classes; 10.9 reserved for fatigue-critical joints per common OEM fastener standards","sources":["sae-j2340"],"see":["hardware/bolt-torque-and-preload-classes","hardware/torque-table-class-8-8"],"tags":["bolt","class","bracket","mount","8.8","10.9"]},{"id":"weld-nut-sizing","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Weld nut sizes for body-in-white attachment","summary":"Square and hex weld nuts for body brackets run M5–M10, projection-welded to 0.7–2.0 mm panel; pilot hole is the nut's tapped size plus 0.5–1.0 mm to seat the weld projections without arc blow.","applies":["weld nut","body-in-white","bracket attachment"],"value":{"options":["M5","M6","M8","M10"]},"basis":"Common OEM weld-nut standards (e.g. GM/Ford weld-fastener specs) size the pilot to the projection ring, not the thread","sources":["gmw3172"],"tags":["weld-nut","projection-weld","body-in-white"]},{"id":"clip-christmas-tree-holes","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Clip and christmas-tree fastener hole sizes","summary":"Christmas-tree (arrowhead) push clips take a ⌀6.3 mm or ⌀8 mm panel hole in 0.7–3 mm sheet or trim; ⌀6.3 mm is the common 2-leg clip, ⌀8 mm the heavier 4-leg / high-retention clip.","applies":["trim clip","christmas tree clip","panel fastener"],"value":{"options":["6.3 mm hole","8 mm hole"]},"basis":"Trim-clip vendor catalogs (ITW, Nifco, Bollhoff) standardise on these two panel-hole sizes across 0.7–3 mm stock","sources":["gmw3172"],"tags":["clip","christmas-tree","trim","hole"]},{"id":"push-pin-hole-sizes","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Push-pin (nylon dowel) fastener hole sizes","summary":"Nylon push-pin fasteners take ⌀6.5, ⌀7 or ⌀8 mm mating panel holes depending on pin family; the pin's flared shank interferes 0.2–0.5 mm past the hole to lock, so undersizing 0.1 mm below spec loses retention.","applies":["push pin","trim fastener","panel fastener"],"value":{"options":["6.5 mm hole","7 mm hole","8 mm hole"]},"basis":"Common trim push-pin catalog hole callouts (e.g. Ford/GM interior trim fastener specs)","sources":["gmw3172"],"tags":["push-pin","trim","hole","nylon"]},{"id":"u-nut-j-nut-panel-thickness","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"U-nut / J-nut spring clip panel thickness range","summary":"U-nuts and J-nuts (spring steel push-on nuts) clamp onto 0.6–2.5 mm flange panels; select by flange thickness first, then by the screw's major diameter (commonly M5–M6 for trim, M6–M8 for structural clips).","applies":["u-nut","j-nut","spring clip nut"],"value":{"min":0.6,"max":2.5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Spring-clip nut catalogs size the leg spread to a flange-thickness range, independent of thread size","sources":["gmw3172"],"tags":["u-nut","j-nut","clip-nut","flange"]},{"id":"body-panel-gauge-outer","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Outer body panel gauge (skin panels)","summary":"Exterior skin panels (doors, fenders, hood, roof) run 0.7–0.8 mm cold-rolled or HSLA steel, or 0.8–1.0 mm for aluminium skins, to hold class-A surface with minimum mass.","applies":["body panel","skin panel","outer panel"],"value":{"min":0.7,"max":0.8,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Dent-resistance vs. mass trade-off standardised across OEM body-panel gauge tables","sources":["sae-j2340","astm-a1011"],"tags":["body-panel","gauge","skin","outer"]},{"id":"bracket-sheet-gauge","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Bracket sheet-metal gauge","summary":"Formed steel brackets (mounting brackets, reinforcements, small load-carrying stampings) run 1.0–2.0 mm, chosen by the fastener class and the bracket's span rather than by panel-class rules.","applies":["bracket","reinforcement","stamped bracket"],"value":{"min":1,"max":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Typical OEM bracket-gauge tables for M6–M10 fastener classes on cantilevered brackets","sources":["astm-a1011"],"tags":["bracket","gauge","sheet-metal"]},{"id":"structural-sheet-gauge","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Structural sheet-metal gauge (rails, crossmembers, load paths)","summary":"Structural stampings that carry crash or chassis load (rails, crossmembers, pillar reinforcements) run 2.0–3.0 mm HSLA/DP steel, thicker where a hot-stamped boron grade is not used.","applies":["structural member","rail","crossmember","pillar reinforcement"],"value":{"min":2,"max":3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Load-path stampings need section modulus that 2.0 mm and below cannot give without a hot-stamped grade","sources":["astm-a1011","sae-j2340"],"tags":["structural","gauge","hsla","dp-steel"]},{"id":"hole-to-edge-bend-automotive","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Hole-to-edge and hole-to-bend distance on automotive stampings","summary":"Keep a hole centre >= 2x its diameter from a cut edge and >= 2.5x the material thickness plus the bend radius from a bend line, or the flange tears or the hole distorts during forming.","applies":["bracket","body panel","stamped part"],"basis":"General sheet-metal tearing/distortion limits near a bend, tighter than the generic edge-distance rule because of springback","sources":["astm-a1011"],"see":["hardware/edge-distance-holes"],"check":{"process":"sheet-metal","rule":"hole-to-bend-distance"},"tags":["hole","edge-distance","bend","stamping"]},{"id":"diecast-a380-wall-thickness","kind":"process","tier":1,"title":"Die-cast aluminium (A380) nominal wall thickness","summary":"A380 high-pressure die-cast walls run 2–4 mm nominal; below 2 mm the die fills unreliably, above 4 mm the section develops shrink porosity and extends cycle time.","applies":["die-cast bracket","housing","A380 casting"],"value":{"min":2,"max":4,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"NADCA process-capability wall-thickness guidance for A380 HPDC","sources":["nadca-403"],"check":{"process":"die-casting","rule":"min-wall"},"tags":["die-cast","a380","wall-thickness"]},{"id":"diecast-draft-angle","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Die-cast draft angle","summary":"A380 die-cast exterior walls need 1-2 deg of draft per side to release from the die without galling; textured or deep-cavity walls want the higher end.","applies":["die-cast bracket","housing","A380 casting"],"value":{"min":1,"max":2,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"NADCA draft-angle recommendation for aluminium HPDC","sources":["nadca-403"],"check":{"process":"die-casting","rule":"min-draft"},"tags":["die-cast","draft","a380"]},{"id":"diecast-rib-thickness-ratio","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Die-cast rib thickness vs. wall","summary":"Ribs on an A380 casting should stay at or below 60% of the adjacent wall thickness to avoid sink marks on the show surface opposite the rib.","applies":["die-cast bracket","housing","A380 casting"],"value":{"typical":60,"unit":"%"},"basis":"Cooling-rate mismatch at a rib-to-wall junction thicker than 60% pulls the opposite face in as it solidifies","sources":["nadca-403"],"check":{"process":"die-casting","rule":"rib-to-wall-ratio"},"tags":["die-cast","rib","sink-mark"]},{"id":"trim-wall-thickness-pp-tpo","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Injection-moulded trim wall thickness (PP/TPO)","summary":"Interior and exterior trim panels in PP or TPO mould at 2.5–3.5 mm nominal wall; thinner sections risk short shots across a large flow length, thicker sections add sink and cycle time.","applies":["trim panel","interior trim","PP trim","TPO trim"],"value":{"min":2.5,"max":3.5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"PP/TPO flow-length-to-wall ratio at typical trim-panel flow lengths (300-800 mm)","sources":["sae-j1455"],"check":{"process":"injection-molding","rule":"min-wall"},"tags":["trim","pp","tpo","wall-thickness"]},{"id":"trim-draft-angle","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Trim panel draft angle, plus grain allowance","summary":"PP/TPO trim walls need >= 1 deg draft per side to eject cleanly; add roughly +1 deg of draft per 0.025 mm of texture/grain depth so a grained panel with 0.075 mm texture wants about 4 deg.","applies":["trim panel","grained trim","textured trim"],"value":{"min":1,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"Standard injection-mould grain-draft allowance (mold-tech style guidance): +1 deg per 0.025 mm texture depth","sources":["sae-j1455"],"check":{"process":"injection-molding","rule":"min-draft"},"tags":["trim","draft","grain","texture"]},{"id":"underhood-temp-zones","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Underhood ambient temperature by mounting zone","summary":"Underhood component ambient runs 105 C for engine-bay-general locations, up to 125 C near the exhaust manifold shield, and up to 150 C for parts clamped directly to the engine block or turbo heat shield.","applies":["underhood component","bracket","connector","sensor housing"],"value":{"min":105,"max":150,"unit":"C"},"basis":"ISO 16750-4 climatic-load temperature classes by mounting location","sources":["iso-16750-4"],"tags":["underhood","temperature","thermal-zone"]},{"id":"bracket-first-mode-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Bracket first natural frequency > 200 Hz","summary":"A vehicle bracket should keep its first bending mode above 200 Hz so it does not resonate with the engine's firing-order excitation band or road-induced random vibration below that frequency.","applies":["bracket","mount","sensor bracket"],"value":{"min":200,"unit":"Hz"},"basis":"Keeps the bracket's fundamental clear of typical 4-cylinder firing-order and chassis random-vibration content (10-200 Hz band)","sources":["iso-16750-3"],"tags":["vibration","natural-frequency","bracket","nvh"]},{"id":"biw-tolerance-rps","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Body-in-white tolerance under an RPS / 3-2-1 datum scheme","summary":"Body-in-white sheet-metal assemblies hold approximately +/-0.5 mm at the reference point system (RPS) locators; feature-to-feature tolerance on a single stamping is typically +/-0.3-0.5 mm.","applies":["body-in-white","stamping","assembly"],"value":{"typical":0.5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard OEM RPS tolerance stack-up target for BIW sub-assembly build","sources":["gmw3172"],"tags":["tolerance","rps","biw","3-2-1"]},{"id":"machined-tolerance-automotive","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Machined automotive component tolerance","summary":"Machined automotive features (bearing bores, mount faces, bolt patterns) hold +/-0.1 to +/-0.2 mm general tolerance, tightening to +/-0.02-0.05 mm on bearing fits and sealing faces.","applies":["machined bracket","housing","mount face"],"value":{"min":0.1,"max":0.2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Typical OEM machining general-tolerance class for cast/machined automotive components","sources":["nadca-403"],"tags":["tolerance","machining","bore","mount-face"]},{"id":"battery-enclosure-ip67","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"EV battery enclosure sealing target: IP67","summary":"An EV battery pack enclosure seals to IP67 (dust-tight, 1 m submersion for 30 min) at minimum, using a compressed EPDM or silicone gasket at the lid-to-tray joint with continuous bolt-and-groove compression.","applies":["battery enclosure","battery tray","ev pack"],"value":{"value":"IP67","unit":"text"},"basis":"ISO 20653 / IEC 60529 IP67 is the common minimum EV pack sealing target across OEM specs","sources":["iso-20653","iec-60529"],"tags":["ev","battery-enclosure","ip67","sealing"]},{"id":"mechanical-shock-20g","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Mechanical shock pulse: 20 g automotive component","summary":"Automotive brackets and enclosures should survive a 20 g, 6-11 ms half-sine mechanical shock pulse without fracture or fastener loosening, applied in each of 3 axes.","applies":["bracket","ecu housing","connector"],"value":{"typical":20,"unit":"g"},"basis":"ISO 16750-3 mechanical shock test severity for chassis- and body-mounted components","sources":["iso-16750-3"],"tags":["shock","20g","mechanical-load"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"bikes","title":"Bikes -- frames, drivetrain, cockpit, e-bikes, scooters and helmets","sector":"bikes","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Frame tube and bottom-bracket standards, headset and dropout/axle sizing, disc-mount and boss dimensions, cockpit and seatpost diameters, e-bike/scooter/skateboard geometry, and the ISO/EN/CPSC/ASTM tests a bike, e-bike or helmet is held to.","aliases":["bike","bicycle","e-bike","ebike","scooter","e-scooter","skateboard","dropout","bottom bracket","bike headset","seatpost","handlebar","bottle cage","bike rack","helmet","sporting goods","fitness equipment"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"iso-4210","title":"ISO 4210 (all parts) Cycles -- Safety requirements for bicycles","url":"https://www.iso.org/search.html?q=ISO%204210","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"en-1078","title":"EN 1078 Helmets for pedal cyclists and for users of skateboards and roller skates","url":"https://standards.iteh.ai/search?q=EN+1078","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"cpsc-1203","title":"16 CFR 1203 -- CPSC Safety Standard for Bicycle Helmets","url":"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-16/chapter-II/subchapter-C/part-1203","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-6695","title":"ISO 6695 Cycles -- Saddles -- Concepts, dimensions and symbols","url":"https://www.iso.org/search.html?q=ISO%206695","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"park-tool-standards","title":"Park Tool -- bottom bracket, headset and frame standards reference pages","url":"https://www.parktool.com/en-us/blog/repair-help","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"sheldon-brown-glossary","title":"Sheldon Brown -- Bicycle Glossary and technical reference pages","url":"https://www.sheldonbrown.com/gloss_a-c.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"shimano-dealer-manual","title":"Shimano Dealer's Manual (bottom bracket, pedal, chainline, freehub specifications)","url":"https://si.shimano.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"sram-standards","title":"SRAM Standards -- thru-axle and Boost hub/frame spacing reference","url":"https://www.sram.com/en/service/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"matweb-materials","title":"MatWeb Material Property Data (frame steels, aluminium, titanium alloys)","url":"https://www.matweb.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"frame-tube-steel-diameters","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Steel frame tube diameters and butted wall gauge","summary":"Steel (chromoly) frame tubes run 25.4, 28.6 or 31.8 mm OD, double-butted to a 0.8-0.9 mm centre wall (thicker at the welded ends) -- the standard top/down/seat-tube sizing for a lugged or TIG-welded steel frame.","applies":["frame","top tube","down tube","seat tube","steel frame"],"value":{"options":[25.4,28.6,31.8],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common steel-frame tubeset sizing (Reynolds/Columbus-style) referenced across Park Tool and Sheldon Brown frame-building pages","sources":["park-tool-standards","sheldon-brown-glossary"],"tags":["frame","tube","steel","chromoly","diameter"]},{"id":"frame-tube-alloy-diameters","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Aluminium frame tube diameters and wall gauge","summary":"Aluminium frame tubes oversize to 34.9 or 38.1 mm OD with a 1.2-1.6 mm wall -- larger diameter, thinner wall, trading steel's stiffness-per-weight for aluminium's lower modulus at similar mass.","applies":["frame","top tube","down tube","aluminium frame","alloy frame"],"value":{"options":[34.9,38.1],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common aluminium-frame tubeset OD/wall convention (6061/7005 hydroformed and butted tubing)","sources":["park-tool-standards"],"tags":["frame","tube","aluminium","diameter"]},{"id":"bb-shell-bsa","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"BSA threaded bottom bracket shell","summary":"BSA (English) threaded BB shells are 68 mm (road/gravel) or 73 mm (MTB) wide, threaded 1.37 in x 24 TPI -- right (drive) side left-hand thread, left side right-hand thread, so the cups tighten rather than unscrew under pedalling.","applies":["bottom bracket","bb shell","crank"],"value":{"options":[68,73],"unit":"mm","table":[{"field":"thread","value":"1.37in x 24 TPI"}]},"basis":"BSA (British Standard Cycle) threaded bottom bracket shell width and thread convention","sources":["park-tool-standards","shimano-dealer-manual"],"tags":["bottom-bracket","bsa","threaded","shell-width"]},{"id":"bb-shell-pf30","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"PF30 press-fit bottom bracket shell","summary":"PF30 press-fit shells bore to 46 mm ID over a 68 mm shell width, pressing the bearing cups directly into the frame shell rather than threading them -- wider bearing spacing than BSA for a stiffer, lower-friction bottom bracket.","applies":["bottom bracket","bb shell","press fit"],"value":{"table":[{"field":"boreID","value":46},{"field":"shellWidth","value":68}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"PF30 press-fit bottom bracket standard bore and shell width","sources":["park-tool-standards"],"tags":["bottom-bracket","pf30","press-fit"]},{"id":"bb-shell-t47","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"T47 threaded bottom bracket shell","summary":"T47 threads a 47 mm ID cup directly into a PF30-width (68 or 73 mm) shell -- combining PF30's wide bearing stance with a threaded interface that avoids press-fit creak.","applies":["bottom bracket","bb shell","t47"],"value":{"value":47,"unit":"mm","table":[{"field":"shellWidth","value":"68 or 73"}]},"basis":"T47 threaded bottom bracket standard cup ID and shell width options","sources":["park-tool-standards"],"tags":["bottom-bracket","t47","threaded"]},{"id":"bb-shell-bb86-92","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"BB86/BB92 press-fit bottom bracket shell","summary":"BB86 (road, 86.5 mm shell) and BB92 (MTB, 89.5-92 mm shell) press-fit bearings directly into a 41 mm ID shell bore -- narrower bore than PF30 because the bearings press straight into carbon-moulded cups rather than into an aluminium insert.","applies":["bottom bracket","bb shell","bb86","bb92"],"value":{"value":41,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Shimano BB86/BB92 press-fit bottom bracket shell bore specification","sources":["shimano-dealer-manual","park-tool-standards"],"tags":["bottom-bracket","bb86","bb92","press-fit"]},{"id":"headset-steerer-diameters","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Fork steerer diameters: 1-1/8 in straight and 1.5 in tapered lower","summary":"A standard 1-1/8 in steerer is 28.6 mm; a tapered fork's larger lower bearing race seats a 1.5 in (39.8 mm) steerer section, giving the head tube more stiffness where steering loads are highest.","applies":["headset","fork","steerer"],"value":{"table":[{"field":"steerer1-1/8in","value":28.6},{"field":"taperedLower","value":39.8}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard 1-1/8 in threadless steerer OD and the tapered (1-1/8-to-1.5 in) fork's lower steerer-race diameter","sources":["park-tool-standards","sheldon-brown-glossary"],"tags":["headset","steerer","fork","tapered"]},{"id":"headset-cup-id-table","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Integrated headset cup/head-tube ID by standard (ZS44/ZS56/IS42/IS52/EC34)","summary":"Head tube or cup ID by integrated headset standard: ZS44 44 mm, ZS56 56 mm, IS42 42 mm, IS52 52 mm, EC34 34 mm -- get the wrong ID and the bearing cup either falls through the head tube or never seats.","applies":["headset","head tube","integrated headset"],"value":{"table":[{"standard":"ZS44","id_mm":44},{"standard":"ZS56","id_mm":56},{"standard":"IS42","id_mm":42},{"standard":"IS52","id_mm":52},{"standard":"EC34","id_mm":34}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common zero-stack (ZS) / integrated (IS) / external-cup (EC) headset head-tube-ID naming convention","sources":["park-tool-standards","sheldon-brown-glossary"],"tags":["headset","zs44","zs56","is42","is52","ec34"]},{"id":"dropout-qr-old","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Quick-release dropout over-locknut distance and axle diameter","summary":"Quick-release hubs space to 100 mm over-locknut distance (OLD) front, 135 mm rear, on a 9 or 10 mm skewer/axle diameter -- the legacy hub-spacing pair that thru-axle standards replaced.","applies":["dropout","hub","quick release","axle"],"value":{"table":[{"field":"frontOLD","value":100},{"field":"rearOLD","value":135},{"field":"axleDia","value":"9 or 10"}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard quick-release front/rear over-locknut spacing and skewer diameter","sources":["sheldon-brown-glossary","park-tool-standards"],"tags":["dropout","quick-release","old","axle"]},{"id":"dropout-thru-axle-sizes","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Thru-axle diameter x OLD combinations and thread pitches","summary":"Thru-axles run 12x100 (front road), 12x142 (rear road/gravel), 12x148 Boost (rear MTB) and 15x110 Boost (front MTB), threaded M12x1.0, M12x1.5 or M12x1.75 depending on brand -- diameter x OLD must match the frame/fork exactly, thread pitch only has to match the axle's own nut.","applies":["dropout","thru axle","hub","boost"],"value":{"options":["12x100","12x142","12x148","15x110"],"unit":"mm","table":[{"field":"threadPitch","value":"M12x1.0 / M12x1.5 / M12x1.75"}]},"basis":"Common thru-axle diameter/OLD combinations and the thread-pitch variation across axle brands","sources":["sram-standards","park-tool-standards"],"tags":["dropout","thru-axle","boost","old"]},{"id":"dropout-hanger-derailleur","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Derailleur hanger bolt hole","summary":"A rear derailleur hanger mounts on a dia10 mm hole tapped M10x1, threaded into the dropout's replaceable hanger tab -- the hanger is meant to bend or snap before the derailleur or frame does in a chain/spoke strike.","applies":["dropout","derailleur hanger","rear derailleur"],"value":{"value":"M10x1","unit":"mm","table":[{"field":"holeDia","value":10}]},"basis":"Standard replaceable derailleur hanger mounting bolt and hole diameter","sources":["park-tool-standards","sheldon-brown-glossary"],"tags":["dropout","derailleur-hanger","m10"]},{"id":"disc-mount-standards","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Disc-brake caliper mount standards (IS, post mount, flat mount)","summary":"IS mounts on two M6 bolts 51 mm apart; post mount bolts direct on a 74 mm M6 spacing; flat mount bolts to the frame/fork face on 140 or 160 mm rotor-matched spacing -- an adapter converts between them but never swaps rotor size.","applies":["disc brake","caliper","frame mount","fork mount"],"value":{"table":[{"standard":"IS","spacing_mm":51,"bolt":"M6"},{"standard":"post mount","spacing_mm":74,"bolt":"M6"},{"standard":"flat mount","spacing_mm":"140 or 160"}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common disc-brake caliper mounting standards and their bolt spacing","sources":["park-tool-standards","sram-standards"],"tags":["disc-brake","is-mount","post-mount","flat-mount"]},{"id":"bottle-cage-boss","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Bottle-cage boss thread and spacing","summary":"A bottle cage bolts to two M5 threaded bosses spaced 64 mm apart on the frame -- the universal bottle-cage mounting standard across steel, aluminium and carbon frames.","applies":["bottle cage","frame boss"],"value":{"value":"M5","unit":"mm","table":[{"field":"spacing","value":64}]},"basis":"Universal bottle-cage boss thread size and hole spacing","sources":["park-tool-standards","sheldon-brown-glossary"],"tags":["bottle-cage","boss","m5"]},{"id":"handlebar-diameters","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Handlebar grip and clamp diameters","summary":"Handlebar grip area is 22.2 mm; the stem clamp area is 31.8 mm (standard) or 35 mm (oversize, higher-torque MTB stems) -- a stem sized for the wrong clamp diameter cannot torque to spec and will slip.","applies":["handlebar","stem","grip"],"value":{"table":[{"field":"gripDia","value":22.2},{"field":"clampDia31_8","value":31.8},{"field":"clampDia35","value":35}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard handlebar grip and clamp diameter convention","sources":["park-tool-standards","sheldon-brown-glossary"],"tags":["handlebar","grip","clamp","diameter"]},{"id":"seatpost-diameters","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Seatpost diameters and frame clamp sizes","summary":"Seatposts run 27.2, 30.9 or 31.6 mm OD to match the frame's seat-tube ID; the external seat-tube clamp collar closes on 31.8 or 34.9 mm -- post diameter and clamp diameter are two different numbers, don't confuse them.","applies":["seatpost","seat tube","seat clamp"],"value":{"options":[27.2,30.9,31.6],"unit":"mm","table":[{"field":"clampDia","value":"31.8 or 34.9"}]},"basis":"Standard seatpost OD sizes and the external seat-clamp collar diameters they pair with","sources":["park-tool-standards","sheldon-brown-glossary"],"tags":["seatpost","diameter","clamp"]},{"id":"saddle-rail-dimensions","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Saddle rail diameter and spacing","summary":"Standard round saddle rails are dia7 mm, spaced 44 mm apart -- the pair every two-bolt and single-bolt seatpost clamp is machined to grip; carbon/titanium oval or bladed rails deviate and need a matching clamp.","applies":["saddle","seatpost clamp","rails"],"value":{"table":[{"field":"railDia","value":7},{"field":"railSpacing","value":44}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 6695 standard round saddle rail diameter and spacing convention","sources":["iso-6695"],"tags":["saddle","rail","iso-6695"]},{"id":"pedal-thread-size","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Pedal spindle thread: 9/16-20 TPI","summary":"Bicycle pedal spindles thread 9/16 in x 20 TPI into the crank arm -- an inch thread because ISO 4210-8 and pedal manufacturers still publish it that way; the right pedal is right-hand thread, the left pedal is left-hand thread to resist unscrewing under pedalling.","applies":["pedal","crank arm"],"value":{"value":"9/16-20","unit":"in"},"basis":"ISO 4210-8 pedal thread specification, published in inches","sources":["iso-4210","shimano-dealer-manual"],"tags":["pedal","thread","9-16","crank"]},{"id":"helmet-impact-en1078-cpsc","kind":"test","tier":1,"title":"Bicycle helmet impact test (EN 1078 / CPSC 1203)","summary":"Drop the helmeted headform 1500 mm onto flat and kerbstone anvils; EN 1078 and CPSC 1203 both cap transmitted acceleration at 250 g, and CPSC additionally requires the retention strap to hold 500 N without more than 25 mm of extension.","applies":["helmet","bicycle helmet"],"value":{"table":[{"field":"dropHeight_mm","value":1500},{"field":"maxAccel_g","value":250},{"field":"strapLoad_N","value":500}]},"basis":"EN 1078 and CPSC 16 CFR 1203 helmet impact-attenuation and retention-system test requirements","sources":["en-1078","cpsc-1203"],"tags":["test","helmet","impact","en-1078","cpsc-1203"]},{"id":"frame-material-chromoly-4130","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"4130 chromoly steel frame tubing","summary":"4130 chromoly is the standard steel frame-tube alloy: yield ~460 MPa in the normalized/drawn condition, density 7.85 g/cm3, weldable and butts thin without cracking -- the baseline steel-frame material this pack's tube sizes assume.","applies":["frame","tube","steel"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"yield","value":460,"unit":"MPa"},{"property":"density","value":7.85,"unit":"g/cm3"}]},"basis":"MatWeb 4130 chromoly steel (normalized) property data, the standard bicycle frame steel","sources":["matweb-materials"],"tags":["material","4130","chromoly","steel"]},{"id":"frame-material-aluminum-6061-7005","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"6061-T6 and 7005 aluminium frame tubing","summary":"6061-T6 (yield ~276 MPa) needs post-weld heat treatment to reach full strength; 7005 (yield ~290 MPa) age-hardens naturally at room temperature after welding -- 7005 is the more common as-welded aluminium frame alloy for exactly that reason.","applies":["frame","tube","aluminium"],"value":{"table":[{"material":"6061-T6","yield_MPa":276},{"material":"7005","yield_MPa":290}]},"basis":"MatWeb 6061-T6 and 7005-T6 aluminium property data, the two common welded bicycle frame alloys","sources":["matweb-materials"],"tags":["material","6061","7005","aluminium"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"consumer","title":"Consumer products — housings, enclosures, handheld devices","sector":"consumer","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Nominal wall by material, draft, ribs, bosses, snap fits, living hinges, ultrasonic welds, gaskets, textures, clamshell joints, battery doors, buttons, and the drop/tumble/cycle tests and standards a plastic consumer housing is held to.","aliases":["consumer product","housing","enclosure shell","clamshell","snap fit","living hinge","remote control","handheld","gadget","case","injection moulded housing","3d printed case"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"bayer-snap-fit","title":"Bayer/Covestro Snap-Fit Joints for Plastics — A Design Guide","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"dupont-living-hinge","title":"DuPont Engineering Polymers — Living Hinge Design Guide","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"protolabs-guide","title":"Protolabs Injection Molding Design Guide","url":"https://www.protolabs.com/resources/design-tips/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"fictiv-guide","title":"Fictiv Injection Molding Design Guidelines","url":"https://www.fictiv.com/articles/injection-molding-design-guidelines","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"hubs-3dp-guide","title":"Hubs (Protolabs) 3D Printing Design Guidelines — FDM/SLS/SLA","url":"https://www.hubs.com/knowledge-base/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iec-60086","title":"IEC 60086 Primary Batteries — cell dimensions (AA, AAA, coin cells)","url":"https://webstore.iec.ch/publication/3049","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"wall-thickness-abs","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Nominal wall thickness, ABS injection moulding","summary":"ABS consumer housings run a 1.5-3.5 mm nominal wall, 2-2.5 mm typical; thinner short-shots the cavity, thicker sinks and slows cycle time.","applies":["abs","injection molding","housing"],"value":{"min":1.5,"max":3.5,"typical":2.5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard ABS moulding wall-thickness guidance for enclosure-class parts","sources":["protolabs-guide"],"tags":["wall","abs","injection-molding"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"wall-thickness-pc","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Nominal wall thickness, polycarbonate (PC) injection moulding","summary":"PC housings run a 1.5-3.0 mm nominal wall; PC's higher viscosity fills thinner sections than ABS but sinks badly above 3 mm on a boss or rib root.","applies":["pc","polycarbonate","injection molding","housing"],"value":{"min":1.5,"max":3,"typical":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard PC moulding wall-thickness guidance","sources":["protolabs-guide"],"tags":["wall","pc","injection-molding"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"wall-thickness-pp","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Nominal wall thickness, polypropylene (PP) injection moulding","summary":"PP housings and living-hinge parts run a 1.0-3.0 mm nominal wall; PP's low shrink-sensitivity tolerates the thin end of the range better than ABS/PC.","applies":["pp","polypropylene","injection molding","housing","living hinge"],"value":{"min":1,"max":3,"typical":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard PP moulding wall-thickness guidance","sources":["protolabs-guide"],"tags":["wall","pp","injection-molding"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"wall-thickness-pa","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Nominal wall thickness, polyamide (PA/nylon) injection moulding","summary":"PA/nylon housings and clips run a 1.0-3.0 mm nominal wall; PA's fast crystallisation and moisture uptake favour the thinner, more uniform end of the range.","applies":["pa","nylon","injection molding","housing","snap fit"],"value":{"min":1,"max":3,"typical":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard PA66/PA6 moulding wall-thickness guidance","sources":["protolabs-guide"],"tags":["wall","pa","nylon","injection-molding"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"wall-thickness-pom","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Nominal wall thickness, acetal (POM) injection moulding","summary":"POM (acetal) parts, common for latches and gears in a housing, run a 1.5-3.0 mm nominal wall; POM shrinks more than ABS/PC so wall uniformity matters more, not less.","applies":["pom","acetal","delrin","injection molding"],"value":{"min":1.5,"max":3,"typical":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard POM/acetal moulding wall-thickness guidance","sources":["protolabs-guide"],"tags":["wall","pom","acetal","injection-molding"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"wall-thickness-tpe-overmold","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Nominal wall thickness, TPE overmould layer","summary":"A TPE (thermoplastic elastomer) soft-touch overmould skin runs 1.0-2.0 mm thick over a rigid substrate; thinner tears on demould, thicker adds cost and can telegraph substrate features.","applies":["tpe","overmold","soft touch","housing"],"value":{"min":1,"max":2,"typical":1.5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common two-shot TPE overmould skin-thickness guidance","sources":["protolabs-guide"],"tags":["wall","tpe","overmold"],"see":["hardware/screw-boss-plastic"]},{"id":"wall-thickness-fdm","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Nominal wall thickness, FDM-printed housing","summary":"An FDM-printed housing wall runs 1.6-2.4 mm, i.e. 4-6 perimeters at a common 0.4 mm nozzle/extrusion width, to be self-supporting and hold a heat-set insert.","applies":["fdm","3d printing","housing"],"value":{"min":1.6,"max":2.4,"typical":2,"unit":"mm","note":"4-6 perimeters at 0.4mm extrusion width"},"basis":"Wall-loop multiples of a common 0.4 mm nozzle width for a self-supporting rigid shell","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["wall","fdm","3d-printing"]},{"id":"wall-thickness-sls","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Nominal wall thickness, SLS (PA12) housing","summary":"An SLS PA12-printed housing wall runs 1.0-1.5 mm; SLS's self-supporting powder bed lets it go thinner than FDM but thinner than 1 mm warps in the thermal cycle and breaks in depowdering.","applies":["sls","pa12","3d printing","housing"],"value":{"min":1,"max":1.5,"typical":1.2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"PA12 SLS printable wall floor with a margin for depowdering handling","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["wall","sls","pa12","3d-printing"]},{"id":"wall-thickness-sla","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Nominal wall thickness, SLA/resin housing","summary":"An SLA (resin) printed housing wall runs 1.0-2.0 mm; below 1 mm an unsupported wall warps or detaches during the build-plate peel.","applies":["sla","resin","3d printing","housing"],"value":{"min":1,"max":2,"typical":1.5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"SLA unsupported-wall floor before peel-induced warping/detachment","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["wall","sla","resin","3d-printing"]},{"id":"wall-uniformity","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Wall thickness uniformity across a housing","summary":"Keep adjoining wall sections within ±25% of the nominal wall; a bigger step changes cooling rate enough to sink, warp or void at the transition, whatever the resin.","applies":["housing","injection molding"],"value":{"max":25,"unit":"%"},"basis":"Uniform-wall moulding guidance: differential shrinkage across a wall-thickness step is what drives sink and warp","sources":["protolabs-guide","fictiv-guide"],"tags":["wall","uniformity","sink"]},{"id":"draft-angle-minimum","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum draft angle on moulded housing walls","summary":"Draft every wall parallel to the pull direction at least 1°, 1.5-2° on a lightly textured (VDI 18-24) surface, 0.5° acceptable only on a high-polish (SPI A) surface with no texture.","applies":["housing","injection molding"],"value":{"min":0.5,"max":2,"typical":1,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"Published minimum 1-2 deg per side on any wall parallel to the pull; texture needs more draft to release cleanly, polish needs less","sources":["protolabs-guide","fictiv-guide"],"tags":["draft","mold-release"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"min_draft_angle"}},{"id":"corner-radius-inside-outside","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Internal and external corner radii","summary":"Radius every internal corner to at least 0.5x the local wall thickness and every matching external corner to the internal radius plus one wall thickness, so the wall stays a constant section around the bend.","applies":["housing","injection molding"],"value":{"min":0.5,"unit":"ratio","note":"inside >= 0.5x wall; outside = inside + wall"},"basis":"A sharp internal corner is the classic moulded-part stress riser and flow restriction; matching the outside radius keeps the wall a constant section","sources":["protolabs-guide","fictiv-guide"],"tags":["corner","radius","stress"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"min_internal_corner_radius"}},{"id":"rib-design","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Rib thickness, height and draft off a housing wall","summary":"Size a rib to <=0.6x the wall thickness at its root, <=3x the wall in height, with 0.5-1° draft per side and >=2x the wall between adjacent ribs, or the rib sinks the show surface and starves the mould of flow.","applies":["housing","rib","injection molding"],"value":{"max":0.6,"unit":"ratio","note":"root thickness/wall; height <= 3x wall; spacing >= 2x wall; draft 0.5-1 deg"},"basis":"Rib thickness <=60% of nominal wall avoids a sink mark on the opposite show surface; height/spacing limits keep the rib fillable and coolable","sources":["protolabs-guide","fictiv-guide"],"tags":["rib","sink","stiffener"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"max_rib_thickness_ratio"}},{"id":"hole-depth-ratio-consumer","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Blind cored-hole depth-to-diameter ratio","summary":"Keep a blind cored hole (screw boss bore, standoff pocket) to <=3x its diameter deep; a through hole supported at both ends can go to ~6x before the core pin deflects or breaks under injection pressure.","applies":["housing","boss","injection molding"],"value":{"max":3,"unit":"ratio","note":"blind hole depth:diameter; ~6x for a through hole"},"basis":"An unsupported core pin is a cantilever; beyond ~3x diameter it deflects enough to produce an off-axis or short hole","sources":["protolabs-guide","fictiv-guide"],"tags":["hole","core-pin","boss"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"max_hole_depth_ratio"}},{"id":"snap-fit-cantilever-basics","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Cantilever snap-fit beam proportions","summary":"A cantilever snap beam runs 5-10x its own thickness in length, deflecting within an allowable strain of ~3% for ABS or ~6% for PP, with a 0.5-1.5 mm undercut at the catch — go longer/thinner rather than deeper to stay under the strain limit.","applies":["snap fit","housing","clamshell"],"value":{"min":5,"max":10,"unit":"ratio","note":"beam length:thickness; strain limit ~3% ABS, ~6% PP; undercut 0.5-1.5mm"},"basis":"Beam-bending allowable strain for the resin sets the deflection a given length:thickness ratio can take without yielding on repeated cycles","sources":["bayer-snap-fit"],"tags":["snap-fit","cantilever","beam"]},{"id":"living-hinge-pp","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Living hinge geometry in polypropylene","summary":"A PP living hinge runs 0.2-0.3 mm thick at the hinge web, 1.0-1.5 mm land on either side, 0.5-0.8 mm fillet radius into the land, and must be flexed in the mould within minutes of moulding while the polymer chains are still oriented.","applies":["living hinge","pp","housing"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"hinge-thickness","min":0.2,"max":0.3},{"param":"land-width","min":1,"max":1.5},{"param":"fillet-radius","min":0.5,"max":0.8}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"PP's high fatigue resistance only develops when the hinge web is flexed while molecular orientation from the fill is still fresh, typically within minutes of ejection","sources":["dupont-living-hinge"],"tags":["living-hinge","pp","flex"]},{"id":"battery-aa-compartment-consumer","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"AA/AAA battery compartment for a consumer housing","summary":"An AA cell (⌀14.5x50.5 mm) needs a pocket of ⌀15.5x51.5 mm and an AAA cell (⌀10.5x44.5 mm) a pocket of ⌀11.5x45.5 mm, each with 3-5 mm of spring-contact travel at one end to take up cell-length tolerance.","applies":["battery","aa","aaa","housing"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"aa-pocket","diameter":15.5,"length":51.5},{"param":"aaa-pocket","diameter":11.5,"length":45.5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"IEC 60086 cell envelope plus 0.5-1mm assembly clearance and 3-5mm spring-contact travel","sources":["iec-60086"],"tags":["battery","aa","aaa","compartment"]},{"id":"button-key-travel","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Button/keycap travel and key gap","summary":"Size a moulded button or keycap for 0.3-1.5 mm of travel before it bottoms out, with a 0.2-0.3 mm gap to its neighbour so adjacent keys don't bind or let liquid track sideways between them.","applies":["button","keycap","housing","remote control"],"value":{"min":0.3,"max":1.5,"unit":"mm","note":"travel; key-to-key gap 0.2-0.3mm"},"basis":"Tactile-dome and silicone-pad button travel range balancing feel against bottoming-out force spikes","sources":["protolabs-guide"],"tags":["button","keycap","travel"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"desk-everyday","title":"Desk & everyday objects — stands, holders, hooks, boxes, organisers","sector":"desk-everyday","version":"2026-09-04","summary":"Envelope dims, device interface dims, ergonomic angles and wall/hinge/clearance rules for the desk and household objects people type into a text-to-CAD box: phone/laptop/headphone stands, monitor risers, pen holders, bookends, coasters, cable clips, keychains, wall hooks, hinged boxes, drawer organisers, soap dishes and toothbrush holders.","aliases":["phone stand","phone holder","laptop stand","headphone stand","headphone hook","monitor riser","monitor stand","pen holder","pencil cup","pencil holder","bookend","coaster","cable clip","cable organizer","cable organiser","keychain","keyring tag","wall hook","hinged box","box with lid","drawer organizer","drawer organiser","desk tray","soap dish","toothbrush holder"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"apple-iphone15-specs","title":"Apple iPhone 15 Tech Specs","url":"https://support.apple.com/en-us/111831","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"samsung-s24-specs","title":"Samsung Galaxy S24 Series Full Specifications","url":"https://www.samsung.com/us/smartphones/galaxy-s24/specs/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"osha-computer-workstations","title":"OSHA Computer Workstations eTool — Monitor and Laptop Viewing Ergonomics","url":"https://www.osha.gov/etools/computer-workstations/components/monitors","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"hfes-100","title":"ANSI/HFES 100-2007 Human Factors Engineering of Computer Workstations","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"prusa-design-guide","title":"Prusa Knowledge Base — Design for 3D Printing (clearances, hinges, tolerances)","url":"https://help.prusa3d.com/category/design-for-3d-printing_223","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"hubs-3dp-guide","title":"Hubs (Protolabs) 3D Printing Design Guidelines — FDM/SLS/SLA","url":"https://www.hubs.com/knowledge-base/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"drywall-anchor-loads","title":"Common self-drilling drywall/plastic wall-anchor published load ratings (light-duty picture/utility hooks)","url":"https://www.crlaurence.com/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"ansi-b18.6.3","title":"ASME/ANSI B18.6.3 Machine Screws — #6/#8 head and shank dimensions","accessed":"2026-09-04"}],"entries":[{"id":"phone-stand-viewing-angle","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Phone stand viewing angle","summary":"Rest a phone at 55-70deg from horizontal (65deg typical) for a comfortable seated FaceTime/video angle, steeper than a laptop's screen tilt because a phone sits closer to the eye.","applies":["phone stand"],"value":{"min":55,"max":70,"typical":65,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"Common desk phone-stand viewing-angle range derived from seated-eye-to-desk-object sightline guidance","sources":["osha-computer-workstations"],"tags":["phone-stand","angle","ergonomics"]},{"id":"phone-stand-slot-width","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Phone stand slot width (with case)","summary":"Size a phone stand's slot 7-12 mm wide: bare phones run 7.5-8.9 mm thick (iPhone 15 7.8 mm, Galaxy S24 7.6 mm) and a case adds 1.5-3 mm per side of the phone, so a 10 mm slot fits most cased phones with a snug 0.5-1 mm clearance.","applies":["phone stand","phone holder"],"value":{"min":7,"max":12,"typical":10,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Apple/Samsung published phone thickness plus typical protective-case wall thickness","sources":["apple-iphone15-specs","samsung-s24-specs"],"tags":["phone-stand","slot","case"]},{"id":"laptop-stand-riser-height","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Laptop stand riser height","summary":"Riser the laptop's hinge line 50-150 mm above the desk (100 mm typical) to bring the top of the screen roughly to eye level per OSHA/HFES monitor-height guidance, then pair it with an external keyboard since the built-in one is now too high.","applies":["laptop stand"],"value":{"min":50,"max":150,"typical":100,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"OSHA computer-workstation guidance places the top of the screen at or slightly below seated eye height","sources":["osha-computer-workstations","hfes-100"],"tags":["laptop-stand","height","ergonomics"]},{"id":"headphone-stand-hook-width","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Headphone stand hook/saddle width","summary":"Shape the hook saddle 60-90 mm wide and radiused to 25-35 mm to match a headband's curve, wide enough that the headband drapes rather than folding at a crease.","applies":["headphone stand","headphone hook"],"value":{"min":60,"max":90,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common over-ear headband inner-curve width across major consumer headphone models","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["headphone-stand","hook","saddle"]},{"id":"monitor-riser-height","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Monitor riser height","summary":"Riser a monitor 50-100 mm (75 mm typical) so the top of the screen sits at or just below seated eye height, per OSHA/HFES monitor-placement guidance for a user without an adjustable-height monitor arm.","applies":["monitor riser","monitor stand"],"value":{"min":50,"max":100,"typical":75,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"OSHA computer-workstation eTool: top of screen at or slightly below eye level for a seated user","sources":["osha-computer-workstations","hfes-100"],"tags":["monitor-riser","height","ergonomics"]},{"id":"pen-holder-cell-diameter","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Pen/pencil holder cell diameter","summary":"Size a pen or pencil cell 10-14 mm inner diameter (a hex pencil spans 7-8 mm across flats, a fat marker up to 16-18 mm), with 12 mm covering most pens/pencils and a wider 20 mm+ cell reserved for markers.","applies":["pen holder","pencil cup","pencil holder"],"value":{"min":10,"max":14,"typical":12,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common writing-instrument barrel diameter range across pens and pencils","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["pen-holder","cell","diameter"]},{"id":"bookend-base-length","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Bookend base length","summary":"Run a bookend's horizontal base at least 120-150 mm deep (front-to-back) so the toppling moment from a row of leaning books stays inside the base footprint instead of pivoting the bookend forward.","applies":["bookend"],"value":{"min":120,"max":150,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Base length needed to resist the overturning moment of a typical shelf-length row of books leaning on the upright","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["bookend","base","stability"]},{"id":"coaster-diameter","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Coaster diameter","summary":"Size a round coaster 90-100 mm in diameter (95 mm typical) to cover the base of common mugs (70-90 mm) and stemware/tumbler bases (60-80 mm) with a margin for condensation spread.","applies":["coaster"],"value":{"min":90,"max":100,"typical":95,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common drinkware base-diameter range plus margin so the coaster fully covers the base of most mugs and glasses","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["coaster","diameter"]},{"id":"coaster-ring-lip","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Coaster drink-ring lip","summary":"Raise a 1.5-2.5 mm lip around the coaster's perimeter, 3-5 mm wide, to catch condensation and stop a mug sliding off the edge; below 1 mm the lip doesn't visibly contain a drip.","applies":["coaster"],"value":{"min":1.5,"max":2.5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Practical drip-containment lip height used across common printed and moulded coaster designs","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["coaster","lip","condensation"]},{"id":"cable-clip-cable-diameter","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Cable clip cable-diameter classes","summary":"Size a cable clip's channel to the cable class: thin USB/charge cable 3-4 mm, standard USB-C/braided cable 4-6 mm, power/HDMI cable 6-9 mm; oversizing the channel by more than 1 mm lets the cable rattle out.","applies":["cable clip","cable organizer"],"value":{"min":3,"max":9,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common consumer cable outer-diameter classes from bare charge cable to jacketed power/video cable","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["cable-clip","diameter"]},{"id":"keychain-split-ring-hole","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Keychain/keyring tag split-ring hole","summary":"Bore the split-ring hole at least 4 mm larger in radius than the ring wire needs, i.e. >=8 mm diameter for a common 25-28 mm split ring, and >=4 mm minimum for the smallest keyring-style clasp, so the ring seats and rotates without binding.","applies":["keychain","keyring tag"],"value":{"min":4,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"A split ring needs internal clearance beyond its own wire diameter to open, seat around the tag material, and rotate freely","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["keychain","split-ring","hole"]},{"id":"wall-hook-screw-pattern","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Wall hook screw-mounting pattern","summary":"Mount a light wall hook on one or two #6-#8 screws (clearance hole 4.5-5 mm) spaced 25-40 mm apart when using two, through a mounting plate at least 3 mm thick so the screw head doesn't pull through under the hung load.","applies":["wall hook"],"value":{"min":25,"max":40,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common light-duty hook screw spacing sized to standard #6/#8 wood/wall screws","sources":["ansi-b18.6.3"],"tags":["wall-hook","screw","mounting"]},{"id":"wall-hook-load-rating","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Wall hook load rating and hook opening","summary":"Design a single light-duty wall hook for 2-5 kg static load (a coat, bag or towel), matching common plastic wall-anchor ratings, with a hook opening at least 15-20 mm to admit a coat loop or lanyard without forcing it.","applies":["wall hook"],"value":{"min":2,"max":5,"unit":"kg"},"basis":"Published light-duty wall-anchor load ratings for a single-point hook, plus common loop/lanyard opening sizing","sources":["drywall-anchor-loads"],"tags":["wall-hook","load","opening"]},{"id":"hinged-box-print-clearance","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Print-in-place hinge clearance","summary":"Model 0.3-0.5 mm of clearance per side (0.6-1.0 mm total gap) between a hinge pin/knuckle and its socket on an FDM-printed hinged box, or the two halves fuse into one solid; loosen toward 0.5 mm on an under-calibrated printer.","applies":["hinged box","box with lid"],"value":{"min":0.3,"max":0.5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Prusa/Hubs print-in-place clearance guidance for a moving FDM joint printed already assembled","sources":["prusa-design-guide","hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["hinged-box","hinge","clearance","tolerance"]},{"id":"hinged-box-lid-lip","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Hinged box lid lip/rim engagement","summary":"Engage the lid's inner lip 1.5-2.5 mm into the box rim with 0.2-0.3 mm clearance per side, enough to self-locate the closed lid without binding on print/moulding tolerance.","applies":["hinged box","box with lid"],"value":{"min":1.5,"max":2.5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Same tongue-and-groove locating logic as a clamshell lip, sized for a small box lid rather than a large clamshell","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["hinged-box","lid","lip"]},{"id":"drawer-organizer-cell-size","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Drawer organiser cell size","summary":"Size a drawer-organiser cell 20-40 mm per side for small items (pens, cables, cosmetics) and 50-80 mm for bulkier items (chargers, tools); undersizing below 15 mm makes a cell too fiddly to use.","applies":["drawer organizer","desk tray"],"value":{"min":20,"max":80,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common small-item drawer-organiser compartment sizing from published organiser product dimensions","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["drawer-organizer","cell","compartment"]},{"id":"soap-dish-drainage","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Soap dish drainage holes/ridges","summary":"Slope the soap dish floor 3-5deg to a corner drain or add a grid of 4-6 mm drainage holes/ridges raising the bar 2-3 mm off standing water, or the bar sits in its own runoff and softens.","applies":["soap dish"],"value":{"min":4,"max":6,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standing-water avoidance is the entire functional requirement of a soap dish; drainage geometry is what differentiates it from a flat tray","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["soap-dish","drainage"]},{"id":"toothbrush-holder-slot-diameter","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Toothbrush holder slot/hole diameter","summary":"Bore each toothbrush slot 10-14 mm diameter (a manual brush handle is typically 8-11 mm, an electric brush handle/head can reach 20-28 mm) so the handle drops in and stands without binding.","applies":["toothbrush holder"],"value":{"min":10,"max":14,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common manual-toothbrush handle diameter range with clearance for insertion","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"tags":["toothbrush-holder","slot","diameter"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"desktop-robots","title":"Desktop & companion robots -- small humanoids, robot pets, rovers, AI devices","sector":"desktop-robots","version":"2026-09-04","summary":"Envelope, DOF, servo-pocket and shell numbers for desk humanoids, robot pets/quadrupeds, two-wheel rovers, animatronic eye heads and AI-device/smart-speaker builds -- eye/camera/port cutouts, battery bays, stability and pinch-point rules, and the tests these products are held to.","aliases":["desk robot","desktop robot","companion robot","robot pet","robot dog","quadruped","small humanoid","humanoid","robot head","animatronic eye","hobby robot kit","robot chassis","line follower","sumo robot","ai device","ai pin","smart speaker","voice assistant","camera module","robot face display","wheeled robot"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"hf-reachy-mini","title":"Hugging Face Reachy Mini Lite Hardware Datasheet","url":"https://huggingface.co/docs/reachy_mini/platforms/reachy_mini_lite/hardware","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"feetech-sts3215","title":"Feetech STS3215 Smart Servo Specifications","url":"https://servodatabase.com/servo/feetech/sts3215","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"gc9a01-module-datasheet","title":"1.28in GC9A01 Round TFT LCD Module Datasheet","url":"https://www.waveshare.com/1.28inch-lcd-module.htm","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"oled096-datasheet","title":"0.96in SSD1306 OLED Display Module Datasheet","url":"https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/0.96inch_OLED_(B)","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"picamera-v3-datasheet","title":"Raspberry Pi Camera Module 3 Product Brief","url":"https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/accessories/camera.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"esp32cam-datasheet","title":"AI-Thinker ESP32-CAM Development Board Datasheet","url":"https://docs.ai-thinker.com/en/esp32-cam","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"usb-c-spec","title":"USB Type-C Cable and Connector Specification (USB-IF)","url":"https://www.usb.org/document-library/usb-type-cr-cable-and-connector-specification-revision-21","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"iec-61960","title":"IEC 61960 Secondary Lithium Cells for Portable Applications","url":"https://webstore.iec.ch/publication/5416","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"n20-motor-datasheet","title":"N20 Micro Metal Gear Motor Datasheet","url":"https://www.handsontec.com/dataspecs/motor_fan/GA12-N20.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"iso-13482","title":"ISO 13482 Robots and Robotic Devices -- Personal Care Robot Safety","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/53820.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"iec-60335-1","title":"IEC 60335-1 Household and Similar Electrical Appliances -- Safety","url":"https://webstore.iec.ch/publication/23456","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"hobby-component-datasheets","title":"Hobby robotics component datasheets (magnets, LiPo pouches, TPU pads, casters, mini speakers, MEMS mics, ball joints, wiring)","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"hubs-3dp-guide","title":"Hubs (Protolabs) 3D Printing Design Guidelines","url":"https://www.hubs.com/knowledge-base/","accessed":"2026-09-04"}],"entries":[{"id":"envelope-desk-humanoid","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Desktop humanoid/companion robot envelope","summary":"A desk humanoid or companion robot (Reachy Mini-class) stands 160-280 mm tall in a 160x160 mm footprint; a smaller pan-tilt head-only unit runs 90-150 mm tall.","applies":["desk robot","desktop robot","companion robot","small humanoid","humanoid","robot head"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"height","min":160,"max":280,"typical":220},{"param":"footprintSquare","value":160}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Reachy Mini Lite published envelope, the reference open-source desk-humanoid platform","sources":["hf-reachy-mini"],"tags":["envelope","humanoid","companion-robot"]},{"id":"mass-desk-humanoid","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Desktop humanoid/companion robot mass","summary":"A desk humanoid/companion robot masses 1.3-1.5 kg fully assembled (Reachy Mini Lite: 1.5 kg); a bare pan-tilt head-only build without a body/base runs roughly 0.3-0.5 kg.","applies":["desk robot","desktop robot","companion robot","humanoid","robot head"],"value":{"min":0.3,"max":1.5,"typical":1.5,"unit":"kg"},"basis":"Reachy Mini Lite published weight, scaled down for a head-only sub-assembly","sources":["hf-reachy-mini"],"tags":["mass","weight","humanoid"]},{"id":"dof-desk-companion-robot","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Desk companion robot head/body degrees of freedom","summary":"A desk companion's head commonly carries 4-6 DOF (pan/tilt/roll plus a small XYZ float) plus 1 body-yaw and 1-2 antenna axes; Reachy Mini Lite runs 6 head DOF, 1 body rotation and 2 antenna axes across 9 servos.","applies":["desk robot","desktop robot","companion robot","small humanoid","humanoid","robot head"],"value":{"min":4,"max":9,"typical":6,"unit":"count"},"basis":"Reachy Mini Lite published kinematic breakdown (head 3 rotations + 3 translations, body 1 rotation, antennas 1 rotation x2)","sources":["hf-reachy-mini"],"tags":["dof","kinematics","humanoid"]},{"id":"sts3215-servo-body-dims","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"STS3215 smart servo body dimensions","summary":"The Feetech STS3215 smart servo (the SO-100/SO-101 arm's actuator) measures 45.2 x 24.7 x 35 mm body, 55 g mass, with a 25-tooth spline horn -- see robotics/servo-sg90-dims and robotics/servo-mg996r-dims for the smaller/larger hobby servos this pack does not repeat.","applies":["hobby robot kit","robot arm","small humanoid","robot chassis"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"length","value":45.2},{"param":"width","value":24.7},{"param":"height","value":35}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Feetech STS3215 published case dimensions, the common actuator in open-source arm/humanoid kits (SO-100/SO-101, LeRobot)","sources":["feetech-sts3215"],"see":["robotics/servo-sg90-dims","robotics/servo-mg996r-dims"],"tags":["servo","sts3215","dimension"]},{"id":"servo-pocket-clearance","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Servo body pocket clearance for a printed bracket","summary":"Pocket a servo body at its nominal L x W x H plus 0.2-0.3 mm clearance per side (0.4-0.6 mm total) for an FDM/SLA-printed bracket; tighten to 0.1-0.15 mm per side on a CNC or SLS part.","applies":["hobby robot kit","robot chassis","small humanoid"],"value":{"min":0.2,"max":0.3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common hobby-servo pocket allowance balancing a snug seat against printed-part dimensional tolerance","sources":["feetech-sts3215"],"tags":["servo","pocket","clearance","tolerance"]},{"id":"servo-horn-spline-recess","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Servo horn spline boss recess","summary":"A common metal-gear servo spline (STS3215/MG996R-class, 25T) presents a horn boss about 6 mm dia standing 3-4 mm proud of the case; recess the mating arm/head 6.2 mm dia x 3.5 mm deep with a central M3 clearance hole so the horn seats flush.","applies":["servo","robot arm","hobby robot kit"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"bossDia","value":6.2},{"param":"bossDepth","value":3.5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common 25-tooth metal-gear servo horn/spline boss geometry","sources":["feetech-sts3215"],"tags":["servo","horn","spline","recess"]},{"id":"wire-channel-sizing","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Wire channel for servo/sensor cable bundles","summary":"Route a 3-wire servo cable (or a camera/mic ribbon) through a 4-6 mm wide x 3-4 mm deep channel with 1-2 mm of wall on either side; a channel under 3 mm pinches a typical 26-28 AWG bundle on assembly.","applies":["hobby robot kit","robot chassis","small humanoid"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"width","min":4,"max":6},{"param":"depth","min":3,"max":4}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common hobby-robotics cable-routing practice sized to a bundled servo/sensor cable jacket","sources":["hobby-component-datasheets"],"tags":["wire","cable","channel","routing"]},{"id":"eye-display-cutout-gc9a01-128","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Round eye display cutout, 1.28in GC9A01 (240x240)","summary":"A 1.28 in round GC9A01 TFT (240x240, 32.4 mm active circle on a 38 x 45.5 x 3.2 mm PCB) needs a 33-34 mm dia face cutout, with the PCB registered on a wider boss so the display seats flush behind the eye opening.","applies":["animatronic eye","robot face display","robot head","small humanoid"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"activeDia","value":32.4},{"param":"pcbLength","value":38},{"param":"pcbWidth","value":45.5},{"param":"pcbThickness","value":3.2}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"GC9A01 1.28in round LCD module published PCB and active-area dimensions","sources":["gc9a01-module-datasheet"],"tags":["display","eye","gc9a01","cutout"]},{"id":"eye-display-cutout-oled096","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"0.96in OLED status/eye display cutout","summary":"A 0.96 in SSD1306 OLED module has a 27.3 x 27.8 mm active area; cut a 28-29 mm wide rectangular window with 2-4 mm of PCB standoff clearance around it for a status face or a single-eye readout on a smaller companion robot.","applies":["animatronic eye","robot face display","desk robot","ai device"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"activeWidth","value":27.3},{"param":"activeHeight","value":27.8}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"0.96in SSD1306 OLED module published active-area dimensions","sources":["oled096-datasheet"],"tags":["display","oled","eye","cutout"]},{"id":"camera-cutout-picamv3","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Raspberry Pi Camera Module 3 lens cutout","summary":"The Raspberry Pi Camera Module 3 board is 25 x 24 mm; cut a dia8-9 mm lens aperture centred on the lens barrel plus two M2 clearance holes on the board's own mounting-hole spacing for a robot-face camera bezel.","applies":["camera module","robot head","robot face display"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"boardWidth","value":25},{"param":"boardHeight","value":24}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Raspberry Pi Camera Module 3 published board outline","sources":["picamera-v3-datasheet"],"tags":["camera","picamera","cutout"]},{"id":"camera-cutout-esp32cam","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"ESP32-CAM board bay cutout","summary":"An ESP32-CAM module board is 27 x 40.5 mm with its OV2640 lens offset toward one end; cut a dia10 mm lens clearance hole and a 27 x 40.5 mm board slot with 1-2 mm edge clearance for a printed camera bay.","applies":["camera module","robot head","hobby robot kit"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"boardWidth","value":27},{"param":"boardHeight","value":40.5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"AI-Thinker ESP32-CAM published board outline","sources":["esp32cam-datasheet"],"tags":["camera","esp32-cam","cutout"]},{"id":"usb-c-port-cutout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"USB-C port cutout for a charging/data bay","summary":"A USB-C receptacle needs a 9 x 3.3 mm cutout (the connector envelope) plus 0.3-0.5 mm clearance per side so a printed or moulded shell doesn't bind the plug; a board-edge jack commonly sits 1.6-3 mm proud of the PCB.","applies":["ai device","ai pin","desk robot","desktop robot"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"cutoutWidth","value":9},{"param":"cutoutHeight","value":3.3}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"USB Type-C Cable and Connector Specification published receptacle envelope","sources":["usb-c-spec"],"tags":["usb-c","port","cutout"]},{"id":"battery-18650-bay","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"18650 li-ion cell bay","summary":"An 18650 cylindrical cell (dia18.0-18.5 x 64.8-65.3 mm per IEC 61960) needs a dia18.8-19 x 66 mm pocket with 2-3 mm of spring/PCB contact travel at one end -- common single or 2S/2P packs power a desk rover or humanoid base.","applies":["desk robot","desktop robot","wheeled robot","small humanoid"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"cellDia","min":18,"max":18.5},{"param":"cellLength","min":64.8,"max":65.3},{"param":"pocketDia","min":18.8,"max":19},{"param":"pocketLength","value":66}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"IEC 61960 secondary lithium cell dimension tolerances for the 18650 format","sources":["iec-61960"],"tags":["battery","18650","li-ion","bay"]},{"id":"shell-wall-thickness-print","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Printed companion-robot shell wall thickness","summary":"A 3D-printed PLA/PETG companion-robot shell (head, torso, chassis cover) runs 2.0-2.5 mm nominal wall -- thinner flexes under servo-cable strain and snap features, thicker adds print time and mass on a desk-scale part.","applies":["desk robot","desktop robot","companion robot","robot head","robot chassis"],"value":{"min":2,"max":2.5,"typical":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common FDM wall-thickness guidance for a self-supporting rigid shell at desk-robot scale","sources":["hubs-3dp-guide"],"see":["consumer/wall-thickness-fdm"],"tags":["wall","shell","3d-printing"]},{"id":"com-support-polygon-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Centre of mass inside the support polygon","summary":"Keep a desk robot's centre of mass within the polygon formed by its feet/base contact points, and at or below about 40% of overall height for a narrow two-point or bipedal stance, so it self-rights rather than tips under a shoulder-height nudge.","applies":["small humanoid","humanoid","robot dog","quadruped","desk robot"],"value":{"max":40,"unit":"%"},"basis":"Household-appliance stability practice (IEC 60335-1) applied as a desk-robot CoM design proxy","sources":["iec-60335-1"],"tags":["stability","center-of-mass","tip-over"]},{"id":"tip-over-stability-angle-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Static stability angle for a freestanding desk robot","summary":"A desk robot resting on a table or floor should remain upright when tilted to 10 deg from horizontal on its most tip-prone axis (the IEC 60335-1 household-appliance stability criterion, applied here as a desk-robot design proxy).","applies":["small humanoid","robot dog","quadruped","wheeled robot","desk robot"],"value":{"value":10,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"IEC 60335-1 clause 20 stability-test tilt angle, borrowed for a desk/companion robot in the absence of a dedicated standard","sources":["iec-60335-1"],"tags":["stability","tip-over","test"]},{"id":"wheel-tt-n20-motor-dims","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"TT and N20 gear motor sizes for a desk rover","summary":"A desk-rover drivetrain uses either a TT geared DC motor paired with a 65 mm OD wheel, or a smaller N20 micro gear motor (12 x 10 mm gearbox cross-section, dia3 x 10 mm output D-shaft) for a lighter build -- match the wheel bore to the chosen motor's own shaft.","applies":["wheeled robot","desk robot","robot chassis","line follower","sumo robot"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"ttWheelDia","value":65},{"param":"n20GearboxWidth","value":12},{"param":"n20GearboxHeight","value":10},{"param":"n20ShaftDia","value":3},{"param":"n20ShaftLength","value":10}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"N20 micro gear motor published gearbox/shaft dimensions; 65 mm is the common paired TT-motor wheel size in hobby-rover kits","sources":["n20-motor-datasheet","hobby-component-datasheets"],"tags":["motor","wheel","n20","tt-motor"]},{"id":"pinch-point-clearance-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Pinch-point clearance on moving joints","summary":"Keep any gap next to a powered joint (a neck, wheel arch, gripper) under 5 mm or over 25 mm so a finger cannot wedge and be crushed as the joint moves -- the ISO 13482 finger-entrapment band for a consumer-facing moving part.","applies":["small humanoid","robot dog","quadruped","robot arm","gripper"],"value":{"min":5,"max":25,"unit":"mm","note":"avoid this band; safe below 5mm or above 25mm"},"basis":"ISO 13482 personal care robot safety finger-entrapment clearance guidance","sources":["iso-13482"],"tags":["pinch-point","safety","clearance"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"electronics","title":"Electronics — PCBs, enclosures, connectors, heat sinks, DIN-rail devices","sector":"electronics","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"PCB mounting, form-factor hole patterns (Raspberry Pi, Arduino, Pico, ESP32, Mini-ITX, Eurocard), enclosure walls/vents/gaskets/IP ratings, connector cutouts, thermal and DIN-rail design, plus the tests and materials electronics housings are held to.","aliases":["pcb","enclosure","electronics enclosure","raspberry pi","arduino","esp32","circuit board","heatsink","din rail","project box"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"rpi-4-mech","title":"Raspberry Pi 4 Model B Mechanical Drawing (raspberrypi.com downloads)","url":"https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/rpi4/raspberry-pi-4-mechanical-drawing.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"rpi-5-mech","title":"Raspberry Pi 5 Mechanical Drawing (raspberrypi.com downloads)","url":"https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/rpi5/raspberry-pi-5-mechanical-drawing.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"rpi-pico-datasheet","title":"Raspberry Pi Pico Datasheet (board dimensions and hole pattern)","url":"https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/pico/pico-datasheet.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"arduino-uno-mech","title":"Arduino UNO Rev3 Reference Design (mechanical drawing)","url":"https://docs.arduino.cc/resources/pcb/A000066-full-pcb.zip","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"usb-if-type-c","title":"USB Type-C Cable and Connector Specification Release 2.2 (USB-IF)","url":"https://www.usb.org/document-library/usb-type-cr-cable-and-connector-specification-release-22","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"usb-if-usb2","title":"Universal Serial Bus Specification Revision 2.0 (Type-A/B connector mechanicals, USB-IF)","url":"https://www.usb.org/document-library/usb-20-specification","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"hdmi-spec","title":"HDMI Specification 1.4b (Type A receptacle mechanical outline, HDMI Licensing Administrator)","url":"https://www.hdmi.org/spec/index","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iec-60529","title":"IEC 60529:1989+AMD2:2013 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code)","url":"https://webstore.iec.ch/publication/2452","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"en-60715","title":"EN 60715:2017 Dimensions of low-voltage switchgear and controlgear — Standardized mounting on rails (TH35 DIN rail)","url":"https://www.din.de/en","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"ul-94","title":"UL 94 Standard for Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances","url":"https://www.ul.com/services/ul-94-plastic-flammability","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"ipc-2221","title":"IPC-2221 Generic Standard on Printed Board Design (board thickness, spacing)","url":"https://www.ipc.org/toc/IPC-2221.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"protolabs-thermal","title":"Protolabs design guide — heat sink fin design for die casting and CNC","url":"https://www.protolabs.com/resources/design-tips/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"molex-rj45","title":"Molex RJ45 shielded jack panel-cutout drawing","url":"https://www.molex.com/en-us/products/connectors/rj45","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"pcb-mounting-hole-diameters","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"PCB mounting hole diameters for M2/M2.5/M3 standoffs","summary":"PCB mounting holes for standoffs run ⌀2.2 mm (M2 close fit), ⌀2.7 mm (M2.5, the Raspberry Pi size), ⌀3.2 mm (M3 close fit) — 0.2 mm over the screw major diameter, tighter than the generic clearance-hole series so the board doesn't shift on its standoffs.","applies":["pcb","circuit board","standoff"],"value":{"table":[{"size":"M2","hole":2.2},{"size":"M2.5","hole":2.7},{"size":"M3","hole":3.2}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Close-fit (H12) hole 0.2mm over major diameter keeps board registration on standoffs tighter than ISO 273 medium clearance","sources":["ipc-2221"],"tags":["pcb","hole","standoff","m2","m2.5","m3"],"see":["hardware/clearance-holes-metric"]},{"id":"pcb-standoff-height","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"PCB standoff height (component clearance underside)","summary":"Standoffs raise a board 3–6 mm off the enclosure floor: 3 mm minimum clears solder tails and 0402/0603 passives, 5–6 mm is typical when a connector or electrolytic cap overhangs the underside.","applies":["pcb","standoff","enclosure"],"value":{"min":3,"max":6,"typical":5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Solder-side component height plus solder tail length on a wave- or hand-soldered THT board","sources":["ipc-2221"],"tags":["standoff","pcb","clearance"]},{"id":"pcb-edge-clearance","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"PCB mounting-hole edge clearance","summary":"Keep every mounting-hole centre ≥ 3 mm from the board edge (annular ring plus fab tolerance) and ≥ 1.5x the hole diameter from any plane-layer cutout, so the pad and via ring survive routing and depaneling.","applies":["pcb"],"value":{"min":3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"IPC-2221 minimum land-to-edge spacing after routing/depanel tolerance","sources":["ipc-2221"],"tags":["pcb","edge","clearance","hole"]},{"id":"pcb-thickness-standard","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Standard PCB (FR4) thicknesses","summary":"Standard rigid PCB thicknesses are 1.6 mm (most full-size boards, the Pi and Arduino default), 1.0 mm, and 0.8 mm (compact/flex-adjacent boards like Pico); card-edge and mechanical fit must be checked against the actual thickness, not assumed 1.6 mm.","applies":["pcb","fr4"],"value":{"options":[0.8,1,1.6],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"JEDEC/IPC common panel thickness offerings from PCB fabricators","sources":["ipc-2221"],"tags":["pcb","thickness","fr4"]},{"id":"pcb-component-keepout","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Component keep-out around mounting holes and board edge","summary":"Leave a ≥ 3 mm keep-out disc around every mounting hole and a ≥ 2 mm keep-out strip along the board edge, clear of tall components and copper pours, so a standoff or enclosure rib can land without shorting or crushing a part.","applies":["pcb","enclosure"],"value":{"min":2,"typical":3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standoff head/rib footprint plus assembly tolerance around a plated hole","sources":["ipc-2221"],"tags":["keepout","pcb","standoff"]},{"id":"raspberry-pi-4-5-mounting","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Raspberry Pi 4/5 board outline and mounting-hole pattern","summary":"Raspberry Pi 4B and 5 share an 85 × 56 mm outline with four ⌀2.7 mm mounting holes on a 58 × 49 mm rectangle, each hole centre inset 3.5 mm from the nearest board edge (so the pattern origin sits at x=3.5, y=3.5 from the corner).","applies":["raspberry pi 4","raspberry pi 5","pcb","enclosure"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"board","x":85,"y":56},{"param":"holes","x":58,"y":49},{"param":"hole-diameter","value":2.7},{"param":"inset","value":3.5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Official Raspberry Pi 4/5 mechanical drawings, mounting-hole table","sources":["rpi-4-mech","rpi-5-mech"],"tags":["raspberry pi","rpi4","rpi5","mounting","pattern"]},{"id":"arduino-uno-mounting","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Arduino Uno board outline and mounting holes","summary":"Arduino Uno Rev3 is 68.6 × 53.4 mm with four mounting holes of ⌀3.2 mm; hole positions are irregular (not a clean rectangle) — model from the four absolute coordinates in the reference drawing rather than assuming symmetric spacing.","applies":["arduino uno","pcb","enclosure"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"board","x":68.6,"y":53.4},{"param":"hole-diameter","value":3.2}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Arduino UNO Rev3 reference design mechanical drawing","sources":["arduino-uno-mech"],"tags":["arduino","uno","mounting","pattern"]},{"id":"pi-pico-mounting","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Raspberry Pi Pico board outline and mounting holes","summary":"Raspberry Pi Pico is 51 × 21 mm with two ⌀2.1 mm mounting holes (fits an M2 self-tapper) on a 47 × 11.4 mm rectangle centred on the board, castellated edges along the 21 mm sides for direct soldering.","applies":["raspberry pi pico","pico","pcb"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"board","x":51,"y":21},{"param":"holes","x":47,"y":11.4},{"param":"hole-diameter","value":2.1}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Raspberry Pi Pico datasheet mechanical drawing","sources":["rpi-pico-datasheet"],"tags":["pico","mounting","pattern"]},{"id":"enclosure-wall-thickness-im","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Injection-moulded enclosure wall thickness","summary":"Injection-moulded electronics enclosures run a 1.5–2.5 mm nominal wall (2 mm typical for ABS/PC), held constant to avoid sink marks; bosses and ribs branch off this wall per the hardware pack's boss/rib rules, not thicker.","applies":["enclosure","injection molding"],"value":{"min":1.5,"max":2.5,"typical":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Uniform-wall moulding guidance for ABS/PC housings","sources":["ul-94"],"tags":["wall","enclosure","injection-molding"],"see":["hardware/screw-boss-plastic"]},{"id":"enclosure-wall-thickness-fdm","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"FDM-printed enclosure wall thickness","summary":"FDM-printed enclosures need a 2–3 mm wall (a multiple of nozzle width x wall-loop count, commonly 3 loops at 0.4 mm) to be self-supporting and to hold a heat-set insert without cracking — thinner than 2 mm risks layer splitting under screw preload.","applies":["enclosure","fdm","3d printing"],"value":{"min":2,"max":3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Wall-loop multiples of common 0.4mm nozzle width; heat-set insert boss needs enough shell","sources":["ul-94"],"tags":["wall","enclosure","fdm"]},{"id":"usb-c-cutout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"USB-C panel cutout","summary":"A USB-C receptacle body is about 9.0 × 3.3 mm; cut the panel opening to ~ 10 × 4 mm (0.5 mm clearance per side) so the shell floats past a moulded panel and doesn't bind on tolerance stack-up.","applies":["usb-c","connector cutout","enclosure"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"receptacle","x":9,"y":3.3},{"param":"cutout","x":10,"y":4},{"param":"clearance","value":0.5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"USB Type-C connector mechanical envelope plus panel clearance","sources":["usb-if-type-c"],"tags":["usb-c","cutout","connector"]},{"id":"usb-a-cutout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"USB-A panel cutout","summary":"A standard USB Type-A receptacle body measures about 13 × 5.8 mm; cut the panel to that envelope plus 0.3–0.5 mm clearance per side (≈13.6–14 × 6.4–6.8 mm) for a stacked or single-port opening.","applies":["usb-a","connector cutout","enclosure"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"receptacle","x":13,"y":5.8}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"USB 2.0 Type-A receptacle mechanical outline","sources":["usb-if-usb2"],"tags":["usb-a","cutout","connector"]},{"id":"hdmi-cutout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"HDMI Type-A panel cutout","summary":"An HDMI Type-A receptacle body is about 15 × 6 mm; cut the panel opening to that size plus 0.3–0.5 mm clearance per side so a moulded or die-cast panel doesn't interfere with the connector shell.","applies":["hdmi","connector cutout","enclosure"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"receptacle","x":15,"y":6}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"HDMI 1.4b Type A receptacle mechanical outline","sources":["hdmi-spec"],"tags":["hdmi","cutout","connector"]},{"id":"rj45-cutout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"RJ45 panel cutout","summary":"A shielded RJ45 jack body is about 16 × 13.5 mm; size the panel window to the jack's own shield flange (per the connector's drawing) rather than the plug, since the jack shell — not the cable — sits in the panel.","applies":["rj45","ethernet","connector cutout","enclosure"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"receptacle","x":16,"y":13.5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Shielded RJ45 jack panel-cutout drawing (Molex)","sources":["molex-rj45"],"tags":["rj45","ethernet","cutout","connector"]},{"id":"dc-jack-cutout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"DC barrel jack panel hole","summary":"A common 5.5 × 2.1 mm DC barrel jack needs a ⌀8 mm round panel hole for the barrel body (a 5.5 mm OD barrel with a threaded bezel); use a bigger ⌀9–9.5 mm hole if the jack has a locking nut bezel.","applies":["dc jack","barrel jack","connector cutout","enclosure"],"value":{"value":8,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"5.5x2.1mm barrel jack body diameter plus bezel clearance","sources":["usb-if-usb2"],"tags":["dc-jack","barrel","cutout","connector"]},{"id":"vent-slot-ip2x","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Vent-slot width for IP2X finger-safe venting","summary":"Ventilation slots must be ≤ 3 mm wide (or ≤ 2.5 mm round holes) to keep the standard IP2X test finger (⌀12 mm articulated probe) out while still passing convective air; grille ribs between slots should be ≥ 1.5 mm thick.","applies":["enclosure","vent","ip rating"],"value":{"max":3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"IEC 60529 IP2X test finger diameter (12.5mm) cannot enter an opening this narrow","sources":["iec-60529"],"tags":["vent","ip2x","finger-safe","slot"]},{"id":"din-rail-profile","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"TH35 DIN rail cross-section (EN 60715)","summary":"The standard EN 60715 top-hat rail is 35 mm wide, 7.5 mm or 15 mm deep, formed from ~1 mm steel with the top edges curled ~1 mm inward; a clip must grip the 35 mm width and the curled top lips, not just sit on the flat.","applies":["din rail","th35","enclosure"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"width","value":35},{"param":"depth-shallow","value":7.5},{"param":"depth-deep","value":15},{"param":"material-thickness","value":1}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"EN 60715 standardized rail dimensions","sources":["en-60715"],"tags":["din-rail","th35","en60715"]},{"id":"fin-spacing-natural-convection","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Heat-sink fin spacing for natural convection","summary":"Fins cooled by natural convection (no fan) need 5–8 mm centre-to-centre spacing; tighter spacing chokes the boundary-layer airflow and increases junction temperature despite the extra surface area.","applies":["heat sink","thermal","enclosure"],"value":{"min":5,"max":8,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Natural-convection boundary-layer thickness between vertical fins","sources":["protolabs-thermal"],"tags":["heatsink","fin","thermal","convection"]},{"id":"material-fr4","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"FR4 as the PCB substrate","summary":"FR4 (glass-fibre/epoxy laminate) is the default rigid PCB substrate: ~1.85 g/cm3 density, glass-transition temperature Tg 130–170°C depending on grade, and UL 94 V-0 rated — treat the board itself as a UL94 V-0 part when the enclosure's flammability rating is being assessed.","applies":["pcb","fr4"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"density","value":1.85,"unit":"g/cm3"},{"property":"Tg","min":130,"max":170,"unit":"C"}]},"basis":"Standard FR4 laminate datasheet properties","sources":["ipc-2221"],"tags":["material","fr4","pcb"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"fdm-x1c","title":"Bambu Lab X1 Carbon - design rules for parts that print first time","sector":"fdm-x1c","version":"2026-09-22","summary":"The FDM numbers for the machine on the bench: real build envelope including the front-left exclusion corner, wall and line width per nozzle, overhang, bridge, hole and clearance limits, eleven filaments with warp class and AMS rules, four calibration coupons and two worked builds. Every value names the profile or the guide it came from.","aliases":["bambu","bambu lab","bambu lab x1 carbon","x1c","x1 carbon","bambu studio","ams","fdm","fff","fdm printing","filament printing","desktop 3d printer","gcode.3mf"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"bbl-machine-x1c04","title":"Bambu Studio machine profile - Bambu Lab X1 Carbon 0.4 nozzle.json","url":"https://github.com/bambulab/BambuStudio/blob/master/resources/profiles/BBL/machine/Bambu%20Lab%20X1%20Carbon%200.4%20nozzle.json","accessed":"2026-09-21"},{"id":"bbl-process-common","title":"Bambu Studio process profile - fdm_process_common.json (line widths, brim, compensation)","url":"https://github.com/bambulab/BambuStudio/blob/master/resources/profiles/BBL/process/fdm_process_common.json","accessed":"2026-09-21"},{"id":"bbl-forum-volume","title":"Bambu Lab forum thread 12875 - what is the real maximum print volume","url":"https://forum.bambulab.com/t/what-is-the-real-maximum-print-volume/12875","accessed":"2026-09-21"},{"id":"bbl-issue-1793","title":"BambuStudio issue 1793 - object too close to the exclusion area","url":"https://github.com/bambulab/BambuStudio/issues/1793","accessed":"2026-09-21"},{"id":"hubs-fdm","title":"Hubs - How to design parts for FDM 3D printing","url":"https://www.hubs.com/knowledge-base/how-design-parts-fdm-3d-printing/","accessed":"2026-09-21"},{"id":"xometry-fdm","title":"Xometry - FDM design tips","url":"https://xometry.pro/en-eu/articles/fdm-design-tips/","accessed":"2026-09-21"},{"id":"prusa-modeling","title":"Prusa Knowledge Base - Modeling with 3D printing in mind","url":"https://help.prusa3d.com/article/modeling-with-3d-printing-in-mind_164135","accessed":"2026-09-21"},{"id":"adp-abs-asa","title":"ADP Industries - Bambu Lab ABS and ASA printing guide","url":"https://www.adpindustries.com/blog/bambu-lab-abs-asa-printing-guide/","accessed":"2026-09-21"},{"id":"nativecad-fdm-x1c","title":"NativeCAD rule pack data/dfm/fdm_x1c.json and ops/fdmX1cRules.js (CADSF-1772)","note":"the sourced warn/fail table this pack reshapes; every row there carries its own source and an inference flag"}],"entries":[{"id":"build-envelope","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"X1 Carbon build envelope","summary":"The bed is 256 x 256 mm and the profile's printable height is 250 mm - Bambu's marketing copy says 256. A part past that is not a tall print, it is a plate the slicer refuses.","applies":["bambu lab x1 carbon","build volume","plate layout"],"value":{"table":[{"axis":"x","value":256},{"axis":"y","value":256},{"axis":"z","value":250}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"printable_area and printable_height in the X1C machine profile Bambu Studio enforces","sources":["bbl-machine-x1c04","bbl-forum-volume"],"tags":["envelope","machine","x1c"]},{"id":"bed-exclusion-corner","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Front-left 18 x 28 mm bed exclusion","summary":"The X1C reserves a front-left 18 (X) by 28 (Y) mm rectangle for the wiper and cutter. It is an XY footprint exclusion at every Z, and switching it off in the slicer switches the AMS off with it.","applies":["plate layout","bed","first part placement"],"value":{"table":[{"x0":0,"y0":0,"x1":18,"y1":28}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"bed_exclude_area in the X1C 0.4 machine profile; BambuStudio issue 1793 is the 'too close to exclusion area' refusal it produces","sources":["bbl-machine-x1c04","bbl-issue-1793"],"tags":["bed","exclusion","layout","x1c"]},{"id":"usable-envelope","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Usable envelope once the exclusion corner is respected","summary":"A part that has to clear the front-left exclusion gets about 238 x 256 x 249 mm full-depth, or 256 x 228 x 249 mm full-width. Size the biggest part against one of those two, never against the headline 256 x 256.","applies":["build volume","large part","plate layout"],"value":{"table":[{"orientation":"full-depth","x":238,"y":256,"z":249},{"orientation":"full-width","x":256,"y":228,"z":249}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"forum measurement of the real maximum print volume with the exclusion area enabled, cross-checked against the machine profile","sources":["bbl-forum-volume","bbl-machine-x1c04"],"tags":["envelope","layout","x1c"]},{"id":"wall-thickness-by-nozzle","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Minimum and recommended wall by nozzle","summary":"A wall is a stack of extrusions, so the floor is two outer-wall line widths: 0.84 mm at the 0.4 nozzle, and 0.42 / 1.26 / 1.68 mm at 0.2 / 0.6 / 0.8. Published FDM guidance wants 1.2 mm before a wall counts as structural.","applies":["wall","shell","rib","printed part"],"value":{"table":[{"nozzle":0.2,"fail":0.42,"recommended":0.75},{"nozzle":0.4,"fail":0.84,"recommended":1.2},{"nozzle":0.6,"fail":1.26,"recommended":1.8},{"nozzle":0.8,"fail":1.68,"recommended":2.4}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"2 x outer_wall_line_width from the Bambu process profile; the 1.2 mm recommendation is Hubs' FDM wall guidance","sources":["bbl-process-common","hubs-fdm","nativecad-fdm-x1c"],"tags":["wall","nozzle","thickness"]},{"id":"nozzle-line-widths","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Default line widths per nozzle","summary":"At the 0.4 nozzle: line 0.42, outer wall 0.42, inner wall 0.45, first layer 0.5 mm. The 0.2 / 0.6 / 0.8 rows scale by nozzle ratio. Every wall, rib and text stroke on this machine is a multiple of one of these.","applies":["wall","rib","text","thin feature"],"value":{"table":[{"nozzle":0.2,"line":0.21,"outer":0.21,"inner":0.23,"first":0.25},{"nozzle":0.4,"line":0.42,"outer":0.42,"inner":0.45,"first":0.5},{"nozzle":0.6,"line":0.63,"outer":0.63,"inner":0.68,"first":0.75},{"nozzle":0.8,"line":0.84,"outer":0.84,"inner":0.9,"first":1}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"default line widths at 0.4 from fdm_process_common.json; the other three nozzles scale by nozzle ratio and are flagged as inference in the rule pack","sources":["bbl-process-common","nativecad-fdm-x1c"],"tags":["line-width","nozzle","extrusion"]},{"id":"layer-height-by-nozzle","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Layer-height range per nozzle","summary":"Profile limits: 0.04-0.14 mm at the 0.2 nozzle, 0.08-0.28 at 0.4, 0.12-0.42 at 0.6, 0.16-0.56 at 0.8. Vertical features that must land on a layer boundary - lids, steps, engraving depth - are multiples of the one you pick.","applies":["layer height","z feature","engraving depth"],"value":{"table":[{"nozzle":0.2,"min":0.04,"max":0.14},{"nozzle":0.4,"min":0.08,"max":0.28},{"nozzle":0.6,"min":0.12,"max":0.42},{"nozzle":0.8,"min":0.16,"max":0.56}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"min and max layer height per nozzle in the Bambu Studio machine profiles","sources":["bbl-machine-x1c04"],"tags":["layer-height","nozzle","z"]},{"id":"overhang-limit","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Overhang angle before it needs support","summary":"45 deg off vertical prints clean, 55 deg is the fail line, and ABS/ASA/PC pull that in to 40/50. Bambu's default process auto-supports past a 30 deg threshold angle, so a steeper face costs support material and comes off scarred.","applies":["overhang","orientation","support"],"value":{"typical":45,"max":55,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"45 deg is the universal FDM safe overhang in the published guidance; the 55 deg fail and the 40/50 ABS/ASA pair are the rule pack's warn/fail tiers","sources":["hubs-fdm","prusa-modeling","adp-abs-asa","nativecad-fdm-x1c"],"tags":["overhang","support","orientation"]},{"id":"bridge-span","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Unsupported bridge span","summary":"A bridge over 10 mm starts to droop and 25 mm is the fail line on this machine, against 5 mm in the conservative published guidance. Give every bridge two anchored ends - a span anchored at one end is not a bridge, it is an overhang.","applies":["bridge","span","ceiling","hole roof"],"value":{"typical":10,"max":25,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Xometry's FDM bridging guidance reduced to the rule pack's warn/fail pair for the X1C's part cooling","sources":["xometry-fdm","hubs-fdm","nativecad-fdm-x1c"],"tags":["bridge","overhang","span"]},{"id":"hole-size-and-compensation","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Hole diameter and the shrink you design around","summary":"Printed holes come out 0.1-0.3 mm undersize and Bambu ships xy_hole_compensation at 0, so add 0.15-0.2 mm to any hole meant to fit something. Below 1.5 mm diameter a hole is a dimple: drill it after the print or drop it.","applies":["hole","bore","clearance hole","fit"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"min-diameter","value":1.5},{"param":"compensation-min","value":0.15},{"param":"compensation-max","value":0.2}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Hubs' printed-hole undersize guidance read against Bambu's xy_hole_compensation default of 0","sources":["hubs-fdm","bbl-process-common"],"tags":["hole","tolerance","fit"]},{"id":"horizontal-hole-teardrop","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Teardrop a horizontal hole over 8 mm","summary":"A hole with its axis in the plate plane has to bridge its own ceiling. Past about 8 mm diameter that ceiling sags into the bore, so replace the top of the circle with a teardrop or a 45 deg roof and print it without support.","applies":["hole","horizontal bore","teardrop"],"value":{"max":8,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Prusa's modeling-for-3D-printing guidance on horizontal holes and self-supporting roofs","sources":["prusa-modeling"],"tags":["hole","overhang","teardrop"]},{"id":"min-pin-diameter","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Free-standing pin and boss diameter","summary":"Under 1.5 mm a free-standing pin is one or two extrusions wide and snaps off the plate; under 3 mm it survives the print but not the handling. Published guidance goes as far as 5 mm - fillet the base whichever number you take.","applies":["pin","boss","post","thin feature"],"value":{"min":1.5,"typical":3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Xometry's 1-3 mm pin guidance and Hubs' 5 mm free-standing recommendation, reduced to the rule pack's fail/warn pair","sources":["xometry-fdm","hubs-fdm","nativecad-fdm-x1c"],"tags":["pin","boss","thin-feature"]},{"id":"printed-tolerance","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Dimensional tolerance you can design to","summary":"Design to +/- 0.2 mm on this machine; after the X1C's own flow calibration users hold +/- 0.1-0.2 mm. That is the band every mating dimension has to tolerate before you add a single micron of clearance on top.","applies":["tolerance","mating part","fit"],"value":{"min":0.1,"max":0.2,"typical":0.2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Prusa's published FDM tolerance baseline; the tighter post-flow-calibration band is the rule pack's inference from user reports","sources":["prusa-modeling","nativecad-fdm-x1c"],"tags":["tolerance","fit","accuracy"]},{"id":"mating-clearance","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Clearance by fit class","summary":"Press fit 0.1-0.15 mm, sliding 0.2-0.3, hinge 0.3 and up, loose 0.5. Apply it on the diameter or across the slot - two printed parts modelled to the same nominal dimension do not go together.","applies":["clearance","fit","assembly","hinge","press fit"],"value":{"table":[{"fit":"press","min":0.1,"max":0.15},{"fit":"sliding","min":0.2,"max":0.3},{"fit":"hinge","min":0.3},{"fit":"loose","min":0.5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Prusa's published clearance classes for printed mating parts","sources":["prusa-modeling"],"tags":["clearance","fit","assembly"]},{"id":"elephant-foot-chamfer","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Chamfer the bed-face edge, never fillet it","summary":"The first layers squash out by about 0.15 mm - exactly Bambu's default elephant-foot compensation. Break every bed-touching edge with a chamfer: a fillet down there is a near-horizontal overhang that prints straight back out flat.","applies":["first layer","bed face","edge break","chamfer"],"value":{"typical":0.15,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"elefant_foot_compensation default in the Bambu process profile; chamfer-over-fillet at the bed face is Prusa's and Hubs' guidance","sources":["bbl-process-common","prusa-modeling"],"tags":["elephant-foot","chamfer","first-layer"]},{"id":"z-anisotropy-orientation","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Orient the load off the build direction","summary":"An FDM part is weakest in tension across the layers. A section whose run-to-thickness ratio passes 8:1 along the build direction carries its load through layer bonds in series - reorient it, or thicken it.","applies":["orientation","load path","strength","thin section"],"value":{"max":8,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"layer-bond anisotropy is published FDM guidance; the 8:1 run-to-thickness threshold is the rule pack's warn limit (ops/fdmX1cRules.js x1c_z_anisotropy)","sources":["hubs-fdm","prusa-modeling","nativecad-fdm-x1c"],"tags":["anisotropy","orientation","strength"]},{"id":"material-pla","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"PLA - the default, and the one that does not warp","summary":"Density 1.24 g/cm3, warp class 1 of 5, 45/55 deg overhang, 5 mm brim, no chamber, no hardened nozzle. It softens around 55-60 C, so it is the right answer for anything that is not hot, heavily loaded or outdoors.","applies":["pla","filament","indoor part","prototype"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"density","value":1.24},{"param":"overhang-warn-deg","value":45},{"param":"overhang-fail-deg","value":55},{"param":"warp-index","value":1},{"param":"brim","value":5}],"note":"density g/cm3, overhang deg, warp class 1-5, brim mm"},"basis":"filament_density and the brim default from the Bambu profiles; the overhang pair is the rule pack's PLA row and the softening range is Hubs' FDM material guidance","sources":["bbl-process-common","hubs-fdm","nativecad-fdm-x1c"],"tags":["pla","material","filament"]},{"id":"material-abs-asa","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"ABS and ASA - warp class 4, lid closed","summary":"Density 1.04 (ABS) and 1.07 (ASA) g/cm3, overhang tightened to 40/50 deg, 8 mm brim, chamber around 55 C with the lid on and the aux fan off. Warp class 4 of 5: a big flat footprint with square corners lifts off the plate.","applies":["abs","asa","outdoor part","heat resistant part"],"value":{"table":[{"material":"abs","density":1.04,"overhang-warn-deg":40,"overhang-fail-deg":50,"warp-index":4,"brim":8,"chamber-c":55},{"material":"asa","density":1.07,"overhang-warn-deg":40,"overhang-fail-deg":50,"warp-index":4,"brim":8,"chamber-c":55}],"note":"density g/cm3, overhang deg, brim mm, chamber C"},"basis":"ADP's Bambu ABS/ASA guide plus the rule pack's ABS and ASA rows (overhang tightened by 5 deg, flagged as inference there)","sources":["adp-abs-asa","nativecad-fdm-x1c"],"tags":["abs","asa","warp","material"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"furniture-construction","title":"Furniture construction & joinery — how a chair is actually built","sector":"furniture-construction","version":"2026-09-12","summary":"The construction vocabulary of furniture — rail, stretcher, splat, apron, shell, star base, cantilever, lamination, tenon, dowel, cord seat — each mapped to the ops that build it, plus standard member sections, joint-selection rules and worked recipes for ten chair construction types.","aliases":["joinery","woodworking joinery","furniture joinery","chair construction","furniture construction","chair frame","mortise and tenon","mortise-tenon","stretcher","splat","apron","crest rail","bentwood","bent lamination","bent plywood","moulded shell","shell chair","star base","cantilever chair","sled base","cord seat","danish cord","cane seat","turned leg","cabinetmaking","chair joint"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"joyce-furniture","title":"Ernest Joyce, The Technique of Furniture Making (rev. Alan Peters), 4th ed. — chair and table joinery proportions","note":"Standard cabinetmaking reference for rail, stretcher and leg sections and tenon proportions."},{"id":"hayward-joints","title":"Charles H. Hayward, Woodwork Joints — mortise-and-tenon, half-lap, bridle and dowel proportions","note":"Source of the one-third and two-thirds tenon rules."},{"id":"wood-handbook","title":"USDA Forest Products Laboratory, Wood Handbook FPL-GTR-190 (ch. 8 fastenings, ch. 10 adhesives, ch. 19 bent wood members)","url":"https://www.fpl.fs.usda.gov/documnts/fplgtr/fpl_gtr190.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-10"},{"id":"en-1728","title":"EN 1728:2012+AC:2013 Furniture — Seating — Test methods for the determination of strength and durability","accessed":"2026-09-10"},{"id":"en-1022","title":"EN 1022:2018 Furniture — Seating — Determination of stability","accessed":"2026-09-10"},{"id":"en-636","title":"EN 636:2012+A1:2015 Plywood — Specifications (veneer thickness and panel build-up)","accessed":"2026-09-10"},{"id":"en-10305-3","title":"EN 10305-3:2016 Steel tubes for precision applications — Welded cold-sized tubes (furniture tube sizes and wall thicknesses)","accessed":"2026-09-10"},{"id":"astm-d3574","title":"ASTM D3574-17 Standard Test Methods for Flexible Cellular Materials — Slab, Bonded and Molded Urethane Foams","accessed":"2026-09-10"},{"id":"pu-handbook","title":"Covestro (Bayer) Polyurethanes Handbook — cold-cure moulded flexible and self-skinning foam seat shells","accessed":"2026-09-10"},{"id":"iso-4762","title":"ISO 4762:2004 Hexagon socket head cap screws","accessed":"2026-09-10"},{"id":"din-7997","title":"DIN 7997 Countersunk head wood screws with cross recess","accessed":"2026-09-10"}],"entries":[{"id":"op-inventory-for-furniture","kind":"note","tier":1,"title":"Which ops build furniture today","summary":"Furniture is built today from cad_box, cad_cylinder, cad_extrude_profile, cad_revolve_profile, cad_sweep_profile, cad_tube_sweep, cad_loft_profiles, cad_boolean_subtract, cad_fillet_edges, cad_pattern_copies, cad_transform, cad_drill_hole and cad_hole_pattern.","applies":["chair","stool","table","cabinet"],"basis":"The tool surface this build ships, now including cad_joint (CADSF-1370) and cad_fastener (CADSF-1371); the recipes below predate them and remain valid manual alternatives.","tags":["glossary","ops","shipped"],"sources":[]},{"id":"planned-joinery-ops","kind":"note","tier":1,"title":"cad_joint and cad_fastener ship","summary":"A one-call mortise-and-tenon (cad_joint, CADSF-1370) and standard fastener (cad_fastener, CADSF-1371) now ship; cad_fastener_audit must return zero findings before a bolted assembly ships. The manual recipes below remain valid alternatives.","applies":["chair","stool","table"],"basis":"cad_joint and cad_fastener appear in this build's tools/list (CADSF-1370, CADSF-1371); the recipes below predate them and remain buildable manual alternatives.","tags":["glossary","shipped","joinery"],"sources":[]},{"id":"glossary-rail","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Rail — the horizontal member between two legs","summary":"A rail is the horizontal member tying two legs at seat level (seat rail) or at the back (back rail); 20-30 mm thick and 50-80 mm deep. Build it with cad_box, or cad_extrude_profile for a shaped rail, and tenon it into the legs.","applies":["chair","stool","table"],"basis":"A rail carries the seat load in bending between the legs, so it is deep in the load direction and thin across it.","tags":["glossary","rail","frame"],"sources":["joyce-furniture"]},{"id":"glossary-stretcher","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Stretcher — the low rail that triangulates the legs","summary":"A stretcher is a low horizontal member between legs, 20-25 mm square or round, whose job is to stop the leg frame racking. Build it with cad_box or cad_revolve_profile (turned) and tenon or dowel it into the legs.","applies":["chair","stool","table"],"basis":"A stretcher works in tension/compression against racking, not bending, so its section is small and square.","tags":["glossary","stretcher","frame"],"sources":["joyce-furniture"]},{"id":"glossary-apron","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Apron — the skirt rail under a seat or table top","summary":"An apron is the rail immediately under a top or seat, set back 5-15 mm from the edge, 18-25 mm thick. Build it with cad_box and cad_transform; it is the member a top screws down onto.","applies":["table","chair","casegoods"],"basis":"The apron stiffens the top and hides the joint line; the setback reads as a shadow gap.","tags":["glossary","apron","frame"],"sources":["joyce-furniture"]},{"id":"glossary-splat","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Splat — the shaped vertical board in a chair back","summary":"A splat is the single shaped board rising from the back seat rail into the crest rail, 8-16 mm thick. Build it with cad_extrude_profile on a curved outline, or cad_loft_profiles for a twisted splat, then tenon both ends.","applies":["chair"],"basis":"One wide board spans the back with fewer joints than a set of spindles.","tags":["glossary","splat","back"],"sources":["joyce-furniture"]},{"id":"glossary-shell","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Shell — a one-piece seat-and-back surface","summary":"A shell is a single curved panel forming seat and back, 8-10 mm in moulded veneer or 25-40 mm in moulded foam. Build it with cad_sweep_profile (a thin rectangular section along the curved side profile) or cad_loft_profiles plus cad_shell / cad_thicken.","applies":["chair"],"basis":"A shell replaces a seat frame, a back frame and their joints with one moulded part.","tags":["glossary","shell","moulded"],"sources":["en-636"]},{"id":"glossary-star-base","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Star base — the radial multi-arm foot of a swivel chair","summary":"A star base is a hub with 4-5 radial arms carrying glides or casters. Build one arm with cad_box or cad_sweep_profile and repeat it with cad_pattern_copies {type:'circular', count:5, totalAngle:6.2832}, then cad_boolean_union it to a cad_cylinder hub.","applies":["chair","office chair"],"basis":"Radial arms put the support polygon under a single central column.","tags":["glossary","base","swivel"],"sources":["en-1022"]},{"id":"glossary-lamination","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Bent lamination — a curved member glued up from thin plies","summary":"A bent laminate is a curved solid member glued from 1.0-1.5 mm veneer plies over a form. Model the FINISHED member, not the plies: cad_sweep_profile with a rectangular section along the bend path, corner radii via path.fillets.","applies":["chair","stool"],"basis":"Thin plies bend elastically and the glue line holds the curve; the finished part is one solid in CAD.","tags":["glossary","lamination","bent"],"sources":["wood-handbook"]},{"id":"glossary-tenon","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Tenon — the tongue formed on the entering member","summary":"A tenon is the reduced tongue on the end of a rail, one third of the rail thickness and two thirds of the receiving member's width long. Cut it today as a cad_box tenon cad_boolean_union'ed to the rail; cad_joint ships (CADSF-1370).","applies":["chair","table"],"basis":"One third of the stock leaves equal cheeks and a shoulder that resists racking.","tags":["glossary","tenon","joinery"],"sources":["hayward-joints"]},{"id":"glossary-mortise","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Mortise — the socket cut in the receiving member","summary":"A mortise is the rectangular socket in a leg that receives a tenon, 0.2 mm larger than the tenon on each face for glue. Cut it today with cad_boolean_subtract of an oversize cad_box, or cad_drill_hole for a round mortise; cad_joint ships (CADSF-1370).","applies":["chair","table"],"basis":"A socket in the leg keeps the joint's glue area on long grain.","tags":["glossary","mortise","joinery"],"sources":["hayward-joints"]},{"id":"glossary-mount-plate","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Mount plate — the metal plate between a shell and a frame","summary":"A mount plate is a 3-5 mm steel or aluminium plate brazed or welded to a tube frame, drilled 4 x M6, that the shell bolts down onto. Build it with cad_box + cad_hole_pattern and bolt through with cad_drill_hole; cad_fastener ships (CADSF-1371).","applies":["chair"],"basis":"A plate spreads a bolt load over a thin shell that a bolt head alone would crush.","tags":["glossary","plate","shell","frame"],"sources":["iso-4762"]},{"id":"section-leg-square-timber","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Chair/table leg section, solid hardwood (square)","summary":"A solid hardwood chair or table leg is 30-45 mm square, typically 36 mm; below 30 mm the mortises for the seat rails leave too little cheek, above 45 mm the leg reads as a table leg.","applies":["chair","stool","table"],"value":{"min":30,"max":45,"typical":36,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Leg width must leave >= 2 x tenon-thickness of cheek each side of a 1/3-thickness rail mortise, at a seat height that puts the leg in bending.","sources":["joyce-furniture","wood-handbook"],"tags":["section","leg","timber"]},{"id":"section-stretcher","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Stretcher section (square or turned)","summary":"A stretcher between chair or stool legs is 20-25 mm square or round, typically 22 mm — big enough for a 7-8 mm tenon, small enough to stay out of the sitter's way.","applies":["chair","stool","table"],"value":{"min":20,"max":25,"typical":22,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Sized by the tenon it must carry (1/3 of 22 mm = 7 mm) rather than by bending, because a stretcher works in tension and compression.","sources":["joyce-furniture","hayward-joints"],"tags":["section","stretcher"]},{"id":"section-tube-leg","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Light steel tube leg, outside diameter","summary":"A light chair tube leg or stretcher is 12-16 mm outside diameter, typically 14 mm, with a 1.0-1.5 mm wall — the section used for stacking-chair leg frames and understructures.","applies":["chair","stool"],"value":{"min":12,"max":16,"typical":14,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"EN 10305-3 precision welded tube is stocked in this range; below 12 mm the frame is not stiff enough to pass EN 1728 seat fatigue.","sources":["en-10305-3"],"tags":["section","tube","frame"]},{"id":"section-veneer-shell","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Moulded veneer (bent plywood) shell thickness","summary":"A moulded veneer seat/back shell finishes 8-10 mm, typically 9 mm: 7-9 plies of 1.0-1.5 mm veneer laid with alternating grain and pressed in one operation.","applies":["chair"],"value":{"min":8,"max":10,"typical":9,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Thinner than 8 mm the shell flexes past its glue lines under EN 1728 seat load; thicker than 10 mm it will not take the compound curve without splitting.","sources":["en-636","wood-handbook"],"tags":["section","shell","veneer"]},{"id":"section-moulded-shell","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Moulded polyurethane foam shell thickness","summary":"A cold-cure moulded PU foam shell over a rigid substrate finishes 25-40 mm, typically 30 mm, measured normal to the substrate at the seat pan.","applies":["chair"],"value":{"min":25,"max":40,"typical":30,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Below 25 mm the sitter feels the substrate; above 40 mm the shell loses the sharp moulded silhouette and the demould time climbs.","sources":["pu-handbook","astm-d3574"],"tags":["section","shell","foam"]},{"id":"joint-leg-rail-mortise-tenon","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Leg to rail: mortise and tenon","summary":"A rail meeting a leg is ALWAYS a mortise-and-tenon: tenon 1/3 of the rail thickness, 2/3 of the leg width long, 0.2 mm clearance on the cheeks. Never butt-and-screw a seat rail to a leg.","applies":["chair","table","stool"],"basis":"The seat rail carries the racking moment; only a tenon puts long-grain glue area on both sides of that moment.","sources":["hayward-joints","joyce-furniture"],"tags":["joint-selection","tenon"],"value":{"typical":0.2,"unit":"mm","note":"cheek clearance per face"}},{"id":"joint-shell-to-frame-plate","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Shell to frame: screws through a mount plate","summary":"A moulded shell NEVER bolts straight to a tube: braze or weld a 3-5 mm mount plate to the frame and bolt the shell to the plate, 4 x M6 on a 60-120 mm pattern with washers under the shell.","applies":["chair"],"basis":"A bolt head bearing on 9 mm of veneer crushes it; the plate spreads the load and gives the frame a flat datum.","sources":["iso-4762","en-1728"],"tags":["joint-selection","shell","frame"],"value":{"typical":6,"unit":"mm","note":"M6 through a 4 mm plate"}},{"id":"joint-bent-leg-to-seat-screws","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Bent laminate leg to seat: screws, not a tenon","summary":"A bent laminate leg meets a seat panel on its flat glued end and is fixed with 2-4 wood screws up through the seat into the leg end grain, pilot 4.0-4.5 mm, 25-40 mm long. Do not tenon a laminate leg.","applies":["stool","chair"],"basis":"The leg's glue lines run along the leg, so a mortise across them would sever every ply; a screw up the leg axis loads them in shear.","sources":["din-7997","wood-handbook"],"tags":["joint-selection","screws","lamination"],"value":{"min":2,"max":4,"unit":"count","note":"screws per leg"}}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"furniture","title":"Furniture — desks, chairs, tables, shelving, cabinets","sector":"furniture","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Ergonomic and regulatory dimensions, joinery, materials and the BIFMA/EN/ADA tests a piece of furniture is held to, plus real build recipes for desks, task chairs and shelving.","aliases":["desk","chair","table","shelf","shelving","cabinet","office furniture","seating","casegoods"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"bifma-x5.1","title":"ANSI/BIFMA X5.1-2017 General-Purpose Office Chairs — Tests","url":"https://www.bifma.org/store/viewproduct.aspx?id=8391764","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"bifma-x5.5","title":"ANSI/BIFMA X5.5-2014 (R2019) Desk Products — Tests","url":"https://www.bifma.org/store/viewproduct.aspx?id=8391767","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"bifma-g1","title":"BIFMA G1-2013 Ergonomics Guideline for Furniture Used in Office Work Spaces","url":"https://www.bifma.org/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"en-1335","title":"EN 1335-1:2020 Office furniture — Office work chair — Dimensions","url":"https://www.en-standard.eu/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"en-527","title":"EN 527-1:2011 Office furniture — Work tables and desks — Dimensions","url":"https://www.en-standard.eu/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"ada-2010","title":"2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design, §306 knee/toe clearance & §902 dining/work surfaces","url":"https://www.ada.gov/law-and-regs/design-standards/2010-stds/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"bifma-x5.9","title":"ANSI/BIFMA X5.9-2014 Storage Units — Tests","url":"https://www.bifma.org/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"32mm-system","title":"The 32 mm cabinet construction system — shelf-pin hole spacing and line-boring convention","note":"industry convention, widely documented by cabinet-hardware makers (Blum, Hettich); no single normative document","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"wood-handbook","title":"USDA Forest Products Laboratory, Wood Handbook: Wood as an Engineering Material (FPL-GTR-282)","url":"https://www.fpl.fs.usda.gov/documnts/fplgtr/fpl_gtr282.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"lee-valley-confirmat","title":"Lee Valley / Häfele technical data — Confirmat (KD) screw hole drilling specification","url":"https://www.leevalley.com/en-us/shop/hardware/knock-down-fittings","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"seat-height","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Task chair seat height (adjustable range)","summary":"Adjustable seat height should span at least 380–510 mm above the floor (5th–95th percentile popliteal height); a fixed-height chair sits at 430–460 mm.","applies":["task chair","office chair","fixed-height chair"],"value":{"min":380,"max":510,"typical":450,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Popliteal height 5th–95th percentile adult, seated, shod","sources":["bifma-g1","en-1335"],"tags":["ergonomics","seating","chair"]},{"id":"seat-depth","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Task chair seat depth","summary":"Usable seat pan depth (front edge to backrest) should be 380–440 mm, ideally adjustable, so the front edge clears the back of the knee by 40–70 mm.","applies":["task chair","office chair"],"value":{"min":380,"max":440,"typical":410,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Buttock-popliteal length 5th percentile minus knee clearance margin","sources":["bifma-g1","en-1335"],"tags":["ergonomics","seating","chair"]},{"id":"seat-width","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Task chair seat width","summary":"Seat pan width at the front should be at least 400 mm (typical 460–510 mm) to clear the 95th-percentile hip breadth with clothing allowance.","applies":["task chair","office chair"],"value":{"min":400,"max":510,"typical":460,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"95th percentile seated hip breadth + clothing allowance","sources":["bifma-g1"],"tags":["ergonomics","seating","chair"]},{"id":"backrest-height-width","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Task chair backrest height and width","summary":"A mid-back backrest spans 450–500 mm above the seat and is 300–360 mm wide; lumbar support centre sits 150–250 mm above the seat, adjustable.","applies":["task chair","office chair"],"value":{"min":450,"max":500,"typical":480,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Lumbar-to-scapula coverage for 5th–95th percentile torso length","sources":["en-1335","bifma-g1"],"tags":["ergonomics","seating","backrest"]},{"id":"armrest-height","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Armrest height above seat (adjustable)","summary":"Armrest top surface should adjust 200–280 mm above the compressed seat surface so forearms rest level with elbows at 90°, and clear the desk apron underside.","applies":["task chair","office chair"],"value":{"min":200,"max":280,"typical":230,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Elbow rest height 5th–95th percentile seated, minus seat compression","sources":["bifma-g1","en-1335"],"tags":["ergonomics","seating","armrest"]},{"id":"desk-height-fixed","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Fixed desk / worksurface height","summary":"A non-adjustable desk or work table sits 720–760 mm above the floor, 730 mm typical, to clear a seated elbow with the chair at 450 mm seat height.","applies":["desk","table","workstation"],"value":{"min":720,"max":760,"typical":730,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Seated elbow height above floor minus 20–30 mm worksurface clearance","sources":["en-527","bifma-x5.5"],"tags":["ergonomics","desk","worksurface"]},{"id":"desk-height-sit-stand","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Sit-stand desk height range","summary":"A sit-stand desk must adjust across 650–1250 mm to cover seated (5th percentile) through standing (95th percentile) elbow height.","applies":["sit-stand desk","height-adjustable desk"],"value":{"min":650,"max":1250,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Seated 5th-percentile elbow height to standing 95th-percentile elbow height","sources":["bifma-x5.5","bifma-g1"],"tags":["ergonomics","desk","sit-stand"]},{"id":"desk-knee-clearance","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Desk knee and toe clearance (ADA 306)","summary":"Knee clearance under a worksurface needs ≥ 685 mm width, ≥ 635 mm depth at 230 mm height tapering to 480 mm depth at 685 mm height, with toe clearance to 230 mm.","applies":["desk","table","accessible workstation"],"value":{"min":685,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ADA 2010 §306 knee and toe clearance for a forward wheelchair approach","sources":["ada-2010"],"tags":["accessibility","desk","clearance"]},{"id":"worksurface-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Desk / table worksurface thickness","summary":"A panel worksurface (particleboard or MDF core, laminate faced) runs 18–25 mm thick; 25 mm is standard for spans over 900 mm without a centre support.","applies":["desk","table","worksurface"],"value":{"min":18,"max":25,"typical":25,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Deflection under 250 N point load stays under 6 mm at this thickness and span","sources":["bifma-x5.5"],"tags":["dimension","worksurface","panel"]},{"id":"leg-section-square","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Desk/table leg section, square steel tube","summary":"A steel-tube desk leg is typically 40×40 mm to 50×50 mm square, 1.5–2 mm wall, for a 720 mm leg under a 25 mm worksurface up to 1600×800 mm.","applies":["desk leg","table leg","steel-frame table"],"value":{"min":40,"max":50,"typical":40,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Column buckling and racking stiffness for BIFMA X5.5 stability loads","sources":["bifma-x5.5"],"tags":["dimension","leg","steel"]},{"id":"shelf-span-sag","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Shelf span vs. sag (particleboard/MDF)","summary":"An 18 mm particleboard shelf should not span more than 700–800 mm unsupported under normal book/storage load (≈0.6 mm sag per 100 mm span at mid-load); add a centre support beyond 900 mm.","applies":["shelf","shelving","cabinet shelf"],"value":{"max":800,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Deflection limit L/300 under a uniform 40 kg/m distributed load, E ≈ 2500 MPa for particleboard","sources":["bifma-x5.9"],"tags":["rule","shelf","deflection"]},{"id":"shelf-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Cabinet/bookcase shelf thickness","summary":"Fixed or adjustable cabinet shelving runs 16–19 mm thick (18 mm nominal) for particleboard/MDF/plywood; glass shelves run 6–10 mm tempered.","applies":["shelf","cabinet","bookcase"],"value":{"min":16,"max":19,"typical":18,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard panel stock thickness matching the 32 mm system's edge-band allowance","sources":["32mm-system"],"tags":["dimension","shelf","panel"]},{"id":"32mm-system-pitch","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"32 mm cabinet system: hole pitch and line-boring","summary":"Cabinet-side shelf-pin and hinge holes are line-bored on a 32 mm vertical pitch, ⌀5 mm × 12–13 mm deep, front row 37 mm from the front edge, back row 37 mm from the back edge.","applies":["cabinet","shelving","carcass"],"value":{"value":32,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Industry-standard 32 mm system lets any panel width use the same boring template","sources":["32mm-system"],"tags":["fastener","shelf-pin","32mm-system","cabinet"],"check":{"process":"sheet","rule":"hole-edge-distance","params":{"minEdgeMm":8}}},{"id":"shelf-pin-hole","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Shelf-pin hole size","summary":"Shelf-pin holes are ⌀5 mm (metric pin system) or ⌀1/4 in (imperial), bored 12–13 mm deep in 18 mm stock, leaving ≥ 5 mm of material behind the hole.","applies":["shelf","cabinet","shelf pin"],"value":{"value":5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"5 mm pin diameter is the de-facto metric standard across European cabinet hardware","sources":["32mm-system"],"tags":["fastener","shelf-pin"]},{"id":"cam-lock-fitting","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Cam-lock (cam-and-dowel) knock-down fitting","summary":"A cam-lock joint uses a ⌀15 mm × 12 mm deep cam housing bored face-on and a ⌀8 mm × 30–35 mm deep cam-bolt hole bored edge-on, tied together by an 8 mm locating dowel 25–30 mm from the panel edge.","applies":["cabinet","knock-down furniture","flat-pack"],"value":{"value":15,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard RTA-furniture cam-lock hardware (e.g. Häfele/Blum minifix) hole set","sources":["lee-valley-confirmat"],"tags":["fastener","cam-lock","knock-down","flat-pack"]},{"id":"material-particleboard","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Particleboard (chipboard) core panel","summary":"Particleboard: density 650–750 kg/m³, MOE ≈ 2200–2800 MPa, stocked 16/18/25 mm, melamine- or laminate-faced; the default RTA-furniture and shelf core.","applies":["shelf","cabinet","worksurface","flat-pack"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"density","min":650,"max":750,"unit":"kg/m3"},{"property":"MOE","min":2200,"max":2800,"unit":"MPa"}]},"basis":"Typical EN 312 particleboard grade P2, melamine faced","sources":["wood-handbook"],"tags":["material","particleboard","panel"]},{"id":"chair-base-diameter","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"5-star chair base diameter","summary":"A 5-star swivel chair base spans 640–700 mm diameter — at least as wide as the seat plus armrests — to prevent tip-over per BIFMA X5.1.","applies":["task chair","office chair base"],"value":{"min":640,"max":700,"typical":660,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Stability envelope must exceed the seated occupant's centre-of-gravity offset at max recline","sources":["bifma-x5.1"],"tags":["dimension","chair-base","stability"]},{"id":"tabletop-corner-radius","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Tabletop and desk corner radius","summary":"Exposed tabletop and desk corners need ≥ 6 mm radius (BIFMA) to pass the sharp-edge/corner safety check; 12–20 mm is typical for a soft 'waterfall' front edge.","applies":["desk","table","worksurface"],"value":{"min":6,"max":20,"typical":12,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"BIFMA X5.5 sharp-edges-and-corners requirement","sources":["bifma-x5.5"],"tags":["rule","safety","corner","edge"]},{"id":"test-bifma-seating-drop","kind":"test","tier":1,"title":"BIFMA X5.1 drop test","summary":"BIFMA X5.1 drop test releases a 1500 N load onto the seat from a 100 mm drop height, once; the seat pan and its fixings must not fracture — the mounting boss under the pan needs ≥ 3 mm wall around fasteners.","applies":["task chair","office chair"],"value":{"value":1500,"unit":"N"},"basis":"BIFMA X5.1-2017 §11 drop test","sources":["bifma-x5.1"],"tags":["test","drop","chair","impact"]},{"id":"test-chair-tipover","kind":"test","tier":1,"title":"BIFMA X5.1 tip / stability test","summary":"BIFMA X5.1 stability test applies a 400 N side load at the armrest with the seat at max height; the base footprint must keep the chair from tipping — base radius ≥ 330 mm (⌀660 mm) typically passes.","applies":["task chair","office chair base"],"value":{"value":400,"unit":"N"},"basis":"BIFMA X5.1-2017 §17 stability test, worst-case recline and reach","sources":["bifma-x5.1"],"tags":["test","stability","tip-over","chair"]},{"id":"test-desk-load","kind":"test","tier":1,"title":"BIFMA X5.5 worksurface static load test","summary":"BIFMA X5.5 static worksurface load test applies 730 N distributed over the top for 24 h with ≤ 6 mm permanent set allowed, plus a 450 N edge-load test at the front corner without tipping.","applies":["desk","table","worksurface"],"value":{"table":[{"test":"static top load","load":730,"unit":"N"},{"test":"edge load","load":450,"unit":"N"}]},"basis":"BIFMA X5.5-2014 §4/§8 static load and stability","sources":["bifma-x5.5"],"tags":["test","desk","static-load"]},{"id":"standard-ada-306-902","kind":"standard","tier":1,"title":"ADA 2010 §306/§902 — Knee clearance and work surfaces","summary":"ADA 2010 §306 sets knee/toe clearance under accessible worksurfaces and §902 sets accessible dining/work surface height at 730–865 mm — a fixed constraint any accessible desk design must clear.","applies":["desk","table","accessible workstation"],"basis":"US federal accessibility requirement for forward wheelchair approach to a worksurface","sources":["ada-2010"],"tags":["standard","accessibility","ada"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"garden-outdoor","title":"Garden & outdoor — planters, birdhouses, hose fittings, mailboxes, stakes","sector":"garden-outdoor","version":"2026-09-04","summary":"Pot sizing, drainage, self-watering wicks, birdhouse hole diameters by species, hose/sprinkler/drip thread and tube sizes, mailbox and post-cap dimensions, raised-bed heights, and the UV/freeze-thaw/water-tightness tests an outdoor product is held to.","aliases":["planter","plant pot","flower pot","self-watering","birdhouse","bird feeder","watering can","mailbox","hose fitting","garden hose","sprinkler","raised bed","trellis","garden stake","seed tray","hanging basket","post cap","fence bracket","drip irrigation"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"nabs-nestbox","title":"North American Bluebird Society Nest Box Specs","url":"https://www.nabluebirdsociety.org/nest-box-plans/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"sialis-nestbox","title":"Sialis.org Nest Box Specifications Chart","url":"https://www.sialis.org/nestboxguide/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"usps-std-7b","title":"USPS-STD-7B Curbside Mailbox Standard","url":"https://about.usps.com/publications/engineering-standards-specifications/spusps-std-7b.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"asme-b1-20-7","title":"ASME B1.20.7 Garden Hose Thread (GHT)","url":"https://www.engineersedge.com/hardware/standard_hose_coupling_threads_16277.htm","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"asme-b1-20-1","title":"ASME B1.20.1 NPT Pipe Threads","url":"https://www.asme.org/codes-standards/find-codes-standards/b1-20-1-pipe-threads-general-purpose-inch","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"astm-c666","title":"ASTM C666 Freeze-Thaw Resistance Test","url":"https://www.astm.org/c0666_c0666m-15.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"ps20-lumber","title":"PS 20 American Softwood Lumber Standard","url":"https://www.nist.gov/standardsgov/voluntary-product-standards","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"ansi-z60-1","title":"ANSI Z60.1 Nursery Container Size Standard","url":"https://www.americanhort.org/page/ansiz601","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"protolabs-guide","title":"Protolabs Injection Molding Design Guide","url":"https://www.protolabs.com/resources/design-tips/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"rainbird-drip-guide","title":"Rain Bird Drip Irrigation Design Guide","url":"https://www.rainbird.com/resources","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"extension-drainage","title":"Purdue/Ask-Extension Container Drainage Guidance","url":"https://ask.extension.org/kb/faq.php?id=220577","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"uga-raised-bed","title":"UGA Extension Raised Garden Bed Dimensions","url":"https://extension.uga.edu/publications/detail.html?number=C1027-4","accessed":"2026-09-04"}],"entries":[{"id":"nursery-pot-nominal-sizes","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Nursery pot nominal vs true size","summary":"A nominal '4 in' pot measures 3.5-3.8 in (89-97 mm) true top-rim diameter, a nominal '6 in' pot 5.5-5.9 in (140-150 mm), and a trade '1-gallon' pot 6-6.5 in (150-165 mm) diameter holding ~0.7 US gal (2.6 L) actual volume — the trade name is not the mould dimension.","applies":["planter","plant pot","flower pot","nursery pot"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"nominal-4in","trueDiameter":3.65},{"param":"nominal-6in","trueDiameter":5.7},{"param":"nominal-1gal","trueDiameter":6.25}],"unit":"in"},"basis":"ANSI Z60.1 nursery-container trade-size convention: the sold name is a rounded marketing size, not the moulded rim diameter","sources":["ansi-z60-1"],"tags":["planter","nursery-pot","nominal-size"]},{"id":"planter-wall-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Planter/pot wall thickness by process","summary":"An injection-moulded HDPE/PP planter runs a 1.5-3 mm nominal wall (2 mm typical); a rotomoulded planter over ~400 mm diameter runs 3-6 mm since rotomoulding self-levels thicker and needs the extra section for rigidity without a core.","applies":["planter","plant pot","flower pot"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"injection-molded","min":1.5,"max":3},{"param":"rotomolded-large","min":3,"max":6}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard HDPE/PP wall-thickness guidance for a hollow moulded container, scaled up for rotomoulding's single-wall, coreless process","sources":["protolabs-guide"],"tags":["wall","planter","injection-molding","rotomolding"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"planter-taper-draft","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Planter/pot wall taper for de-moulding and stacking","summary":"Taper a planter wall 5-10° off vertical (steeper for a tall or textured pot); less than 5° binds in the mould or welds nested pots together in shipping, more than 10° wastes material and stack height.","applies":["planter","plant pot","flower pot","nursery pot"],"value":{"min":5,"max":10,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"Mould-release draft floor plus the nursery-trade convention of nesting pots for shipping, which needs a taper shallow enough that nested pots don't wedge tight","sources":["protolabs-guide","ansi-z60-1"],"tags":["draft","taper","planter","stacking"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"min_draft_angle"}},{"id":"planter-drainage-holes","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Planter floor drainage hole size and count","summary":"Cut at least 3-5 drainage holes >=6 mm (1/4 in) diameter in a pot floor, up to 13 mm (1/2 in) for a planter over 300 mm across; fewer or smaller holes waterlog the root ball, the most common cause of container root rot.","applies":["planter","plant pot","flower pot","raised bed"],"value":{"min":6,"max":13,"unit":"mm","note":"3-5 holes; size scales with pot diameter"},"basis":"Extension-service container-gardening guidance on drainage hole size versus pot diameter and clog resistance","sources":["extension-drainage"],"tags":["drainage","hole","planter","root-rot"]},{"id":"self-watering-reservoir-wick","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Self-watering planter reservoir depth and wick","summary":"Size a self-watering reservoir to 100-150 mm deep below a false floor, holding 25-33% of the soil volume above it, with one 6 mm (1/4 in) cotton/felt wick per ~250 mm of pot diameter reaching from the reservoir floor up through the false floor into the mix.","applies":["self-watering","planter","plant pot"],"value":{"min":100,"max":150,"unit":"mm","note":"wick 6mm dia, ~1 per 250mm pot diameter"},"basis":"Common self-watering container design convention: reservoir sized as a fraction of soil volume, capillary wick sized to the pot's contact-point count","sources":["protolabs-guide"],"tags":["self-watering","reservoir","wick","planter"]},{"id":"birdhouse-floor-min","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Birdhouse floor and interior height minimum","summary":"Give a birdhouse a floor of at least 100x100 mm (4x4 in) and 150-300 mm of interior height below the entrance, sized to the target species; a floor smaller than 100x100 mm crowds the brood and depth below 150 mm exposes chicks at the entrance to predators.","applies":["birdhouse"],"value":{"min":100,"unit":"mm","note":"floor min; interior height 150-300mm below the hole"},"basis":"NABS/Cornell nest box design guidance on minimum floor area and entrance-to-floor depth by cavity-nesting species","sources":["nabs-nestbox","sialis-nestbox"],"tags":["birdhouse","floor","nest-box"]},{"id":"birdhouse-entrance-bluebird","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Birdhouse entrance hole diameter, bluebird","summary":"An Eastern/Western bluebird nest box wants a round entrance hole 38 mm (1.5 in) diameter, centred 150-175 mm above the floor; smaller admits only wrens/chickadees, larger lets in starlings which will evict the bluebirds.","applies":["birdhouse","bluebird"],"value":{"value":38,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"North American Bluebird Society standard entrance size for Eastern/Western/Mountain bluebird boxes","sources":["nabs-nestbox","sialis-nestbox"],"tags":["birdhouse","entrance-hole","bluebird"]},{"id":"birdhouse-entrance-wren-chickadee","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Birdhouse entrance hole diameter, wren and chickadee","summary":"A house wren box wants a 25-29 mm (1-1.125 in) entrance hole and a chickadee box a 29 mm (1.125 in) hole; both are small enough to exclude house sparrows, which need >=32 mm to squeeze through.","applies":["birdhouse","wren","chickadee"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"wren","min":25,"max":29},{"param":"chickadee","value":29}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Cornell NestWatch / Sialis nest-box specification chart, entrance diameters by cavity-nesting species","sources":["nabs-nestbox","sialis-nestbox"],"tags":["birdhouse","entrance-hole","wren","chickadee"]},{"id":"birdhouse-drainage-ventilation","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Birdhouse floor drainage and no interior perch","summary":"Cut 3-4 drainage holes >=6 mm in the floor corners and 2 ventilation gaps/slots near the roofline, and never add a perch below or beside the entrance hole — a perch only helps predators and House Sparrows reach the nest.","applies":["birdhouse"],"value":{"min":6,"unit":"mm","note":"3-4 floor drainage holes; no perch"},"basis":"NABS nest box guidance: standing water and stagnant air kill broods, while an external perch offers no benefit to cavity-nesting species and aids predators","sources":["nabs-nestbox","sialis-nestbox"],"tags":["birdhouse","drainage","ventilation","perch"]},{"id":"watering-can-dims","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Watering can capacity, spout and handle","summary":"Size a hand watering can for 5-10 L capacity (a full 10 L can weighs ~10 kg, near the practical one-hand-carry limit), a rose spout mounted 50-80 mm above the fill line so it doesn't glug, and a handle clearance >=40 mm for a gloved grip.","applies":["watering can"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"capacity","min":5,"max":10,"unit":"L"},{"param":"spout-height-above-fill","min":50,"max":80,"unit":"mm"},{"param":"handle-clearance","min":40,"unit":"mm"}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common consumer watering-can sizing balancing one-hand carry weight against refill frequency","sources":["protolabs-guide"],"tags":["watering-can","capacity","spout","handle"]},{"id":"mailbox-usps-gauge","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"USPS curbside mailbox interior gauge and slot","summary":"A USPS-approved curbside mailbox must clear an interior test gauge 18.5 x 5 x 6 in (470x127x152 mm) and, if it uses a mail slot instead of a lid, the slot must be >=10 in wide x 1.75 in high (254x44mm) for a carrier's hand and parcel.","applies":["mailbox"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"gauge-length","value":18.5},{"param":"gauge-width","value":5},{"param":"gauge-height","value":6},{"param":"slot-width-min","value":10},{"param":"slot-height-min","value":1.75}],"unit":"in"},"basis":"USPS-STD-7B curbside mailbox design standard: the carrier's test gauge every approved box must accept","sources":["usps-std-7b"],"tags":["mailbox","usps","gauge"]},{"id":"hose-thread-ght","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Garden hose thread (GHT/NH), US","summary":"US garden hose fittings use one thread, 3/4-11.5 NH per ASME B1.20.7: a straight (non-tapered) thread, 1.0625 in major diameter, 11.5 threads per inch, sealed by a washer, not thread interference.","applies":["garden hose","hose fitting","sprinkler"],"value":{"value":0.75,"unit":"in","note":"3/4-11.5 NH; major dia 1.0625in"},"basis":"ASME B1.20.7 Hose Coupling Screw Threads, the single US garden-hose thread standard","sources":["asme-b1-20-7"],"tags":["hose","thread","ght","nh"]},{"id":"sprinkler-npt-thread","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Sprinkler riser thread, 1/2 NPT","summary":"A sprinkler head or riser threads onto 1/2 in NPT (ASME B1.20.1): a tapered thread, ~21.3 mm (0.84 in) major diameter at the gauge plane, 14 threads per inch, sealing on thread interference plus PTFE tape.","applies":["sprinkler"],"value":{"value":21.3,"unit":"mm","note":"1/2-14 NPT, tapered"},"basis":"ASME B1.20.1 NPT pipe-thread standard, the standard sprinkler-riser connection","sources":["asme-b1-20-1"],"tags":["sprinkler","npt","thread"]},{"id":"drip-tube-sizes","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Drip irrigation tube sizes","summary":"A drip system runs 16 mm (5/8 in) OD polyethylene mainline tubing off the hose-thread valve, feeding 4 mm (or 6 mm) microtube branches to individual emitters/drippers; mixing the two up a size range makes every push-fit leak.","applies":["drip irrigation","garden hose"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"mainline","value":16},{"param":"microtube","value":4}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common commercial drip-irrigation kit tube sizing (Rain Bird/Netafim-style two-tier system)","sources":["rainbird-drip-guide"],"tags":["drip","irrigation","tube"]},{"id":"raised-bed-height","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Raised garden bed height","summary":"A standing-gardener raised bed runs 300-600 mm (12-24 in) tall; a seated/wheelchair-accessible bed needs 600-900 mm (24-36 in) so the gardener can reach the soil without bending over the rim.","applies":["raised bed"],"value":{"min":300,"max":600,"unit":"mm","note":"600-900mm for wheelchair access"},"basis":"University extension raised-bed design guidance for standing versus seated/wheelchair gardeners","sources":["uga-raised-bed"],"tags":["raised-bed","height","accessibility"]},{"id":"post-cap-4x4-actual","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Fence post nominal vs actual size, 4x4","summary":"A nominal '4x4' fence/deck post measures 3.5x3.5 in (88.9x88.9 mm) actual, dressed-lumber size; a post cap's inside skirt must be sized to the 88.9 mm actual post, not the 4 in (101.6 mm) nominal name, or it won't fit.","applies":["post cap","fence bracket"],"value":{"value":3.5,"unit":"in","note":"actual size of a nominal 4x4"},"basis":"PS 20 American Softwood Lumber Standard, which fixes actual dressed dimensions below the nominal sawn size","sources":["ps20-lumber"],"tags":["post-cap","lumber","nominal-size"]},{"id":"frost-water-expansion","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Frost expansion cracks a filled outdoor vessel","summary":"Water expands ~9% in volume on freezing; a planter, watering can or birdhouse left outdoors full of water in freezing weather can crack unless it has a flexible wall, a drain, or enough headspace to absorb that 9% without stressing the shell.","applies":["planter","watering can","birdhouse","raised bed"],"value":{"value":9,"unit":"%"},"basis":"Physical expansion of water into ice; the load a rigid outdoor vessel must either vent (drainage) or accommodate (headspace/flex)","sources":["astm-c666"],"tags":["frost","freeze-thaw","expansion"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"hardware","title":"Hardware — fasteners, threads, holes, inserts, pins","sector":"hardware","version":"2026-09-12","summary":"Cross-sector fastener facts every product pack points at: metric clearance and tap-drill sizes, counterbores and countersinks, thread engagement, inserts, dowels, retaining-ring grooves, edge distances.","aliases":["fastener","fasteners","screw","screws","bolt","bolts","thread","threads","tap","clearance hole","counterbore","countersink","insert","dowel","circlip","rivet","rivnut","pem","helicoil","standoff","t-nut","shoulder bolt","set screw","dowel pin","roll pin"],"crossSector":true,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"iso-273","title":"ISO 273:1979 Fasteners — Clearance holes for bolts and screws","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/4183.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-4762","title":"ISO 4762:2004 Hexagon socket head cap screws (head dimensions)","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/34460.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-10642","title":"ISO 10642:2019 Hexagon socket countersunk head screws","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/76437.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-262","title":"ISO 262:1998 ISO general purpose metric screw threads — selected sizes (tap-drill = major − pitch)","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/4167.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-8734","title":"ISO 8734:1997 Parallel pins of hardened steel (dowel pins, m6)","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/16151.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"din-471","title":"DIN 471 Retaining rings for shafts (groove dimensions)","url":"https://www.din.de/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-4032","title":"ISO 4032:2012 Hexagon regular nuts, style 1 (across-flats)","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/56617.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"protolabs-threads","title":"Protolabs design tips — threaded holes, inserts and thread engagement","url":"https://www.protolabs.com/resources/design-tips/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"cnc-cookbook-heatset","title":"Heat-set insert supplier data (McMaster-Carr 94180A series hole sizes)","url":"https://www.mcmaster.com/products/heat-set-inserts/","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"clearance-holes-metric","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Metric clearance holes (ISO 273 fine / medium / coarse)","summary":"Clearance ⌀ medium series: M2 2.4, M2.5 2.9, M3 3.4, M4 4.5, M5 5.5, M6 6.6, M8 9.0, M10 11.0, M12 13.5 mm. Fine is ~0.2 mm tighter (M3 3.2, M6 6.4), coarse ~0.4 mm looser (M3 3.6, M6 7.0). Use medium unless told otherwise.","applies":[],"value":{"table":[{"size":"M2","fine":2.2,"medium":2.4,"coarse":2.6},{"size":"M2.5","fine":2.7,"medium":2.9,"coarse":3.1},{"size":"M3","fine":3.2,"medium":3.4,"coarse":3.6},{"size":"M4","fine":4.3,"medium":4.5,"coarse":4.8},{"size":"M5","fine":5.3,"medium":5.5,"coarse":5.8},{"size":"M6","fine":6.4,"medium":6.6,"coarse":7},{"size":"M8","fine":8.4,"medium":9,"coarse":10},{"size":"M10","fine":10.5,"medium":11,"coarse":12},{"size":"M12","fine":13,"medium":13.5,"coarse":14.5},{"size":"M16","fine":17,"medium":17.5,"coarse":18.5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 273 table; medium series is what cad_drill_hole type 'clearance' cuts","sources":["iso-273"],"tags":["clearance","hole","bolt","metric"]},{"id":"tap-drills-metric-coarse","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Tap-drill diameters, metric coarse","summary":"Tap drill = major − pitch: M2 1.6, M2.5 2.05, M3 2.5, M4 3.3, M5 4.2, M6 5.0, M8 6.8, M10 8.5, M12 10.2, M16 14.0 mm. Model a tapped hole as its tap-drill cylinder plus a callout; never model the helix.","applies":[],"value":{"table":[{"size":"M2","pitch":0.4,"tapDrill":1.6},{"size":"M2.5","pitch":0.45,"tapDrill":2.05},{"size":"M3","pitch":0.5,"tapDrill":2.5},{"size":"M4","pitch":0.7,"tapDrill":3.3},{"size":"M5","pitch":0.8,"tapDrill":4.2},{"size":"M6","pitch":1,"tapDrill":5},{"size":"M8","pitch":1.25,"tapDrill":6.8},{"size":"M10","pitch":1.5,"tapDrill":8.5},{"size":"M12","pitch":1.75,"tapDrill":10.2},{"size":"M16","pitch":2,"tapDrill":14}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 262 coarse pitches; ~75 % thread engagement drill","sources":["iso-262"],"tags":["tap","thread","drill","metric"]},{"id":"counterbore-shcs-iso-4762","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Counterbore for socket head cap screws (ISO 4762)","summary":"Counterbore ⌀ / depth for SHCS (DIN 974-1, head flush): M3 6.5/3, M4 8/4, M5 10/5, M6 11/6, M8 15/8, M10 18/10, M12 20/12 mm — depth = head height k; add 0.5–1 mm if the head must sit below the surface. Through hole = medium clearance.","applies":[],"value":{"table":[{"size":"M3","headDia":5.5,"headHeight":3,"cboreDia":6.5,"cboreDepth":3},{"size":"M4","headDia":7,"headHeight":4,"cboreDia":8,"cboreDepth":4},{"size":"M5","headDia":8.5,"headHeight":5,"cboreDia":10,"cboreDepth":5},{"size":"M6","headDia":10,"headHeight":6,"cboreDia":11,"cboreDepth":6},{"size":"M8","headDia":13,"headHeight":8,"cboreDia":15,"cboreDepth":8},{"size":"M10","headDia":16,"headHeight":10,"cboreDia":18,"cboreDepth":10},{"size":"M12","headDia":18,"headHeight":12,"cboreDia":20,"cboreDepth":12}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 4762 head dk/k with DIN 974-1 counterbore; the same table cad_drill_hole type 'counterbore' cuts (ops/holes.js)","sources":["iso-4762","iso-273"],"tags":["counterbore","shcs","cap screw"]},{"id":"countersink-iso-10642","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Countersink for flat-head socket screws (ISO 10642, 90°)","summary":"90° countersink, theoretical head ⌀ dk: M3 6.3, M4 8.4, M5 10.4, M6 12.6, M8 17.3, M10 20.0, M12 24.0 mm — what cad_drill_hole type 'countersink' cuts. Head height k: M3 1.9, M4 2.5, M5 3.1, M6 3.7, M8 5.0 mm; never countersink a wall thinner than k.","applies":[],"value":{"table":[{"size":"M3","dk":6.3,"k":1.86},{"size":"M4","dk":8.4,"k":2.48},{"size":"M5","dk":10.4,"k":3.1},{"size":"M6","dk":12.6,"k":3.72},{"size":"M8","dk":17.3,"k":4.96},{"size":"M10","dk":20,"k":6.2},{"size":"M12","dk":24,"k":7.44}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 10642 theoretical dk and k at 90°; matches ops/holes.js CSK table","sources":["iso-10642"],"tags":["countersink","flat head","csk"]},{"id":"thread-engagement-by-material","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum thread engagement by tapped material","summary":"Tapped-hole depth as a multiple of the screw diameter: steel 1.0×d, cast iron/brass 1.5×d, aluminium 2.0×d, plastics 2.5–3.0×d (or use an insert). Add 2–3 pitches of tap-drill depth beyond the thread for a blind hole.","applies":[],"value":{"table":[{"material":"steel","engagement":1},{"material":"cast iron","engagement":1.5},{"material":"brass","engagement":1.5},{"material":"aluminium","engagement":2},{"material":"plastic","engagement":2.5}],"unit":"ratio","note":"× nominal diameter"},"basis":"Screw should fail before the internal thread strips. cad_fastener sizes a tapped joint's engagement from this table; cad_fastener_audit flags a shortfall as a floating-bolt finding.","sources":["protolabs-threads"],"tags":["thread","engagement","depth","tapped"]},{"id":"edge-distance-holes","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Hole edge distance","summary":"Keep the hole centre ≥ 1.5×⌀ from any edge (≥ 2×⌀ for loaded bolts or sheet metal), and ≥ 2×⌀ between hole centres. Closer than this the ligament tears out or the punch/drill wanders.","applies":[],"value":{"min":1.5,"typical":2,"unit":"ratio","note":"centre-to-edge ÷ hole diameter"},"basis":"Ligament strength and tool wander; sheet-metal shops publish 2× as the floor. cad_fastener_audit does not check edge distance; it stays a design-time call (or the fastener rules' ≥1.5×d / ≥3×d rules of thumb, CADSF-1428).","sources":["protolabs-threads"],"tags":["edge distance","hole","spacing"]},{"id":"heat-set-inserts-metric","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Heat-set threaded inserts for plastic and 3D prints","summary":"Pilot hole ⌀ / min depth for brass heat-set inserts: M2 3.2/4.0, M2.5 3.6/5.0, M3 4.0/5.5, M4 5.6/7.5, M5 6.4/9.0, M6 8.0/12.0 mm. Boss OD ≥ 2× insert OD; for FDM print the hole 0.1–0.2 mm under and let the insert form it.","applies":["3d print","injection moulded housing"],"value":{"table":[{"size":"M2","holeDia":3.2,"depth":4,"insertOD":3.5},{"size":"M2.5","holeDia":3.6,"depth":5,"insertOD":4},{"size":"M3","holeDia":4,"depth":5.5,"insertOD":4.6},{"size":"M4","holeDia":5.6,"depth":7.5,"insertOD":6.3},{"size":"M5","holeDia":6.4,"depth":9,"insertOD":7.1},{"size":"M6","holeDia":8,"depth":12,"insertOD":8.7}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Supplier tapered-insert hole tables (McMaster 94180A); depth = insert length + 1 mm","sources":["cnc-cookbook-heatset"],"tags":["insert","heat-set","plastic","3d print","boss"]},{"id":"dowel-pin-holes","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Dowel pin holes (ISO 8734 m6 pins)","summary":"Press-fit side: ream to H7 in the part the pin lives in (⌀3 H7 = 3.000–3.010); slip side: F7 or a 0.02–0.05 mm oversize (⌀3.02). Sizes stocked: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 mm. Model as the nominal cylinder; the fit is a callout.","applies":["fixture","housing halves","mating plates"],"value":{"options":[2,3,4,5,6,8,10,12],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 8734 pins are m6 (+0.004/+0.012 on 3 mm); H7 hole gives a light press","sources":["iso-8734"],"tags":["dowel","pin","locating","fit"]},{"id":"nut-pocket-hex","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Hex nut pocket (captive nut) dimensions","summary":"ISO 4032 across-flats: M2 4, M2.5 5, M3 5.5, M4 7, M5 8, M6 10, M8 13, M10 16 mm; thickness M3 2.4, M4 3.2, M5 4.7, M6 5.2, M8 6.8 mm. Pocket = AF + 0.2 mm (0.3–0.4 for FDM), depth = thickness + 0.3 mm.","applies":["3d print","plastic housing","extrusion bracket"],"value":{"table":[{"size":"M2","af":4,"thick":1.6},{"size":"M2.5","af":5,"thick":2},{"size":"M3","af":5.5,"thick":2.4},{"size":"M4","af":7,"thick":3.2},{"size":"M5","af":8,"thick":4.7},{"size":"M6","af":10,"thick":5.2},{"size":"M8","af":13,"thick":6.8},{"size":"M10","af":16,"thick":8.4}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 4032 style 1 s and m; clearance so the nut drops in","sources":["iso-4032"],"tags":["nut","pocket","captive","hex"]},{"id":"retaining-ring-groove-din-471","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Shaft retaining-ring groove (DIN 471)","summary":"Groove ⌀ / width for external circlips: shaft 6 → 5.7/0.8, 8 → 7.6/0.9, 10 → 9.6/1.1, 12 → 11.5/1.1, 15 → 14.3/1.1, 20 → 19.0/1.3, 25 → 23.9/1.3, 30 → 28.6/1.6 mm. The width is the ring's, not yours — do not snap it to a blade.","applies":["shaft","axle","pin"],"value":{"table":[{"shaft":6,"grooveDia":5.7,"width":0.8},{"shaft":8,"grooveDia":7.6,"width":0.9},{"shaft":10,"grooveDia":9.6,"width":1.1},{"shaft":12,"grooveDia":11.5,"width":1.1},{"shaft":15,"grooveDia":14.3,"width":1.1},{"shaft":20,"grooveDia":19,"width":1.3},{"shaft":25,"grooveDia":23.9,"width":1.3},{"shaft":30,"grooveDia":28.6,"width":1.6}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"DIN 471 d2 and m; cad_shaft_groove cuts it","sources":["din-471"],"tags":["circlip","retaining ring","groove","shaft"]},{"id":"screw-boss-plastic","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Self-tapping screw boss in moulded plastic","summary":"Boss OD = 2.0–2.5× screw ⌀, pilot hole = 0.8× thread OD (M3 thread-forming: ⌀2.5 hole, ⌀6.5–7 boss), depth ≥ 2× screw ⌀, boss wall ≤ 60 % of nominal wall at the root, 0.5° draft inside, 1 mm counterbore at the mouth to stop the top splitting.","applies":["injection moulded housing","consumer product"],"value":{"typical":2.25,"unit":"ratio","note":"boss OD ÷ screw diameter"},"basis":"Thread-forming screw supplier guidance; sink marks above 60 % wall","sources":["protolabs-threads"],"tags":["boss","screw","plastic","moulding"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"max_rib_thickness_ratio"}},{"id":"washer-sizes-iso-7089","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Plain washer sizes (ISO 7089 normal series)","summary":"ID/OD/thickness: M3 3.2/7/0.5, M4 4.3/9/0.8, M5 5.3/10/1.0, M6 6.4/12/1.6, M8 8.4/16/1.6, M10 10.5/20/2.0, M12 13/24/2.5 mm. Counterbores meant to take a washer need the OD + 1 mm.","applies":[],"value":{"table":[{"size":"M3","id":3.2,"od":7,"t":0.5},{"size":"M4","id":4.3,"od":9,"t":0.8},{"size":"M5","id":5.3,"od":10,"t":1},{"size":"M6","id":6.4,"od":12,"t":1.6},{"size":"M8","id":8.4,"od":16,"t":1.6},{"size":"M10","id":10.5,"od":20,"t":2},{"size":"M12","id":13,"od":24,"t":2.5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 7089 normal series","sources":["iso-4032"],"tags":["washer"]},{"id":"unc-unf-tap-and-clearance","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Inch fasteners: UNC tap drills and clearance","summary":"UNC tap drill / close clearance: #4-40 0.089/0.116, #6-32 0.107/0.144, #8-32 0.136/0.172, #10-24 0.150/0.201, 1/4-20 0.201/0.257, 5/16-18 0.257/0.323, 3/8-16 0.313/0.386, 1/2-13 0.422/0.516 in. Published in inches; keep them in inches.","applies":["north america"],"value":{"table":[{"size":"#4-40","tapDrill":0.089,"clearance":0.116},{"size":"#6-32","tapDrill":0.107,"clearance":0.144},{"size":"#8-32","tapDrill":0.136,"clearance":0.172},{"size":"#10-24","tapDrill":0.15,"clearance":0.201},{"size":"1/4-20","tapDrill":0.201,"clearance":0.257},{"size":"5/16-18","tapDrill":0.257,"clearance":0.323},{"size":"3/8-16","tapDrill":0.313,"clearance":0.386},{"size":"1/2-13","tapDrill":0.422,"clearance":0.516}],"unit":"in"},"basis":"ASME B1.1 / B18.2.8 close-fit clearance","sources":["protolabs-threads"],"tags":["unc","inch","tap","clearance"]},{"id":"blind-hole-drill-point-allowance","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Blind hole: drill-point and tap run-out allowance","summary":"A 118° drill leaves a cone 0.3×⌀ deep; a tap needs 2–3 pitches of unthreaded hole below the last full thread. So a blind M6 tapped 12 deep needs the tap drill 12 + 3 = 15 deep plus the 1.5 mm point — say 16.5 mm to the cone tip.","applies":[],"value":{"typical":0.3,"unit":"ratio","note":"drill-point depth ÷ diameter"},"basis":"118° point geometry; tap chamfer length","sources":["protolabs-threads"],"tags":["blind","drill point","tap","depth"]},{"id":"lead-in-chamfer","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Lead-in chamfer on holes and pins","summary":"Put a 0.5 × 45° chamfer (0.3 on holes under ⌀3, 1.0 over ⌀12) at the mouth of every tapped or press-fit hole and on the end of every pin: it starts the tap square and guides the press. Cheap in every process.","applies":[],"value":{"min":0.3,"typical":0.5,"max":1,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Tap start and pin alignment; deburr in the same operation","sources":["protolabs-threads"],"tags":["chamfer","lead-in","deburr"]},{"id":"cad-fastener-seated-not-floating","kind":"process","tier":1,"title":"cad_fastener places it, cad_fastener_audit proves it seated","summary":"cad_fastener derives bolt length from grip + engagement (steel 1×d, aluminium 1.5-2×d, cast iron 1.25×d) using the same station table that cuts the hole; cad_fastener_audit must return zero findings for head bearing, engagement and protrusion before a bolted assembly ships.","applies":["assembly","bolted joint","fastener QA"],"basis":"V12 fastener seat audit baseline (tools/v12/fastener_audit.js, HEAD 0fae7ced): 355 fasteners measured, 112 seated, 243 not (CADSF-1422/1423/1424) — no fastener in NativeCAD output floats (CADSF-1428).","sources":[],"tags":["cad_fastener","cad_fastener_audit","bolt","bolt length","engagement","floating bolt","floating","stud","screw","nut","seated"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"jewellery-wearables","title":"Jewellery & wearables — rings, pendants, bracelets, watches, glasses","sector":"jewellery-wearables","version":"2026-09-04","summary":"Ring sizing (ISO 8653 and US/UK), band and bezel dimensions, prong and bezel settings, bangle/bracelet/pendant-bail sizing, watch case and strap dimensions, eyeglass frame box-system numbers, casting/DMLS processes, metal densities and the nickel-release, retention and drop tests jewellery and wearables are held to.","aliases":["ring","signet ring","wedding band","bracelet","bangle","cuff","pendant","necklace","earring","stud earring","watch case","watch strap","lug","glasses","eyeglass frame","sunglasses","jewelry","jewellery","brooch","cufflink","charm","bail"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"iso-8653","title":"ISO 8653:2016 Ring-sizes","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/65408.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"en-1811","title":"EN 1811:2023 Nickel release test method","url":"https://standards.iteh.ai/catalog/standards/cen/6692f2c9-c4b6-4539-a4d3-17611e1acdbc/en-1811-2023","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"iso-12870","title":"ISO 12870 Spectacle frames — requirements/tests","url":"https://www.iso.org/search.html?q=ISO%2012870","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"iso-8624","title":"ISO 8624 Spectacle frames — box system","url":"https://www.iso.org/search.html?q=ISO%208624","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"materialise-gold-guide","title":"Materialise gold lost-wax casting guide","url":"https://www.materialise.com/en/academy/industrial/design-am/gold","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"ganoksin-casting","title":"Ganoksin — casting shrinkage/shop practice","url":"https://orchid.ganoksin.com/t/casting-shrinkage/48368","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"nihs-spring-bar","title":"NIHS 37-01 spring-bar diameters","url":"https://pompe-de-montre.com/en/content/16-measuring-watch-spring-bar","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"watch-lug-guide","title":"Watch lug-width sizing convention","url":"https://www.hewore.com/watch-lug-width-guide/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"gia-diamond-sizes","title":"GIA diamond mm-to-carat chart","url":"https://www.gia.edu/gia-news-research/diamond-size-chart","accessed":"2026-09-04"}],"entries":[{"id":"ring-size-us-uk-table","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"US/UK ring size to inner diameter and circumference","summary":"US size 7 (UK N, EU 54) = 17.3 mm inner diameter / 54.4 mm circumference; each US half-size steps about 0.4 mm in diameter, e.g. US 6 = 16.5 mm ID, US 8 = 18.1 mm ID.","applies":["ring","signet ring","wedding band"],"value":{"table":[{"usSize":5,"idMm":15.7,"circumferenceMm":49.3},{"usSize":6,"idMm":16.5,"circumferenceMm":51.9},{"usSize":7,"idMm":17.3,"circumferenceMm":54.4},{"usSize":8,"idMm":18.1,"circumferenceMm":57},{"usSize":9,"idMm":18.9,"circumferenceMm":59.5},{"usSize":10,"idMm":19.8,"circumferenceMm":62.1}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 8653 circumference table cross-referenced to the US/UK jeweller sizing convention","sources":["iso-8653"],"tags":["ring","sizing","us","uk"]},{"id":"band-width-range","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Ring band width","summary":"A ring band runs 2-8 mm wide (axial length along the finger); 2-3 mm reads as a stacking/eternity band, 5-6 mm as a standard wedding band, 7-8 mm as a chunky signet or men's band.","applies":["ring","wedding band","signet ring"],"value":{"min":2,"max":8,"typical":5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common jeweller band-width range balancing comfort against visual weight for the stated ring classes","sources":["iso-8653"],"tags":["ring","band","width"]},{"id":"band-thickness-by-process","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Ring band radial thickness by process","summary":"Size a band's radial (wall) thickness at >=1.2 mm for cast gold, >=1.5 mm for cast/fabricated silver, and >=2 mm for a 3D-printed (resin-to-cast or DMLS) band, since each process's own minimum-section floor is what actually limits it.","applies":["ring","wedding band","signet ring"],"value":{"table":[{"process":"cast-gold","minMm":1.2},{"process":"cast-silver","minMm":1.5},{"process":"printed","minMm":2}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Gold's higher density and fluidity lets a cast band run thinner than silver at the same strength; a printed/print-and-cast band needs the extra margin the additive process's own minimum wall imposes","sources":["materialise-gold-guide","ganoksin-casting"],"tags":["ring","band","thickness","wall"]},{"id":"comfort-fit-inner-radius","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Comfort-fit inner profile","summary":"A comfort-fit band rounds its inner bore to a radius roughly equal to the band's own radial thickness (1.2-2 mm), domed rather than flat, so the ring rocks past a knuckle instead of catching its full flat width on the skin.","applies":["ring","wedding band"],"value":{"min":1.2,"max":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"A domed inner profile reduces the ring's effective bearing width against the finger to roughly its thickness rather than its full band width, which is what a wearer feels as comfort fit","sources":["iso-8653"],"tags":["ring","comfort-fit","ergonomics"]},{"id":"prong-setting-basics","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Prong count and prong-tip sizing for a stone setting","summary":"Use 4 prongs for a square/princess stone and 6 prongs for a round stone >=5 mm; each prong tip runs 0.8-1.2 mm square before it is filed down over the stone's girdle, thick enough to hold but thin enough not to hide the stone.","applies":["ring","pendant","prong setting"],"value":{"min":0.8,"max":1.2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Fewer, wider prongs suit a squared stone's flat girdle edges; a round stone's continuous girdle is held more securely by more, narrower prongs distributing load evenly","sources":["gia-diamond-sizes"],"tags":["ring","prong","setting","stone"]},{"id":"bezel-wall-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Bezel setting wall thickness","summary":"A metal bezel wrapping a stone's girdle runs 0.5-0.8 mm thick before burnishing over the stone; thinner tears when pushed over the girdle, thicker looks heavy and needs more force to set.","applies":["ring","pendant","bezel setting"],"value":{"min":0.5,"max":0.8,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"The bezel wall must be thin enough to burnish (cold-flow) over the stone's girdle by hand or with a bezel roller, but thick enough not to split while doing so","sources":["materialise-gold-guide"],"tags":["bezel","setting","wall"]},{"id":"bangle-id-oval","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Bangle inner diameter, oval opening","summary":"A rigid bangle needs a 60-70 mm oval inner opening (measured across the long axis, ~5-8 mm narrower on the short axis) to pass over an adult hand; a hinged bangle can drop the long axis toward 55 mm.","applies":["bangle","bracelet"],"value":{"min":60,"max":70,"typical":65,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"The oval opening must clear the widest part of an adult hand (the metacarpals) on the long axis while sitting close on the wrist once past the knuckles","sources":["iso-8653"],"tags":["bangle","sizing","oval"]},{"id":"bracelet-length-range","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Chain/flexible bracelet length","summary":"A flexible chain or bead bracelet runs 170-190 mm finished length for an adult wrist, plus 20-40 mm of clasp/extender adjustment; a men's bracelet sits at the upper end, a petite/child size below 170 mm.","applies":["bracelet","cuff"],"value":{"min":170,"max":190,"typical":180,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard adult wrist circumference range plus the drape allowance a chain or bead bracelet needs to sit rather than bind","sources":["iso-8653"],"tags":["bracelet","sizing","length"]},{"id":"earring-post-dimensions","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Stud earring post diameter and length","summary":"A stud earring post runs 0.8 mm diameter x 10 mm long, sized to pass a standard pierced lobe and take a friction (butterfly) back with 2-4 mm of travel before it seats.","applies":["earring","stud earring"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"diameter","value":0.8},{"param":"length","value":10}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"0.8 mm is the de-facto standard post gauge sized to a standard ear-piercing gun/needle bore, with 10 mm long enough to clear most lobe thicknesses plus the butterfly back","sources":["en-1811"],"tags":["earring","post","butterfly-back"]},{"id":"pendant-bail-clearance-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Pendant bail inner diameter vs chain gauge","summary":"Size a pendant bail's inner diameter to at least the chain's wire diameter plus 1 mm, so the chain articulates freely through the bail instead of binding or wearing a flat spot into the link.","applies":["pendant","bail","charm","necklace"],"value":{"min":1,"unit":"mm","note":"bail ID >= chain wire diameter + 1mm"},"basis":"A bail sized only to the chain's own diameter binds under normal articulation; the 1 mm margin is what lets the chain pivot instead of dragging metal-on-metal at one contact line","sources":["iso-8653"],"tags":["pendant","bail","chain","clearance"]},{"id":"watch-case-lug-width","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Watch case lug width","summary":"Watch straps come in 18, 20 or 22 mm lug width, matching the gap between the case's lug horns; 20 mm is the most common size across men's watches, with 18 mm skewing smaller/women's and 22-24 mm sport/diver cases.","applies":["watch case","watch strap","lug"],"value":{"options":[18,20,22,24],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Industry lug-width convention that a strap and its spring bars must match to fit a given case","sources":["watch-lug-guide"],"tags":["watch","lug","strap","sizing"]},{"id":"watch-case-diameter-range","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Watch case diameter","summary":"A wristwatch case runs 36-44 mm in diameter (excluding crown), with 40-42 mm the most common men's size and 36-38 mm reading as a smaller/unisex case; the case diameter also sets the lug-to-lug envelope for wrist fit.","applies":["watch case"],"value":{"min":36,"max":44,"typical":40,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common modern wristwatch case-diameter range across men's and unisex sport/dress designs","sources":["watch-lug-guide"],"tags":["watch","case","diameter"]},{"id":"watch-spring-bar-hole","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Spring bar hole diameter in a lug","summary":"Bore the spring-bar hole through each lug at 1.2-1.5 mm diameter (standard spring bars run 1.0/1.2/1.3/1.5/1.8 mm), with a +-0.2 mm functional tolerance so the bar seats without slop or binding.","applies":["watch case","lug"],"value":{"min":1.2,"max":1.5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Spring bars are made in a small set of standard diameters; the lug hole must match one of them within a tight functional tolerance to hold the bar under spring load","sources":["nihs-spring-bar"],"tags":["watch","spring-bar","lug","hole"]},{"id":"glasses-box-system","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Eyeglass frame box-system callout (e.g. 52-18-140)","summary":"A frame is specified as lens-width–bridge–temple in mm, e.g. 52-18-140: 52 mm horizontal lens width, 18 mm bridge gap between lenses, 140 mm temple arm length from hinge to tip.","applies":["glasses","eyeglass frame","sunglasses"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"lens-width","typical":52},{"param":"bridge","typical":18},{"param":"temple","typical":140}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 8624 box (boxing) system measures each lens as if boxed in a rectangle, giving three numbers that fully describe a frame's fit envelope","sources":["iso-8624"],"tags":["glasses","box-system","sizing"]},{"id":"glasses-hinge-screw","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Eyeglass hinge screw diameter","summary":"A spectacle hinge barrel takes a 1.2-1.6 mm screw through 2-3 knuckles; undersize and the hinge racks loose in weeks, oversize and the barrel wall splits on tightening.","applies":["glasses","eyeglass frame"],"value":{"min":1.2,"max":1.6,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard spectacle-hinge screw gauge sized to the thin metal or acetate barrel wall a temple hinge is built into","sources":["iso-12870"],"tags":["glasses","hinge","screw"]},{"id":"glasses-pantoscopic-tilt","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Pantoscopic tilt of the lens plane","summary":"Tilt the lens plane 8-12 degrees forward at the bottom (pantoscopic tilt) relative to vertical, so the lens sits roughly perpendicular to the wearer's downward gaze rather than straight-on.","applies":["glasses","eyeglass frame","sunglasses"],"value":{"min":8,"max":12,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"Matching the lens plane to habitual downward gaze angle reduces off-axis optical distortion for progressive and single-vision lenses alike","sources":["iso-12870"],"tags":["glasses","tilt","ergonomics"]},{"id":"casting-min-wall-no-voids","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Lost-wax casting minimum wall and enclosed voids","summary":"Keep every cast section >=0.6 mm and never fully enclose a void: the investment plaster fills every internal cavity during burnout and cannot be removed from a sealed pocket, so a hollow form needs a vent/access hole before casting.","applies":["ring","pendant","casting"],"value":{"min":0.6,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Below ~0.6 mm the wax pattern itself is too fragile to invest and the molten metal freezes before filling the section; a sealed cavity traps investment that cannot be devested afterward","sources":["materialise-gold-guide","ganoksin-casting"],"tags":["casting","lost-wax","wall","void"]},{"id":"nickel-release-en1811","kind":"test","tier":1,"title":"Nickel release test for skin-contact jewellery (EN 1811)","summary":"EN 1811 limits nickel release to 0.5 ug/cm2/week for rings, bracelets and watch cases, and 0.2 ug/cm2/week for a post inserted into a piercing; failing it means re-specifying the alloy (nickel-free white gold, titanium, 316L), not changing geometry.","applies":["ring","earring","bracelet","watch case"],"value":{"min":0.2,"max":0.5,"unit":"ratio","note":"ug/cm2/week; 0.2 for pierced posts, 0.5 for general skin-contact"},"basis":"EN 1811 sets the EU REACH nickel-release migration limit, tested by immersion in artificial sweat solution, tighter for articles inserted into a piercing than for general skin contact","sources":["en-1811"],"tags":["test","nickel","hypoallergenic","en1811"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"kitchen-tableware","title":"Kitchen & tableware — mugs, bowls, bottles, cutlery, cutters, boards","sector":"kitchen-tableware","version":"2026-09-04","summary":"Coffee mugs, cups, bowls, plates, water bottles, cutlery, bottle openers, cookie cutters, funnels, teapots, chopping boards and jar lids: envelope dimensions, food-contact materials, dishwasher/microwave limits and the tests they are held to.","aliases":["coffee mug","tumbler","mixing bowl","dinner plate","water bottle","bottle opener","cookie cutter","funnel","teapot","kettle","chopping board","cutting board","knife handle","jar lid","tableware","drinkware"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"fda-21cfr177","title":"FDA 21 CFR 177 — Food-Contact Polymers","url":"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-21/chapter-I/subchapter-B/part-177","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"eu-10-2011","title":"EU 10/2011 — Food-Contact Plastics","url":"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32011R0010","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"nsf-ansi-51","title":"NSF/ANSI 51 — Food Equipment Materials","url":"https://www.nsf.org/knowledge-library/nsf-ansi-51-food-equipment-materials","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"nsf-ansi-184","title":"NSF/ANSI 184 — Residential Dishwashers","url":"https://webstore.ansi.org/standards/nsf/nsfansi1842019","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"iso-8442-2","title":"ISO 8442-2 — Stainless Cutlery Requirements","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/23095.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"isbt-threadspecs","title":"ISBT ThreadSpecs — PCO 1881 28mm Finish","url":"https://www.isbt.com/resources/isbt-threadspecs","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"gpi-glass-finish","title":"GPI — 63mm Wide-Mouth Glass Finish","url":"https://www.gpi.org","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"crown-cap-26mm","title":"GW Kent — 26mm Crown Cap Reference","url":"https://www.gwkent.com/crown-caps.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"digitalfire-shrinkage","title":"Digitalfire — Ceramic Firing Shrinkage","url":"https://digitalfire.com/glossary/firing+shrinkage","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"webstaurant-plate-guide","title":"Webstaurantstore — Plate Size Guide","url":"https://www.webstaurantstore.com/guide/1060/types-of-plates.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"steelcity-cutlery","title":"Steel City Cutlery — Flatware Sizes","url":"https://www.steelcitycutlery.com/shapesandsizes.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"cuttingboard-nsf","title":"Cuttingboard.com — NSF HDPE Board Specs","url":"https://www.cuttingboard.com/commercial-green-plastic-hdpe-cutting-board-nsf-certified-18-x-12-x-1-2/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"fluentincoffee-mugsize","title":"Fluent in Coffee — Mug Size Chart","url":"https://www.fluentincoffee.com/coffee-cup-sizes-chart/","accessed":"2026-09-04"}],"entries":[{"id":"mug-capacity-envelope","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Coffee mug capacity and body envelope","summary":"A standard coffee mug holds 0.3-0.4 L (300-400 mL, typical 350 mL) in a body 70-90 mm outer diameter and 90-100 mm tall, sized for a full hand-wrap grip.","applies":["coffee mug","mug","tumbler"],"value":{"min":0.3,"max":0.4,"typical":0.35,"unit":"L"},"basis":"Common ceramic mug capacity for an 8-12 fl oz hot-beverage serving with headroom below the rim","sources":["fluentincoffee-mugsize"],"tags":["mug","capacity","envelope"]},{"id":"mug-wall-thickness-ceramic","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Ceramic mug wall and floor thickness","summary":"A ceramic (stoneware/porcelain) mug wall runs 3-5 mm thick, floor 5-7 mm, thick enough to survive glaze firing without being so thick it slows heat transfer to the drink.","applies":["coffee mug","ceramic","stoneware","porcelain"],"value":{"min":3,"max":5,"typical":4,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard studio/industrial ceramic ware wall-thickness range balancing thermal-shock resistance against firing warp","sources":["digitalfire-shrinkage"],"tags":["mug","wall","ceramic"]},{"id":"mug-handle-clearance","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Mug handle finger clearance","summary":"Size the handle opening at least 25 mm deep (wall to handle) and 60 mm tall so three fingers can hook through together; under 25 mm deep only fits one or two fingers.","applies":["coffee mug","handle","teapot","kettle"],"value":{"min":25,"unit":"mm","note":"opening depth; opening height >=60mm for 3 fingers"},"basis":"Average adult finger width ~18-20mm x3 plus clearance for a relaxed grip through the loop","sources":["fluentincoffee-mugsize"],"tags":["mug","handle","ergonomics"]},{"id":"mug-base-foot-ring","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Mug base foot ring","summary":"Give a mug a 1-2 mm recessed foot ring 5-8 mm in from the outer wall so the unglazed footprint touching the table/kiln shelf is a thin ring, not the full underside.","applies":["coffee mug","bowl","plate","foot ring"],"value":{"min":1,"max":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"A recessed foot keeps the glazed underside off the kiln shelf during firing and off the table afterward","sources":["digitalfire-shrinkage"],"tags":["mug","foot","base"]},{"id":"tumbler-envelope","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Cup/tumbler capacity and body envelope","summary":"A drinking tumbler or cup runs 0.2-0.5 L in a straight or lightly tapered body 60-85 mm diameter and 90-130 mm tall, taller and narrower than a mug for a one-hand grip without a handle.","applies":["tumbler","cup","drinkware"],"value":{"min":0.2,"max":0.5,"typical":0.35,"unit":"L"},"basis":"Common single-wall drinkware capacity and proportions for a handle-free one-hand grip","sources":["fluentincoffee-mugsize"],"tags":["tumbler","cup","envelope"]},{"id":"bowl-envelope","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Mixing/salad bowl envelope","summary":"A mixing or salad bowl runs 150-300 mm rim diameter and 70-130 mm deep, with a flared wall (rim wider than base) so a whisk or hand can reach the base.","applies":["bowl","mixing bowl","salad bowl"],"value":{"min":150,"max":300,"typical":220,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common flared-wall bowl proportions used across ceramic and plastic mixing/serving bowls","sources":["digitalfire-shrinkage"],"tags":["bowl","envelope","flare"]},{"id":"plate-envelope-rim","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Dinner plate diameter and rim","summary":"A dinner plate runs 250-280 mm (10-11 in) diameter with a 15-30 mm rim band around a slightly recessed 150-200 mm well.","applies":["plate","dinner plate","tableware"],"value":{"min":250,"max":280,"typical":265,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common Western dinner-plate diameter range with a standard rimmed profile","sources":["webstaurant-plate-guide"],"tags":["plate","rim","envelope"]},{"id":"water-bottle-envelope","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Reusable water bottle envelope","summary":"A reusable water bottle runs 0.5-1.0 L capacity in a body 60-80 mm diameter and 200-280 mm tall, sized to fit a standard cup-holder (max ~72 mm bore).","applies":["water bottle","bottle"],"value":{"min":0.5,"max":1,"typical":0.75,"unit":"L"},"basis":"Common single-serving reusable bottle capacity sized to clear a car cup-holder's ~72mm bore","sources":["isbt-threadspecs"],"tags":["bottle","envelope","capacity"]},{"id":"water-bottle-thread-28mm-pco","kind":"standard","tier":1,"title":"28 mm PCO 1881 beverage bottle neck finish","summary":"The PCO 1881 28 mm neck finish (ISBT 2009) has a 21.74 mm bore, 17.2 mm finish height and 2 thread turns, the global standard beverage closure for a custom bottle taking an off-the-shelf 28mm cap.","applies":["water bottle","pet bottle","bottle cap"],"value":{"value":28,"unit":"mm","note":"bore 21.74mm; finish height 17.2mm; 2 thread turns"},"basis":"ISBT ThreadSpecs PCO 1881 finalized 2009 as the lightweighted successor to PCO 1810","sources":["isbt-threadspecs"],"tags":["bottle","thread","pco1881"]},{"id":"water-bottle-thread-63mm-wide-mouth","kind":"standard","tier":1,"title":"63 mm wide-mouth jar/bottle finish (63-485)","summary":"The 63mm wide-mouth finish (GPI 63-485) gives a 63 mm bore for a jar or wide-mouth bottle meant for scooping, versus the narrow 28mm beverage finish sized for sipping.","applies":["water bottle","jar","wide mouth"],"value":{"value":63,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Glass Packaging Institute 63-485 finish standard, the common wide-mouth designation across glass and PET containers","sources":["gpi-glass-finish"],"tags":["bottle","jar","thread","wide-mouth"]},{"id":"cutlery-spoon-fork-length","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Table spoon and fork overall length","summary":"A place-size dinner fork runs 200-210 mm overall and a soup/table spoon 175-215 mm, with the bowl or tines roughly 40% of the total length.","applies":["spoon","fork","cutlery","flatware"],"value":{"min":175,"max":215,"typical":200,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common place-size (American) flatware length range used across stainless cutlery lines","sources":["steelcity-cutlery"],"tags":["cutlery","spoon","fork","length"]},{"id":"spatula-ladle-dims","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Spatula and ladle overall dimensions","summary":"A kitchen spatula runs 250-300 mm overall with a 60-90 mm wide blade, and a ladle 280-320 mm overall with a 60-80 mm diameter bowl, both keeping the hand clear of a hot pot rim.","applies":["spatula","ladle","kitchen utensil"],"value":{"min":250,"max":320,"typical":290,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common long-handled kitchen-utensil proportions sized to keep the hand clear of a hot pot rim","sources":["steelcity-cutlery"],"tags":["spatula","ladle","utensil"]},{"id":"bottle-opener-crown-cap","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"26 mm crown cap and bottle-opener lever","summary":"A standard crown cap is 26 mm nominal (26.7 mm OD, 21 crimps) gripping a 26.5 mm bottle lip; the opener hook engages the crimped skirt and levers ~20-30 mm from the fulcrum.","applies":["bottle opener","crown cap"],"value":{"value":26,"unit":"mm","note":"OD ~26.7mm; 21 crimps; lever arm 20-30mm"},"basis":"The 26mm crown finish has been the international beer/soda bottle-cap standard for over a century","sources":["crown-cap-26mm"],"tags":["bottle-opener","crown-cap","lever"]},{"id":"cookie-cutter-wall-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Cookie cutter cutting-edge wall thickness","summary":"A cookie cutter's cutting wall runs 0.8-1.0 mm thick — thin enough to shear dough cleanly, thick enough to hold its shape and not deform when pressed.","applies":["cookie cutter"],"value":{"min":0.8,"max":1,"typical":0.9,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Thin-wall metal/plastic cookie-cutter blades common across bakeware manufacturers","sources":["nsf-ansi-51"],"tags":["cookie-cutter","wall","blade"]},{"id":"cookie-cutter-height-flange","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Cookie cutter height and finger flange","summary":"A cookie cutter stands 15-20 mm tall — clearing a 10-12 mm dough sheet — with an optional 3-5 mm flange or rolled top edge so a finger can press down without biting into the palm.","applies":["cookie cutter"],"value":{"min":15,"max":20,"typical":18,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common cookie-cutter height clearing a standard rolled dough thickness with a press-flange for finger safety","sources":["nsf-ansi-51"],"tags":["cookie-cutter","height","flange"]},{"id":"funnel-cone-spout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Funnel cone angle and spout diameter","summary":"A kitchen funnel tapers at a 40-60 deg full cone angle from a 70-120 mm mouth down to an 8-15 mm spout OD, steep enough to drain by gravity without bridging.","applies":["funnel"],"value":{"min":40,"max":60,"typical":50,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"A cone angle in this range drains most kitchen liquids by gravity without surface-tension bridging","sources":["nsf-ansi-51"],"tags":["funnel","cone","spout"]},{"id":"teapot-kettle-spout-lid","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Teapot/kettle spout height versus lid","summary":"Set the spout tip at or slightly above the lid's highest point (within 5-10 mm) so the pot fills to its practical maximum before liquid reaches the lid seam.","applies":["teapot","kettle"],"value":{"min":5,"max":10,"unit":"mm","note":"spout tip height above lid crown"},"basis":"Classic teapot/kettle proportion rule so the usable fill line is set by the spout, not the lid seal","sources":["nsf-ansi-51"],"tags":["teapot","kettle","spout"]},{"id":"chopping-board-envelope","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Chopping/cutting board size and thickness","summary":"A home chopping board runs 300-450 mm long, 200-300 mm wide and 12-38 mm thick (plastic HDPE commonly 12.7 mm / 1/2in; wood boards 18-38 mm).","applies":["chopping board","cutting board"],"value":{"min":12,"max":38,"typical":18,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common commercial NSF-listed HDPE board thickness (1/2in) versus thicker solid-wood board practice","sources":["cuttingboard-nsf"],"tags":["chopping-board","thickness","envelope"]},{"id":"knife-handle-basics","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Kitchen knife handle length and diameter","summary":"A kitchen knife handle runs 100-130 mm long and 20-28 mm through its grip, sized for a full four-finger wrap with the thumb along the spine or bolster.","applies":["knife handle","knife"],"value":{"min":100,"max":130,"typical":115,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common Western chef's-knife handle proportions for a full-hand pinch or hammer grip","sources":["iso-8442-2"],"tags":["knife","handle","ergonomics"]},{"id":"jar-lid-standard-sizes","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Standard jar lid thread sizes","summary":"Common jar/lid thread sizes run 43, 53, 63, 70 and 89 mm bore (twist-off canning and retort jars), the number naming the lid's nominal thread diameter.","applies":["jar lid","jar"],"value":{"options":[43,53,63,70,89],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common twist-off (CT) and lug-cap jar finish sizes used across food-jar packaging","sources":["gpi-glass-finish"],"tags":["jar-lid","thread","sizes"]},{"id":"dishwasher-temperature-material-tg","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Dishwasher wash/rinse temperature versus material Tg","summary":"A residential dishwasher's hot wash runs 49-66 C and an NSF/ANSI 184 sanitize rinse hits ~66 C; a dishwasher-safe part needs a Tg/heat-deflection point above 66 C, ruling out plain PLA (Tg ~55-60 C).","applies":["housing","water bottle","jar lid","mug"],"value":{"min":49,"max":66,"typical":60,"unit":"C"},"basis":"NSF/ANSI 184 sets the 66C sanitize-rinse benchmark residential dishwashers are certified to reach","sources":["nsf-ansi-184"],"tags":["dishwasher","temperature","tg"]},{"id":"food-contact-material-compliance","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Food-contact material compliance (FDA/EU)","summary":"Any surface touching food or drink needs a food-contact-cleared material — FDA 21 CFR 177 (US) or EU 10/2011 (Europe) — and compliance is per resin grade, not generic to the polymer family.","applies":["mug","bowl","plate","water bottle","cutlery","chopping board","cookie cutter"],"basis":"FDA 21 CFR 177 and EU 10/2011 are the two governing food-contact-plastics regimes a tableware design must clear","sources":["fda-21cfr177","eu-10-2011"],"tags":["food-contact","fda","eu","compliance"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"load-driven-detailing","title":"Load-driven detailing: rotating bodies, castings and fabricated frames","sector":"load-driven-detailing","version":"2026-10-23","summary":"Cited rules for taking material out of gear/pulley/sprocket bodies, castings and fabricated frames the way engineered parts are: rim backup ratio, web, hub, lightening holes, cast wall/draft/rib/boss, rail taper and flanged holes.","aliases":["load-driven detailing","load-driven design","lightening holes","material removal","gear web","gear rim","backup ratio","cast ribs","cast wall thickness","ladder frame","chassis rail","pulley body","flanged lightening hole"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"agma-2001-d04","title":"ANSI/AGMA 2001-D04 Fundamental rating factors and calculation methods for involute spur and helical gear teeth (rim thickness factor K_B)","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"iso-6336-3","title":"ISO 6336-3 Calculation of load capacity of spur and helical gears, Part 3: tooth bending strength (rim factor Y_B)","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"shigley-ch14","title":"Budynas & Nisbett, Shigleys Mechanical Engineering Design, ch. 14 (AGMA bending, K_B, backup ratio m_B)","url":"https://highered.mheducation.com/sites/dl/free/9814595284/1054140/Budynas_Chapter_14.pdf","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"iastate-me325","title":"Iowa State ME 325 handout: bending stress in gears (K_B piecewise form)","url":"https://engineering.iastate.edu/~gkstarns/me325/bending_stress_gears.pdf","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"iso-53","title":"ISO 53 Cylindrical gears for general and heavy engineering: standard basic rack tooth profile (ha = 1.0 m, hf = 1.25 m)","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"machinerys-handbook","title":"Machinerys Handbook (Industrial Press): gear, flywheel and key/keyseat sections","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"dudley-gear","title":"Dudley, Handbook of Practical Gear Design (CRC Press): gear blank, web and hub proportions","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"bralla-dfm","title":"Bralla, Design for Manufacturability Handbook, 2nd ed. (McGraw-Hill), casting chapters","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"nadca-pss","title":"NADCA Product Specification Standards for Die Castings (wall, draft, rib, boss guidance)","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"asm-hbk-15","title":"ASM Handbook Vol. 15 Casting (design of castings, section modulus, gating)","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"campbell-casting","title":"Campbell, Complete Casting Handbook (Chvorinov solidification rule, hot spots)","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"engineersedge-sand","title":"Engineers Edge: design for sand casting (minimum wall, draft, section change)","url":"https://www.engineersedge.com/sand_cast.htm","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"giessereilexikon-design","title":"Giessereilexikon: favorable casting design (fillet radius a third to a quarter of wall; hot spots at re-entrant angles)","url":"https://www.giessereilexikon.com/en/foundry-lexicon/Encyclopedia/show/favorable-casting-design-4660/","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"xometry-diecast","title":"Xometry die casting design guide (rib thickness, draft, boss coring)","url":"https://xometry.com/resources/design-guides/die-casting-design-guide/","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"niu-airframe","title":"Niu, Airframe Stress Analysis and Sizing: lightening holes in webs, flanged holes","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"peterson-kt","title":"Pilkey, Petersons Stress Concentration Factors (hole in plate: Kt = 3.0 infinite plate, uniaxial tension)","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"roark","title":"Young & Budynas, Roarks Formulas for Stress and Strain: beams, uniform-strength sections, shear","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"blodgett-weldments","title":"Blodgett, Design of Weldments (Lincoln Electric): distortion, HAZ, joint detailing","accessed":"2026-10-23"},{"id":"aws-d1-1","title":"AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel (weld detailing, gusset and fatigue categories)","accessed":"2026-10-23"}],"entries":[{"id":"ldd-rim-backup-ratio","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Rim backup ratio m_B = t_R / h_t","summary":"Backup ratio m_B = rim thickness under the tooth root t_R divided by whole tooth depth h_t (2.25 m for the ISO 53 rack). Compute it before drilling anything in a gear body: every rim cut is checked against it.","applies":["gear","rim"],"basis":"SRC: AGMA 2001 / Shigley ch.14 define m_B = t_R/h_t; ISO 53 gives h_t = 1.0 m + 1.25 m.","sources":["agma-2001-d04","shigley-ch14","iso-53"],"tags":["backup-ratio","rim","gear"],"value":{"value":"m_B = t_R / h_t, h_t = 2.25 m","unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-rim-factor-kb","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Rim thickness factor K_B (AGMA 2001) for thin rims","summary":"K_B = 1.0 for m_B >= 1.2; K_B = 1.6 ln(2.242 / m_B) for m_B < 1.2 (1.29 at m_B 1.0, 2.40 at 0.5). Multiplies tooth bending stress. Continuous at 1.2. Covered range 0.5 <= m_B; external gears.","applies":["gear","rim","lightened gear"],"basis":"SRC: textbook piecewise form (Shigley 14); ISO 6336-3 carries an equivalent Y_B. Check constants against the purchased standard.","sources":["agma-2001-d04","iso-6336-3","shigley-ch14","iastate-me325"],"tags":["kb","rim-factor","bending"],"value":{"table":[{"m_B":1.2,"K_B":1},{"m_B":1,"K_B":1.29},{"m_B":0.8,"K_B":1.65},{"m_B":0.6,"K_B":2.11},{"m_B":0.5,"K_B":2.4}]}},{"id":"ldd-rim-min-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Rim thickness for K_B = 1.0","summary":"Keep t_R >= 1.2 h_t = 2.7 m under the root so K_B = 1.0 (m=2: 5.4 mm; m=3: 8.1 mm). Thinner is allowed only down to m_B 0.5 with the K_B penalty on the bending check.","applies":["gear","rim"],"basis":"SRC: 1.2 x 2.25 m from the m_B >= 1.2 knee of K_B.","sources":["agma-2001-d04","iso-53"],"tags":["rim","module"],"value":{"min":2.7,"typical":2.7,"unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-web-thickness","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Web thickness against face width","summary":"Web thickness t_W = 0.25 to 0.40 of face width F, and not less than half the rim thickness t_R. A thin web is limited by stiffness and tooth alignment, not shear, so verify deflection with FEA before going thinner.","applies":["gear","web"],"basis":"EST: handbook proportion (Dudley) for webbed gear blanks; strength is rarely the limit, rim deflection is. Verify by cad_fea_run.","sources":["dudley-gear","machinerys-handbook"],"tags":["web","face-width"],"value":{"min":0.25,"max":0.4,"typical":0.3,"unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-hub-od","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Hub OD against bore","summary":"Hub OD = 1.6 to 2.0 x bore for a keyed steel hub (1.8 to 2.2 x for cast iron or aluminium). The wall left under the keyseat must still carry the key bearing load.","applies":["gear","timing pulley","chain sprocket","idler","flywheel"],"basis":"EST: common handbook proportion; keyseat depth from Machinerys Handbook key tables.","sources":["machinerys-handbook","dudley-gear"],"tags":["hub","bore"],"value":{"min":1.6,"max":2,"typical":1.8,"unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-lighten-ligaments","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Lightening-hole ligaments to rim, hub and each other","summary":"Leave a ligament >= max(t_W, 4 mm) from each hole to the rim inner face and to the hub OD, and >= max(1.5 t_W, 6 mm) between neighbouring holes. This keeps the rim at its t_R and the hub wall intact.","applies":["gear","pulley","flywheel"],"basis":"EST: ligament >= web thickness so no hole edge is thinner than the web it sits in.","sources":["dudley-gear","niu-airframe"],"tags":["ligament","lightening-hole"],"value":{"min":1,"unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-when-solid","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"When a rotating body stays solid","summary":"Keep the blank solid when (root radius - hub OD/2) < t_R + 2 x ligament + 6 mm: no hole fits that respects both ligaments. For m=2 that is roughly any gear under about 40 teeth on a 25 mm bore.","applies":["small gear","pinion"],"basis":"EST: geometric consequence of the ligament and rim rules; the 6 mm minimum drillable hole is the floor.","sources":["dudley-gear","agma-2001-d04"],"tags":["solid","pinion"],"value":{"min":6,"unit":"mm"}},{"id":"ldd-cast-wall-sand-al","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Sand-cast aluminium nominal wall","summary":"Nominal wall 4 to 8 mm by size (minimum 2.5 mm, 0.10 in, for small areas); keep every wall within +-25 percent of nominal so solidification stays directional.","applies":["sand casting","aluminium casting","gearbox case"],"basis":"SRC: 0.10 in minimum for aluminium sand castings (Engineers Edge); size bands EST from Bralla.","sources":["engineersedge-sand","bralla-dfm"],"tags":["wall","sand"],"value":{"min":4,"max":8,"typical":5,"unit":"mm"}},{"id":"ldd-cast-draft","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Draft by casting process","summary":"Draft per side: sand 1 to 3 deg (2 standard, 1 minimum); permanent mould 2 to 3 deg; HPDC 1 deg outside, 1.5 to 3 deg inside and on deep cores. Add draft to every face parallel to the pull, ribs and bosses included.","applies":["sand casting","permanent mould casting","die casting","grey iron","ductile iron"],"basis":"SRC: sand figures from Engineers Edge; die-cast figures from the Xometry/NADCA guide; PM EST.","sources":["engineersedge-sand","xometry-diecast","nadca-pss"],"tags":["draft"],"value":{"table":[{"process":"sand","min_deg":1,"typical_deg":2,"max_deg":3},{"process":"permanent mould","min_deg":2,"max_deg":3},{"process":"HPDC outside","min_deg":1},{"process":"HPDC inside","min_deg":1.5,"max_deg":3}]},"see":["automotive/diecast-draft-angle","consumer/draft-angle-minimum"]},{"id":"ldd-cast-rib-thickness","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Rib thickness against wall","summary":"Rib root thickness 0.6 to 0.8 x wall in sand and iron, 0.4 to 0.6 x wall in die-cast aluminium; a rib as thick as the wall makes a hot spot and a sink at the root.","applies":["sand casting","permanent mould casting","die casting","grey iron","ductile iron"],"basis":"SRC: 40 to 60 percent (die casting, Xometry); sand/iron band EST from the same hot-spot logic (Campbell).","sources":["xometry-diecast","campbell-casting","bralla-dfm"],"tags":["rib"],"value":{"min":0.4,"max":0.8,"unit":"ratio"},"see":["automotive/diecast-rib-thickness-ratio"]},{"id":"ldd-cast-boss-od","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Boss OD at a bolt","summary":"Boss OD = 2.0 to 2.5 x thread diameter (M10: 20 to 25 mm); core out the middle so the boss wall equals the nominal wall, and give the tapped hole at least 1 x d of thread engagement in aluminium.","applies":["bolt boss","bolted flange"],"basis":"EST: handbook proportion; coring to keep a uniform wall is the die-cast practice (Xometry guide).","sources":["xometry-diecast","bralla-dfm"],"tags":["boss","bolt"],"value":{"min":2,"max":2.5,"typical":2.2,"unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-cast-fillet-radius","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Inside fillet radius at every junction","summary":"Inside fillet R = 0.25 to 0.33 x wall (a quarter to a third); the outside radius = inside R + wall so the section stays constant round the corner. Too large a fillet makes a hot spot of its own.","applies":["sand casting","permanent mould casting","die casting","grey iron","ductile iron"],"basis":"SRC: Giessereilexikon (quarter to a third of wall); outside = inside + wall is the constant-section rule (Bralla).","sources":["giessereilexikon-design","bralla-dfm"],"tags":["fillet","corner"],"value":{"min":0.25,"max":0.33,"unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-cast-hotspot-junction","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Hot spots at junctions","summary":"Solidification time scales with (volume / cooling area)^2 (Chvorinov). Keep the largest circle inscribed at an L, T or X junction <= 1.25 x wall, and stagger ribs so no four-way crossing remains.","applies":["sand casting","permanent mould casting","die casting","grey iron","ductile iron"],"basis":"SRC: Chvorinov rule (Campbell); the 1.25 x inscribed-circle limit is EST design practice.","sources":["campbell-casting","asm-hbk-15"],"tags":["hot-spot","junction","chvorinov"],"value":{"max":1.25,"unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-rail-taper-moment","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Rail depth follows the bending moment","summary":"For constant stress at fixed width, section modulus follows M(x): depth h ~ sqrt(M). Cantilever end load (M ~ x) gives a parabolic taper, uniform load (M ~ x^2) a straight linear taper. Depth tracks the moment, not the length.","applies":["ladder frame","chassis rail","fabricated frame","plate"],"basis":"SRC: beam of uniform strength (Roark; Shigley ch.3), h = sqrt(6 M / (b sigma)).","sources":["roark"],"tags":["taper","moment","rail"],"value":{"value":"h(x) = sqrt(6 M(x) / (b sigma_allow))","unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-hole-dia-vs-web","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Lightening-hole diameter against web depth","summary":"Unflanged hole diameter <= 0.5 to 0.6 x web depth at that station; flanged hole up to 0.8 x web depth. The hole sits on the neutral axis, in low-shear mid-span, never within one web depth of a support or load point.","applies":["ladder frame","chassis rail","fabricated frame","plate"],"basis":"EST: airframe practice (Niu, lightening holes in webs); limits come from shear buckling of the strip left above and below.","sources":["niu-airframe","roark"],"tags":["lightening-hole","web"],"value":{"min":0.5,"max":0.8,"unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-hole-kt","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Stress concentration of a hole","summary":"A circular hole in a wide plate under tension has Kt = 3.0 (4.0 in pure shear): the edge sees three times nominal stress. Put holes where nominal stress is under a third of allowable, near the neutral axis, with slot corners at R >= 1 x plate thickness.","applies":["ladder frame","chassis rail","fabricated frame","plate"],"basis":"SRC: Peterson Kt for a circular hole, infinite plate (3.0); slot corner radius EST.","sources":["peterson-kt"],"tags":["kt","hole","stress-concentration"],"value":{"value":3,"unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-gusset-crossmember","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Gussets at crossmember joints","summary":"Gusset thickness >= 0.8 x joined member wall, leg length >= 1.5 x member depth, 45 deg bias, with a corner scallop R >= 20 mm so welds never cross. Use where a crossmember meets a rail.","applies":["crossmember joint","ladder frame"],"basis":"EST: weldment practice (Blodgett, AWS D1.1 detailing); verify the joint by FEA at the load case.","sources":["blodgett-weldments","aws-d1-1"],"tags":["gusset","joint"],"value":{"min":1.5,"unit":"ratio"}},{"id":"ldd-hole-to-weld","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Hole-to-weld distance","summary":"Keep a hole edge >= 2 x plate thickness (and >= 6 mm) from a weld toe: the heat-affected zone, distortion and the weld-toe stress riser should not overlap a hole edge.","applies":["ladder frame","chassis rail","fabricated frame","plate"],"basis":"EST: Blodgett detailing guidance on HAZ and distortion; AWS D1.1 for fatigue categories.","sources":["blodgett-weldments","aws-d1-1"],"tags":["weld","hole","haz"],"value":{"min":6,"unit":"mm"}},{"id":"ldd-verify-after-removal","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Re-verify after every cut","summary":"After lightening, rerun the stress solve at design load: peak von Mises incl. Kt <= yield / 1.5 (EST) and report mass removed. Reject a cut that drops the safety factor under target; stop when mass stops falling.","applies":["all load-driven parts"],"basis":"EST: 1.5 on yield is a common static factor for non-critical structure; the project sets its own target.","sources":["roark","peterson-kt"],"tags":["fea","verify","safety-factor"],"value":{"min":1.5,"unit":"ratio"}}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"maker-enclosures","title":"Maker enclosures — Raspberry Pi, Arduino, ESP32 cases and project boxes","sector":"maker-enclosures","version":"2026-09-04","summary":"Board outlines and mounting holes for the SBC/dev-board families electronics.json doesn't cover (Pi Zero, Nano, NodeMCU, Jetson Nano, CM4, HATs), plus maker-specific fit, vent, lid, fan-grill, DIN-rail and material choices for a 3D-printed or extruded project box.","aliases":["raspberry pi case","arduino case","arduino uno","esp32 case","pico","raspberry pi pico","dev board enclosure","hat","din rail enclosure","sbc case","pcb case","vent slots","project box enclosure","3d printed project box"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"rpi-zero-2w-mech","title":"Raspberry Pi Zero 2 W Mechanical Drawing","url":"https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/rpizero/raspberry-pi-zero-2-w-mechanical-drawing.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"rpi-4-mech","title":"Raspberry Pi 4 Model B Mechanical Drawing","url":"https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/rpi4/raspberry-pi-4-mechanical-drawing.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"arduino-nano-store","title":"Arduino Nano Product Page (docs.arduino.cc)","url":"https://docs.arduino.cc/hardware/nano","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"nodemcu-devkit-repo","title":"NodeMCU Devkit Hardware Repository (board outline)","url":"https://github.com/nodemcu/nodemcu-devkit-v1.0","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"nvidia-jetson-nano","title":"NVIDIA Jetson Nano Module Product Page (mechanical spec)","url":"https://www.nvidia.com/en-us/autonomous-machines/embedded-systems/jetson-nano/product-development/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"rpi-cm4-datasheet","title":"Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 Datasheet","url":"https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4/cm4-datasheet.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"rpi-hats-spec","title":"Raspberry Pi HATs Specification (raspberrypi/hats, mechanical requirements)","url":"https://github.com/raspberrypi/hats/blob/master/README.md","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"computer-fan-sizes","title":"Standard axial cooling-fan frame sizes and mounting-hole spacing","url":"https://noctua.at/en/products/fan","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"hubs-3dp-tolerance","title":"Hubs FDM 3D Printing Design and Tolerance Guide","url":"https://www.hubs.com/knowledge-base/fdm-3d-printing-tolerances/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"rpi-thermal-docs","title":"Raspberry Pi Documentation — thermals and throttling","url":"https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/raspberry-pi.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"en-60715","title":"EN 60715 Standardized mounting on rails (TH35 DIN rail)","url":"https://www.din.de/en","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"ipc-2221","title":"IPC-2221 Generic Standard on Printed Board Design","url":"https://www.ipc.org/toc/IPC-2221.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-04"}],"entries":[{"id":"pi-zero-mounting","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Raspberry Pi Zero / Zero 2 W board outline and mounting holes","summary":"Pi Zero and Zero 2 W share a 65 x 30 mm outline with four ~2.75 mm mounting holes on a 58 x 23 mm rectangle centred on the board — the Zero 2 W reuses the original Zero's case footprint and hole pattern.","applies":["raspberry pi zero","raspberry pi zero 2 w","pi zero","sbc"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"board","x":65,"y":30},{"param":"holes","x":58,"y":23},{"param":"hole-diameter","value":2.75}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Official Raspberry Pi Zero 2 W mechanical drawing","sources":["rpi-zero-2w-mech"],"tags":["raspberry-pi","pi-zero","mounting","pattern"]},{"id":"arduino-nano-outline","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Arduino Nano board outline (no standard mounting holes)","summary":"Arduino Nano is 45 x 18 mm with no standardised mounting-hole pattern across revisions; design the case around header-pin friction, a card-edge socket, or adhesive pads rather than a screwed-down board.","applies":["arduino nano"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"board","x":45,"y":18}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Arduino Nano official form factor; hole placement (where present) is not standardised across vendor clones","sources":["arduino-nano-store"],"tags":["arduino","nano","mounting"]},{"id":"nodemcu-devkit-outline","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"NodeMCU / ESP8266-ESP32 devkit board outline","summary":"A NodeMCU-style ESP8266 or ESP32 devkit board runs about 48-58 mm long by 26-31 mm wide across dual 0.1 in pin-header rows, varying by vendor — confirm the exact board's own drawing before fixing a case width.","applies":["nodemcu","esp8266","esp32 devkit","esp32 case"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"length","min":48,"max":58},{"param":"width","min":26,"max":31}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"NodeMCU/Amica devkit reference board layout; vendor clones vary the same way the ESP32 DevKitC does","sources":["nodemcu-devkit-repo"],"see":["electronics/esp32-devkit-width"],"tags":["esp8266","esp32","nodemcu","devkit"]},{"id":"jetson-nano-module-envelope","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Jetson Nano compute module envelope","summary":"The Jetson Nano production module is a 69.6 x 45 mm SO-DIMM-style board on a 260-pin edge connector; the Developer Kit's carrier board is closer to 100 x 80 mm — case to the carrier, not the bare module, unless building a custom carrier.","applies":["jetson nano","jetson nano developer kit"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"module","x":69.6,"y":45}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"NVIDIA Jetson Nano product page mechanical specification","sources":["nvidia-jetson-nano"],"tags":["jetson","nano","sbc","module"]},{"id":"compute-module-4-envelope","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 (CM4) envelope","summary":"CM4 is a 55 x 40 mm SO-DIMM-form module with no mounting holes of its own — it plugs into a carrier's edge connector; the official CM4 IO Board carrier is 105 x 70 mm with four corner mounting holes to case around instead.","applies":["compute module 4","cm4","compute module"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"module","x":55,"y":40},{"param":"io-board-carrier","x":105,"y":70}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 datasheet","sources":["rpi-cm4-datasheet"],"tags":["compute-module","cm4","sbc"]},{"id":"raspberry-pi-hat-spec","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Raspberry Pi HAT board outline and stacking standoff","summary":"A HAT board outline is 65 x 56.5 mm (the Pi footprint plus a little extra length) and must be spaced at least 8 mm off the Pi by its standoffs/header; most HATs use an 11 mm standoff for solder-side clearance on both boards.","applies":["hat","raspberry pi hat","uhat"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"board","x":65,"y":56.5},{"param":"standoff-min","value":8},{"param":"standoff-typical","value":11}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Raspberry Pi HATs specification, mechanical requirement 5 (GPIO connector spacing)","sources":["rpi-hats-spec"],"tags":["hat","standoff","stacking"]},{"id":"fan-grill-40mm-hole-pattern","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"40 mm cooling-fan mounting-hole pattern","summary":"A standard 40 x 40 x 10 mm cooling fan has four mounting holes on a 32 mm square pitch, sized for an M3 or 4-40 screw (~3.2-4.3 mm clearance hole) — the pattern a fan-grill plate or Pi enclosure fan boss should match.","applies":["fan","40mm fan","fan grill","vent slots"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"frame","value":40},{"param":"hole-pitch","value":32}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Industry-standard 40mm axial fan frame, consistent across vendors","sources":["computer-fan-sizes"],"tags":["fan","vent","grill","mounting"]},{"id":"fan-grill-30mm-hole-pattern","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"30 mm cooling-fan mounting-hole pattern","summary":"A 30 x 30 x 7-10 mm cooling fan (common on Pi 4/5 top-hat coolers) has four mounting holes on a 24 mm square pitch, sized for an M3 screw — smaller than the 40 mm fan's 32 mm pitch, don't mix the two up in a fan boss.","applies":["fan","30mm fan","raspberry pi fan"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"frame","value":30},{"param":"hole-pitch","value":24}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Industry-standard 30mm axial fan frame, common on SBC cooling HATs","sources":["computer-fan-sizes"],"tags":["fan","vent","mounting"]},{"id":"maker-print-fit-clearance","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Print clearance for a maker enclosure lid/boss fit","summary":"A press-fit or sliding joint on an FDM-printed maker case (lid rim into base, boss into a socket) wants 0.2-0.3 mm clearance per side on an unsanded, well-tuned printer; 0.3 mm is the safe default for a first print.","applies":["3d printed","fit test","lid","boss"],"value":{"min":0.2,"max":0.3,"typical":0.3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"FDM dimensional-accuracy guidance for mating printed parts","sources":["hubs-3dp-tolerance"],"tags":["clearance","fit","fdm","tolerance"]},{"id":"vent-slot-width-printable","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum printable width for an FDM vent slot","summary":"A ventilation slot cut through an FDM wall should be at least 2 mm wide so the top perimeter bridges cleanly instead of sagging or fusing shut — narrower than the IP2X finger-safe 3 mm maximum, so 2-3 mm satisfies both at once.","applies":["vent slots","fdm","3d printed project box"],"value":{"min":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Bridging/overhang limit for a short unsupported slot span on a common 0.4mm-nozzle FDM print","sources":["hubs-3dp-tolerance"],"see":["electronics/vent-slot-ip2x"],"tags":["vent","slot","fdm","printable"]},{"id":"maker-enclosure-default-wall","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Default wall thickness for a first maker enclosure","summary":"Start a Pi/Arduino/ESP32 case at 2-2.5 mm wall if printing (about 5-6 perimeters at 0.4 mm) or 1.5-2 mm if injection moulding; check the electronics pack for the full process min/max before pushing thinner.","applies":["enclosure","project box enclosure","dev board enclosure"],"value":{"min":1.5,"max":2.5,"typical":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common maker-community starting wall before iterating against a specific printer or process","sources":["hubs-3dp-tolerance"],"see":["electronics/enclosure-wall-thickness-fdm","electronics/enclosure-wall-thickness-im"],"tags":["wall","enclosure","default"]},{"id":"port-cutout-height-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Placing a port cutout's height on an enclosure wall","summary":"A port cutout's Z-centre on the case wall = standoff height (board top above the floor) + half the connector's body height, e.g. a Pi4 on a 5 mm standoff with a 3.3 mm-tall USB-C body centres that cutout about 6.65 mm above the floor.","applies":["usb-c","hdmi","usb-a","raspberry pi case"],"value":{"typical":6.65,"unit":"mm","note":"worked example: 5mm standoff + 3.3mm USB-C body / 2"},"basis":"The connector body sits on top of the board, which itself sits on top of the standoff","sources":["rpi-4-mech","ipc-2221"],"see":["electronics/pcb-standoff-height","electronics/usb-c-cutout"],"tags":["port","cutout","height","standoff"]},{"id":"sbc-heat-throttle-clearance","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Vent or fan a case around the Pi's thermal throttle points","summary":"Raspberry Pi 4/5 soft-throttles near 80 C and hard-throttles at 85 C; a sealed case with no venting can raise idle-to-load temperature 10-15 C over an open board, so give a sealed printed case at least 150 mm2 of vent-slot area or a 30/40 mm fan mount over the SoC.","applies":["raspberry pi case","sbc case","vent slots"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"soft-throttle","value":80},{"param":"hard-throttle","value":85}],"unit":"C"},"basis":"Raspberry Pi OS default thermal-governor thresholds","sources":["rpi-thermal-docs"],"see":["electronics/fin-spacing-natural-convection"],"tags":["thermal","throttle","vent","raspberry-pi"]},{"id":"din-rail-enclosure-depth-clearance","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Rear clearance a DIN-rail maker enclosure needs behind its wall","summary":"A DIN-rail-mounted enclosure needs at least 20 mm clear behind its mounting wall — the TH35 rail's 15 mm-deep profile plus room for a clip's ~7.5 mm flex channel to seat — or the case body fouls the rail before the clip locks.","applies":["din rail enclosure"],"value":{"min":20,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"TH35 rail depth plus a standard plastic clip's channel depth","sources":["en-60715"],"see":["electronics/din-rail-profile","electronics/din-rail-clip-dimensions"],"tags":["din-rail","clearance","enclosure"]},{"id":"snap-lid-maker","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Distributed snap bumps for a maker enclosure lid","summary":"A maker case lid that should close by hand without tooling uses 4-8 shallow snap bumps (0.5-0.8 mm overhang, 15-25 mm apart) round the rim rather than one or two deep cantilever hooks — more, lower-force catches close evenly and survive more cycles.","applies":["snap fit","lid","project box enclosure"],"value":{"min":0.5,"max":0.8,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Distributing catch force keeps strain per bump low on PLA/PETG, which is more brittle than ABS/PC","sources":["hubs-3dp-tolerance"],"see":["electronics/snap-fit-cantilever-lid"],"tags":["snap-fit","lid","maker"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"marine","title":"Marine — hulls, deck hardware, through-hulls, corrosion and outboard mounting","sector":"marine","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Hull scantlings by ISO 12215-5, deck-hardware and cleat sizing, through-hull/seacock hole sizes and waterline rules, marine fastener and galvanic-isolation practice, drainage, outboard transom heights, and the ISO/ABYC/USCG tests and materials a small-craft part is held to.","aliases":["boat","hull","deck hardware","cleat","seacock","through-hull","transom","outboard","bilge","stanchion","yacht","dinghy","kayak"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"iso-12215-5","title":"ISO 12215-5:2019 Small craft — Hull construction and scantlings — Part 5: Design pressures for monohulls, design stresses, scantlings determination","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/72178.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"abyc-h27","title":"ABYC H-27 Seacocks, Thru-Hull Connections, and Drain Plugs","url":"https://abycinc.org/page/StandardsCatalog","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"abyc-h40","title":"ABYC H-40 Anchoring, Mooring and Strong Point Design and Installation","url":"https://abycinc.org/page/StandardsCatalog","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"abyc-e2","title":"ABYC E-2 Cathodic Protection","url":"https://abycinc.org/page/StandardsCatalog","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-9093","title":"ISO 9093:2020 Small craft — Seacocks and through-hull fittings","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/71651.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-15083","title":"ISO 15083:2019 Small craft — Bilge-pumping systems","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/71218.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"uscg-33cfr183","title":"33 CFR Part 183 — Boats and Associated Equipment (US Coast Guard)","url":"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-33/chapter-I/subchapter-S/part-183","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"gerr-boat-strength","title":"Dave Gerr, The Elements of Boat Strength (International Marine/McGraw-Hill, 2000)","note":"Reference text for scantling rules of thumb, stringer spacing, and galvanic series practice","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"outboard-shaft-length-guide","title":"BoatUS / outboard-industry transom-height and shaft-length convention (short/long/XL shaft)","url":"https://www.boatus.org/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"astm-b98","title":"ASTM B98/B98M Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes for General Purposes (silicon bronze)","url":"https://www.astm.org/b0098_b0098m-19.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"astm-a276","title":"ASTM A276/A276M Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes (Type 316)","url":"https://www.astm.org/a0276_a0276m-17.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"iso-12215-design-categories","kind":"standard","tier":1,"title":"ISO 12215-5 design categories A-D and their design pressures","summary":"ISO 12215-5 scantlings scale with design category: A (ocean, wind >40kn, wave >4m), B (offshore, ≤40kn/4m), C (inshore, ≤27kn/2m), D (sheltered, ≤18kn/0.5m) — the same hull dropped from category A to D can shed 30-50% of its bottom-panel thickness.","applies":["hull","scantlings"],"value":{"options":["A","B","C","D"]},"basis":"ISO 12215-5 Table 1 design category definitions drive every downstream design-pressure formula","sources":["iso-12215-5"],"tags":["iso12215","design-category","scantlings"]},{"id":"grp-single-skin-bottom-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Single-skin GRP bottom laminate thickness by LOA","summary":"A single-skin E-glass/polyester GRP bottom panel runs about 6 mm on a 6 m boat up to 12 mm on a 12 m boat (design category B/C planing hull), roughly linear with LOA — always confirm against an ISO 12215-5 panel calculation, this is a starting estimate only.","applies":["hull","grp","fiberglass hull"],"value":{"min":6,"max":12,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 12215-5 design-pressure and panel-size scaling for single-skin bottom laminates, category B/C","sources":["iso-12215-5"],"tags":["hull","grp","thickness","bottom"]},{"id":"cored-deck-panel-skins","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Cored deck panel: skin and core thickness","summary":"A cored deck panel typically pairs two 2-3 mm GRP skins with a 12-25 mm core (balsa, Coosa or foam); thin skins carry the in-plane/bending load while the core sets panel stiffness — going below 2 mm skin risks print-through and puncture.","applies":["deck","cored panel","sandwich construction"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"skin","min":2,"max":3},{"param":"core","min":12,"max":25}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 12215-5 sandwich-panel scantling method: skin thickness from in-plane stress, core thickness from panel deflection/shear","sources":["iso-12215-5"],"tags":["deck","cored","sandwich","skin","core"]},{"id":"hull-stringer-spacing","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Hull bottom stringer/frame spacing","summary":"Longitudinal stringers or transverse frames under a GRP or aluminium hull bottom panel space 300-450 mm apart on a typical 6-12 m planing hull — closer spacing lets the panel scantling (and hence its thickness) shrink, the usual trade-off against added stringer weight.","applies":["hull","stringer","frame"],"value":{"min":300,"max":450,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 12215-5 panel unsupported-span input; Gerr's scantling rules of thumb for stringer spacing on planing hulls","sources":["iso-12215-5","gerr-boat-strength"],"tags":["hull","stringer","spacing","frame"]},{"id":"cleat-size-by-loa","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Horn-cleat length by boat LOA","summary":"Cleat size scales with boat length in a standard series: 150 mm (6 in) for dinghies/small runabouts, 200 mm (8 in) around 6-8 m, 250 mm (10 in) around 8-11 m, and 300 mm (12 in) for boats over ~11 m — undersizing a cleat concentrates line load onto a short horn and bends it.","applies":["cleat","horn cleat","deck hardware"],"value":{"options":[150,200,250,300],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common marine-hardware cleat sizing series matched to boat LOA and expected line diameter","sources":["abyc-h40"],"tags":["cleat","size","deck-hardware"]},{"id":"cleat-backing-plate-thickness","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Cleat/stanchion backing plate minimum thickness","summary":"Every through-bolted cleat or stanchion base needs a backing plate of ≥ 6 mm 316 stainless (or aluminium) or ≥ 12 mm G10/FR4 laminate, spreading bolt load over enough deck-core area that a hard pull doesn't crush the core or pull the bolt through.","applies":["cleat","stanchion","backing plate","deck hardware"],"value":{"table":[{"material":"316 stainless / aluminium","min":6},{"material":"G10/FR4","min":12}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ABYC H-40 strong-point load-spreading requirement for deck hardware backing plates","sources":["abyc-h40"],"tags":["backing-plate","cleat","stanchion"]},{"id":"stanchion-dimensions","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Lifeline stanchion diameter and height","summary":"A lifeline stanchion tube is 25 mm (1 in) outside diameter in 316 stainless, 600-750 mm tall above the deck so the top lifeline sits around waist height; taller/thinner stanchions need a wall-thickness or diameter increase per ABYC H-40 load rules.","applies":["stanchion","lifeline","deck hardware"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"diameter","value":25},{"param":"height","min":600,"max":750}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common 316-stainless stanchion tube stock size and ABYC H-40 lifeline height guidance","sources":["abyc-h40"],"tags":["stanchion","lifeline","diameter","height"]},{"id":"through-hull-nps-sizes","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Through-hull/seacock pipe sizes (NPS)","summary":"Through-hull fittings and seacocks are sized on the NPS (nominal pipe size) series 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 and 2 in — a bilge pump discharge is typically 3/4-1 in, a raw-water intake for a small inboard 3/4-1-1/4 in, and a cockpit drain up to 1-1/2-2 in.","applies":["through-hull","seacock","plumbing"],"value":{"options":[0.5,0.75,1,1.25,1.5,2],"unit":"in"},"basis":"ISO 9093 / ABYC H-27 seacock and through-hull nominal pipe size series","sources":["iso-9093","abyc-h27"],"tags":["through-hull","seacock","nps","pipe-size"]},{"id":"through-hull-hole-diameters","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Through-hull hull-penetration hole diameters","summary":"Drill the hull penetration to match the fitting's tailpipe OD, not the NPS nominal bore: common through-hull hole sizes are ⌀22, 29, 35, 48 and 60 mm for the 1/2 through 2 in NPS series — undersizing binds the tailpipe, oversizing starves the flange's bedding-compound seal area.","applies":["through-hull","seacock","hull penetration"],"value":{"options":[22,29,35,48,60],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Typical bronze/Marelon through-hull tailpipe OD by NPS size","sources":["iso-9093"],"tags":["through-hull","hole","diameter"]},{"id":"seacock-waterline-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Through-hull placement above/below the waterline","summary":"Every through-hull below the waterline, or within 300 mm above it at maximum heel, needs a seacock with a positive shutoff bolted to the hull (ISO 9093 / ABYC H-27: 3 bolts on ⌀ ≥ 25 mm fittings); higher drains that can never submerge may skip it.","applies":["through-hull","seacock","hull penetration"],"basis":"ABYC H-27 requires a seacock on every through-hull that can be submerged in normal operation or at the boat's maximum heel angle","sources":["abyc-h27"],"tags":["seacock","waterline","through-hull","rule"]},{"id":"marine-fastener-alloys","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Marine fastener alloys: 316 stainless and silicon bronze","summary":"Above-waterline and general deck-hardware fasteners are 316 (A4) stainless; fasteners into bronze through-hulls, shafts or wood use silicon bronze so both sit close on the galvanic series — never fasten 316 stainless into aluminium without isolation.","applies":["fastener","hardware","through-hull"],"value":{"options":["316 stainless","silicon bronze"]},"basis":"Corrosion-resistant, low-magnetic marine fastener alloys matched by galvanic compatibility to the part they join","sources":["astm-a276","astm-b98"],"tags":["fastener","316","silicon-bronze","material"]},{"id":"galvanic-isolation-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Isolating stainless/bronze fasteners from aluminium","summary":"Never bed a 316-stainless or bronze fastener/fitting directly against bare aluminium — insert a 1-2 mm nylon or Delrin isolation bushing/washer and a non-conductive bedding compound, or the anodic aluminium pits and fails within one salt-water season.","applies":["fastener","aluminium hull","corrosion"],"value":{"min":1,"max":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Galvanic series separation between stainless/bronze and aluminium drives rapid anodic attack on the aluminium without a dielectric break","sources":["abyc-e2","gerr-boat-strength"],"tags":["galvanic","isolation","aluminium","corrosion"]},{"id":"anode-sizing-by-water-type","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Sacrificial anode alloy by water type","summary":"Match the anode alloy to the water: zinc (−1.05 V) for salt, aluminium (−1.10 V) for salt or brackish, magnesium (−1.60 V) for fresh only — zinc passivates in fresh water within 2–4 weeks. Size anodes for 1 year at ≤ 50 % consumption.","applies":["anode","cathodic protection","corrosion"],"value":{"table":[{"water":"salt","alloy":"zinc or aluminium"},{"water":"brackish","alloy":"aluminium"},{"water":"fresh","alloy":"magnesium"}]},"basis":"ABYC E-2 anode-alloy selection by electrolyte resistivity and passivation behaviour","sources":["abyc-e2"],"tags":["anode","zinc","aluminium","magnesium","cathodic-protection"]},{"id":"limber-hole-diameter","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Limber hole diameter through stringers/frames","summary":"Limber holes that let bilge water pass under stringers and frames to the pump pickup run ⌀25-40 mm — too small clogs with debris and strands water in a compartment, too large weakens the stringer's shear web.","applies":["limber hole","bilge","stringer","drainage"],"value":{"min":25,"max":40,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common bilge limber-hole sizing balancing drainage flow against stringer/frame shear-web strength","sources":["iso-15083","gerr-boat-strength"],"tags":["limber-hole","bilge","drainage"]},{"id":"self-bailing-deck-height","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Self-bailing cockpit sole height above waterline","summary":"A self-bailing cockpit sole must sit ≥ 150-300 mm above the static waterline (more toward 300 mm on a boat that squats under load or heels hard) so cockpit scuppers drain by gravity instead of siphoning seawater back in when the transom digs in.","applies":["cockpit","scupper","self-bailing","drainage"],"value":{"min":150,"max":300,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"USCG 33 CFR 183 and common small-craft practice for self-bailing cockpit freeboard over the loaded waterline","sources":["uscg-33cfr183"],"tags":["self-bailing","cockpit","waterline","drainage"]},{"id":"outboard-transom-heights","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Outboard transom height by shaft length","summary":"Outboard shaft length is set by transom height, top of transom to keel line: 15 in (381 mm) short shaft, 20 in (508 mm) long, 25 in (635 mm) extra-long, 30 in (762 mm) ultra-long — the wrong shaft cavitates (too short) or drags the lower unit too deep.","applies":["outboard","transom"],"value":{"options":[15,20,25,30],"unit":"in"},"basis":"Outboard-industry standard shaft-length series matched to transom height","sources":["outboard-shaft-length-guide"],"tags":["outboard","transom","shaft-length"]},{"id":"transom-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Outboard transom thickness","summary":"A transom built to carry an outboard runs 38-64 mm thick (cored GRP or solid timber/plywood core), scaling with engine weight and thrust; thin-transom boats need a doubler plate under the clamp/bolt pattern rather than relying on the raw laminate.","applies":["transom","outboard"],"value":{"min":38,"max":64,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 12215-5 transom scantling method scaled to outboard thrust and weight","sources":["iso-12215-5"],"tags":["transom","thickness","outboard"]},{"id":"material-grp-eglass-polyester","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"E-glass/polyester GRP hull laminate","summary":"The default small-craft hull laminate is E-glass woven roving/chopped-strand mat in orthophthalic or isophthalic polyester resin, ~35-45% fibre weight fraction in a hand-laid hull, density ~1.5-1.6 g/cm3 — cheaper and more water-permeable than a vinylester laminate below.","applies":["hull","grp","fiberglass hull"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"fibre-weight-fraction","min":35,"max":45,"unit":"%"},{"property":"density","value":1.55,"unit":"g/cm3"}]},"basis":"Standard E-glass/polyester hand-laid marine laminate composition and density","sources":["iso-12215-5"],"tags":["material","grp","e-glass","polyester"]},{"id":"material-316-stainless","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"316 (A4) stainless steel for deck hardware","summary":"316 stainless is the default marine deck-hardware/fastener alloy: ~8.0 g/cm3 density, molybdenum-alloyed for better chloride/crevice resistance than 304, though it still corrodes in an oxygen-starved crevice without flushing or isolation.","applies":["deck hardware","fastener","stanchion"],"value":{"value":8,"unit":"g/cm3"},"basis":"ASTM A276 Type 316 stainless bar/shape density and standard marine-grade corrosion behaviour","sources":["astm-a276"],"tags":["material","316","stainless"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"materials","title":"Materials — metals, plastics, wood and composites for any process","sector":"materials","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Cross-sector material properties and selection facts: density, stiffness, strength, temperature limits and cost class for common CNC/molding/print/wood/composite materials, plus gauge tables, print-process matrices, galvanic and food-contact compatibility.","aliases":["material","aluminium","aluminum","steel","stainless","plastic","abs","nylon","polycarbonate","pla","petg","plywood","mdf","titanium","brass","copper","carbon fiber","composite"],"crossSector":true,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"matweb","title":"MatWeb Material Property Data","url":"https://www.matweb.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"protolabs-materials","title":"Protolabs material comparison guide","url":"https://www.protolabs.com/resources/design-tips/material-selection/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"astm-a240","title":"ASTM A240/A240M Stainless Steel Plate","url":"https://www.astm.org/a0240_a0240m-23a.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"astm-b265","title":"ASTM B265 Titanium Strip/Sheet/Plate","url":"https://www.astm.org/b0265-20.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"hp-mjf-materials","title":"HP MJF PA12 material data sheet","url":"https://www.hp.com/us-en/printers/3d-printers/products/multi-jet-materials.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"sae-j403","title":"SAE J403 SAE Carbon Steel Compositions","url":"https://www.sae.org/standards/content/j403_201409/","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"al-6061-t6","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Aluminum 6061-T6","summary":"6061-T6: 2.70 g/cm3, E 69 GPa, yield 276 MPa, UTS 310 MPa, max temp 150C, cost 2/5. Best all-round CNC alloy — machines cleanly, anodizes, welds.","applies":["cnc machining","extrusion"],"value":{"table":[{"density":2.7,"E":69,"yield":276,"uts":310,"elongPct":12,"maxTempC":150,"costClass":2}]},"basis":"MatWeb 6061-T6 datasheet; the default general-engineering aluminum alloy","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["aluminum","aluminium","6061"],"check":{"process":"machining","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"al-7075-t6","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Aluminum 7075-T6","summary":"7075-T6: 2.81 g/cm3, E 71.7 GPa, yield 503 MPa, UTS 572 MPa, max temp 120C, cost 4/5. Highest-strength common aluminum; poor weldability.","applies":["aerospace bracket","high-strength fixture"],"value":{"table":[{"density":2.81,"E":71.7,"yield":503,"uts":572,"elongPct":11,"maxTempC":120,"costClass":4}]},"basis":"MatWeb 7075-T6 datasheet; aerospace-grade high-strength alloy","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["aluminum","aluminium","7075"]},{"id":"al-5052-h32","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Aluminum 5052-H32 (sheet)","summary":"5052-H32: 2.68 g/cm3, E 70.3 GPa, yield 193 MPa, UTS 228 MPa, max temp 150C, cost 2/5. The sheet-metal alloy — bends tighter than 6061.","applies":["sheet metal","enclosure"],"value":{"table":[{"density":2.68,"E":70.3,"yield":193,"uts":228,"elongPct":12,"maxTempC":150,"costClass":2}]},"basis":"MatWeb 5052-H32 datasheet; standard sheet-metal aluminum grade","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["aluminum","aluminium","5052"],"check":{"process":"sheet_metal","rule":"min_internal_corner_radius"}},{"id":"steel-1018","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Mild steel 1018 (low-carbon)","summary":"1018 CR: 7.87 g/cm3, E 200 GPa, yield 370 MPa, UTS 440 MPa, max temp 400C, cost 1/5. Cheapest general machining/weld steel; not hardenable.","applies":["cnc machining","weldment"],"value":{"table":[{"density":7.87,"E":200,"yield":370,"uts":440,"elongPct":15,"maxTempC":400,"costClass":1}]},"basis":"MatWeb 1018 cold-rolled datasheet; SAE J403 composition","sources":["matweb","sae-j403"],"tags":["steel","mild steel","1018"]},{"id":"steel-4140","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Alloy steel 4140 (Q&T)","summary":"4140 Q&T: 7.85 g/cm3, E 205 GPa, yield 655 MPa, UTS 1020 MPa, max temp 425C, cost 2/5. Through-hardenable chromoly; needs preheat to weld.","applies":["shaft","gear"],"value":{"table":[{"density":7.85,"E":205,"yield":655,"uts":1020,"elongPct":17,"maxTempC":425,"costClass":2}]},"basis":"MatWeb 4140 quenched-and-tempered datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["steel","alloy steel","4140"]},{"id":"ss-304","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Stainless steel 304","summary":"304: 8.00 g/cm3, E 193 GPa, yield 215 MPa, UTS 505 MPa, max temp 870C, cost 3/5. Non-magnetic, weldable — the default food-safe stainless.","applies":["food equipment","enclosure"],"value":{"table":[{"density":8,"E":193,"yield":215,"uts":505,"elongPct":40,"maxTempC":870,"costClass":3}]},"basis":"MatWeb 304 annealed datasheet; ASTM A240 composition","sources":["matweb","astm-a240"],"tags":["stainless","304","food safe"]},{"id":"ss-316","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Stainless steel 316","summary":"316: 8.00 g/cm3, E 193 GPa, yield 205 MPa, UTS 515 MPa, max temp 870C, cost 4/5. Mo-alloyed for pitting resistance — marine and medical grade.","applies":["marine hardware","medical device"],"value":{"table":[{"density":8,"E":193,"yield":205,"uts":515,"elongPct":40,"maxTempC":870,"costClass":4}]},"basis":"MatWeb 316 annealed datasheet; ASTM A240 composition","sources":["matweb","astm-a240"],"tags":["stainless","316","marine"]},{"id":"brass-c360","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Brass C360 (free-machining)","summary":"C360: 8.50 g/cm3, E 97 GPa, yield 310 MPa, UTS 385 MPa, max temp 200C, cost 3/5. The free-machining brass — best machinability of any alloy.","applies":["fitting","valve body"],"value":{"table":[{"density":8.5,"E":97,"yield":310,"uts":385,"elongPct":18,"maxTempC":200,"costClass":3}]},"basis":"MatWeb C36000 half-hard datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["brass","c360","machining"]},{"id":"copper-c110","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Copper C110 (ETP)","summary":"C110: 8.94 g/cm3, E 117 GPa, yield 69-345 MPa, thermal 391 W/mK, elec 101% IACS, cost 3/5. The conductivity benchmark; gums up in machining.","applies":["bus bar","electrical contact"],"value":{"table":[{"density":8.94,"E":117,"yieldAnnealed":69,"yieldHard":345,"thermalWmK":391,"iacsPct":101,"costClass":3}]},"basis":"MatWeb C11000 ETP copper datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["copper","c110","electrical"]},{"id":"ti-6al-4v","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Titanium Ti-6Al-4V (Grade 5)","summary":"Ti-6Al-4V: 4.43 g/cm3, E 114 GPa, yield 880 MPa, UTS 950 MPa, max temp 400C, cost 5/5. Best strength-to-weight; slow, expensive to machine.","applies":["aerospace part","medical implant"],"value":{"table":[{"density":4.43,"E":114,"yield":880,"uts":950,"elongPct":14,"maxTempC":400,"costClass":5}]},"basis":"MatWeb Ti-6Al-4V datasheet; ASTM B265 grade 5","sources":["matweb","astm-b265"],"tags":["titanium","ti-6al-4v","grade 5"],"check":{"process":"machining","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"plastic-abs","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"ABS plastic","summary":"ABS: 1.04 g/cm3, E 2.3 GPa, yield 40 MPa, HDT 98C, max temp 80C, cost 2/5. Tough, easy to mold/print; not UV-stable — yellows outdoors.","applies":["injection molded housing","fdm print"],"value":{"table":[{"density":1.04,"E":2.3,"yield":40,"hdtC":98,"maxTempC":80,"costClass":2}]},"basis":"MatWeb generic ABS datasheet; Protolabs material guide","sources":["matweb","protolabs-materials"],"tags":["abs","plastic","injection molding"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"plastic-pc","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Polycarbonate (PC)","summary":"PC: 1.20 g/cm3, E 2.4 GPa, yield 62 MPa, HDT 138C, max temp 115C, cost 3/5. Highest impact strength and clarity; stress-cracks with solvents.","applies":["optical part","impact-resistant housing"],"value":{"table":[{"density":1.2,"E":2.4,"yield":62,"hdtC":138,"maxTempC":115,"costClass":3}]},"basis":"MatWeb generic PC datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["pc","polycarbonate","impact resistant"]},{"id":"plastic-pa6-66","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Nylon PA6 / PA66","summary":"PA6/PA66: 1.13 g/cm3, E 2.9 GPa, yield 70 MPa, HDT 75C, max temp 100C, cost 2/5. Low-friction, wear-resistant; hygroscopic, absorbs 3% water.","applies":["gear","bushing"],"value":{"table":[{"density":1.135,"E":2.9,"yield":70,"hdtDryC":75,"maxTempC":100,"costClass":2}]},"basis":"MatWeb generic PA6/PA66 datasheets","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["nylon","pa6","pa66"]},{"id":"plastic-pa12-sls","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Nylon PA12 (SLS/MJF powder)","summary":"PA12 (SLS/MJF): 1.01 g/cm3, E 1.75 GPa, yield 46 MPa, HDT 175C, cost 3/5. Default powder-bed nylon — near-isotropic, slightly porous finish.","applies":["sls print","mjf print"],"value":{"table":[{"density":1.01,"E":1.75,"yield":46,"hdtLowC":175,"elongPct":30,"costClass":3}]},"basis":"HP MJF PA12 and Formlabs/Hubs SLS PA12 datasheets","sources":["hp-mjf-materials","matweb"],"tags":["nylon","pa12","sls"],"check":{"process":"sls","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"plastic-pom","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"POM / Acetal (Delrin)","summary":"POM (Delrin): 1.41 g/cm3, E 2.8 GPa, yield 65 MPa, HDT 110C, max temp 90C, cost 3/5. Lowest friction, best fatigue life; hard to bond.","applies":["precision gear","snap fit"],"value":{"table":[{"density":1.41,"E":2.8,"yield":65,"hdtC":110,"maxTempC":90,"costClass":3}]},"basis":"MatWeb Delrin (DuPont) POM datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["pom","acetal","delrin"]},{"id":"plastic-petg","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"PETG","summary":"PETG: 1.27 g/cm3, E 2.1 GPa, yield 50 MPa, HDT 70C, max temp 70C, cost 1/5. Tougher than PLA, far less warp than ABS; FDA grades exist.","applies":["fdm print","food-contact part"],"value":{"table":[{"density":1.27,"E":2.1,"yield":50,"hdtC":70,"maxTempC":70,"costClass":1}]},"basis":"MatWeb generic PETG datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["petg","fdm","food contact"]},{"id":"plastic-pla","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"PLA plastic","summary":"PLA: 1.24 g/cm3, E 3.5 GPa, yield 55 MPa, HDT 55C, max temp 55C, cost 1/5. Easiest FDM material — low warp, but brittle and creeps.","applies":["fdm print","prototype"],"value":{"table":[{"density":1.24,"E":3.5,"yield":55,"hdtC":55,"maxTempC":55,"costClass":1}]},"basis":"MatWeb generic PLA datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["pla","fdm","prototype"],"check":{"process":"fdm","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"plastic-tpu","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"TPU (95A)","summary":"TPU 95A: 1.21 g/cm3, flex E 26 MPa, elong 500%, shore 95A, max temp 80C, cost 3/5. Flexible FDM filament for hinges and gaskets.","applies":["flexible fdm print","gasket"],"value":{"table":[{"density":1.21,"flexModMPa":26,"elongPct":500,"shoreA":95,"maxTempC":80,"costClass":3}]},"basis":"MatWeb generic TPU 95A datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["tpu","flexible","fdm"]},{"id":"plastic-pp","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Polypropylene (PP)","summary":"PP: 0.90 g/cm3, E 1.5 GPa, yield 30 MPa, HDT 100C, max temp 100C, cost 1/5. Lowest density plastic, best living-hinge fatigue life.","applies":["living hinge","chemical container"],"value":{"table":[{"density":0.9,"E":1.5,"yield":30,"hdtC":100,"maxTempC":100,"costClass":1}]},"basis":"MatWeb generic PP datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["pp","polypropylene","living hinge"]},{"id":"plastic-hdpe","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"HDPE","summary":"HDPE: 0.95 g/cm3, E 1.1 GPa, yield 26 MPa, HDT 80C, max temp 100C, cost 1/5. Tough, low-friction, chemically inert; hard to bond.","applies":["tank","cutting board"],"value":{"table":[{"density":0.95,"E":1.1,"yield":26,"hdtC":80,"maxTempC":100,"costClass":1}]},"basis":"MatWeb generic HDPE datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["hdpe","polyethylene","chemical resistant"]},{"id":"plastic-pmma","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Acrylic (PMMA)","summary":"PMMA: 1.19 g/cm3, E 3.0 GPa, yield 70 MPa, HDT 95C, max temp 80C, cost 2/5. Best optical clarity (92%); laser-cuts to a polished edge.","applies":["optical window","display case"],"value":{"table":[{"density":1.19,"E":3,"yield":70,"hdtC":95,"maxTempC":80,"costClass":2}]},"basis":"MatWeb generic PMMA/acrylic datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["pmma","acrylic","optical"]},{"id":"wood-plywood-birch","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Plywood (Baltic birch)","summary":"Birch ply: 0.68 g/cm3, E ~10 GPa, bend ~65 MPa, max temp 150C (chars), cost 2/5. Void-free veneer — the laser-cutting/jig standard.","applies":["laser-cut enclosure","jig"],"value":{"table":[{"density":0.68,"EGPa":10,"bendMPa":65,"maxTempC":150,"costClass":2}]},"basis":"Baltic birch plywood supplier data (Finland/Russia birch, BB/BB grade)","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["plywood","birch","wood"]},{"id":"wood-mdf","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"MDF board","summary":"MDF: 0.75 g/cm3, E ~3.5 GPa, bend ~35 MPa, max temp 150C (chars), cost 1/5. Uniform, routes cleanly, paints smooth; swells when wet.","applies":["enclosure","painted panel"],"value":{"table":[{"density":0.75,"EGPa":3.5,"bendMPa":35,"maxTempC":150,"costClass":1}]},"basis":"Generic MDF (medium-density fiberboard) supplier data","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["mdf","wood","fiberboard"]},{"id":"wood-oak","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Oak (hardwood)","summary":"Oak: 0.75 g/cm3, E ~12.5 GPa, bend ~97 MPa, max temp 150C (chars), cost 3/5. Dense, decay-resistant hardwood; dulls tools fast.","applies":["furniture","structural joinery"],"value":{"table":[{"density":0.75,"EGPa":12.5,"bendMPa":97,"maxTempC":150,"costClass":3}]},"basis":"USDA Forest Products Laboratory Wood Handbook — red oak mechanical properties","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["oak","hardwood","wood"]},{"id":"composite-cf-epoxy","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Carbon fiber / epoxy (CFRP, 0/90 woven)","summary":"CFRP woven 0/90: 1.55 g/cm3, E 60-70 GPa, tensile ~575 MPa, max temp 120C, cost 5/5. Best stiffness-to-weight; abrasive to cut.","applies":["drone frame","lightweight structural panel"],"value":{"table":[{"density":1.55,"EGPa":65,"tensileMPa":575,"maxTempC":120,"costClass":5}]},"basis":"MatWeb woven carbon/epoxy laminate datasheet (typical quasi-isotropic layup)","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["carbon fiber","cfrp","composite"]},{"id":"composite-gf-nylon","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Glass-fiber filled nylon (PA6-GF30)","summary":"PA6-GF30: 1.36 g/cm3, E ~7 GPa, yield ~120 MPa, HDT 210C, max temp 150C, cost 3/5. 30% glass roughly doubles stiffness over PA6.","applies":["structural bracket","gear housing"],"value":{"table":[{"density":1.36,"EGPa":7,"yieldMPa":120,"hdtDryC":210,"maxTempC":150,"costClass":3}]},"basis":"MatWeb PA6-GF30 datasheet","sources":["matweb"],"tags":["nylon","glass filled","gf30"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"medical","title":"Medical devices — biocompatibility, sterilization, cleanability, labware","sector":"medical","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Biocompatibility contact categories and USP Class VI materials, sterilization compatibility (autoclave/EtO/gamma/H2O2), cleanability geometry, IEC 60601-1 mechanical tests, ISO 80369-7 Luer fittings, tubing, and ANSI/SLAS microplate, tube-rack, cuvette, slide and syringe labware dimensions.","aliases":["medical device","lab","laboratory","microplate","well plate","sbs","tube rack","luer","syringe","autoclave","sterilisation","sterilization","biocompatible","pipette","cuvette","petri","lab fixture","diagnostic device"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"iso-10993-1","title":"ISO 10993-1:2018 Biological evaluation of medical devices — Part 1: Evaluation and testing within a risk management process","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/68936.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"usp-class-vi","title":"USP <88> Biological Reactivity Tests, In Vivo — Class VI plastics","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-13485","title":"ISO 13485:2016 Medical devices — Quality management systems — Requirements for regulatory purposes","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/59752.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iec-60601-1","title":"IEC 60601-1:2005+AMD1+AMD2 Medical electrical equipment — Part 1: General requirements for basic safety and essential performance","url":"https://webstore.iec.ch/publication/2606","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-80369-7","title":"ISO 80369-7:2021 Small-bore connectors for liquids and gases in healthcare applications — Part 7: Connectors for intravascular or hypodermic applications (Luer)","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/79831.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"ansi-slas-1","title":"ANSI/SLAS 1-2004 (R2012) Microplates — Footprint Dimensions","url":"https://www.slas.org/education/ansi-slas-microplate-standards/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"ansi-slas-2","title":"ANSI/SLAS 2-2004 (R2012) Microplates — Height Dimensions","url":"https://www.slas.org/education/ansi-slas-microplate-standards/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"ansi-slas-4","title":"ANSI/SLAS 4-2004 (R2012) Microplates — Well Positions","url":"https://www.slas.org/education/ansi-slas-microplate-standards/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-11135","title":"ISO 11135:2014 Sterilization of health-care products — Ethylene oxide — Requirements for development, validation and routine control","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/56137.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-11137-2","title":"ISO 11137-2:2013 Sterilization of health-care products — Radiation — Part 2: Establishing the sterilization dose","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/62058.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-17665-1","title":"ISO 17665-1:2006 Sterilization of health care products — Moist heat — Part 1: Requirements for development, validation and routine control","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/46707.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"ensinger-medical","title":"Ensinger — Medical Grade Plastics Design Guide","url":"https://www.ensingerplastics.com/en/shapes/medical-plastics","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"biocompat-contact-duration","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"ISO 10993-1 body-contact duration categories","summary":"Classify device contact by duration before picking materials: limited contact < 24 h, prolonged contact 24 h to 30 days, permanent contact > 30 days — each step up adds required biocompatibility endpoints.","applies":["biocompatibility","medical device"],"value":{"table":[{"category":"limited","max_h":24},{"category":"prolonged","min_h":24,"max_d":30},{"category":"permanent","min_d":30}],"unit":"h","note":"limited <24h; prolonged 24h-30d; permanent >30d"},"basis":"ISO 10993-1 Table A.1 contact-duration categories drive which biological endpoints (cytotoxicity, sensitization, irritation, systemic toxicity, etc.) a device must be evaluated against","sources":["iso-10993-1"],"tags":["biocompatibility","iso10993","contact-duration"]},{"id":"usp-class-vi-materials","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"USP Class VI plastics for patient-contact parts","summary":"USP Class VI / ISO 10993 grades commonly specified for patient or drug contact: PC, PSU/PPSU, PEEK, POM-C, silicone, 316L stainless, Ti-6Al-4V and PP — 8 material families cover most rigid, flexible and metal medical parts.","applies":["biocompatibility","material","medical device"],"value":{"options":["PC","PSU/PPSU","PEEK","POM-C","silicone","316L","Ti-6Al-4V","PP"]},"basis":"USP <88> Class VI in-vivo reactivity plus ISO 10993 testing is the baseline grade qualification most medical-device resin and metal suppliers publish against","sources":["usp-class-vi","iso-10993-1"],"tags":["material","usp-class-vi","biocompatibility"]},{"id":"autoclave-steam-sterilization","kind":"process","tier":1,"title":"Steam autoclave sterilization compatibility","summary":"A steam-autoclavable device must survive 121C for 15-20 min (gravity cycle) or 134C for 3-20 min (pre-vacuum cycle); PSU/PPSU, PEEK, PP and 316L tolerate repeated cycles, ABS and POM do not.","applies":["sterilization","autoclave","reusable device"],"value":{"min":121,"max":134,"unit":"C","note":"121C 15-20min gravity; 134C down to 3min pre-vacuum"},"basis":"ISO 17665-1 moist-heat sterilization cycle parameters and published resin heat-deflection temperatures set which polymers survive repeated autoclaving","sources":["iso-17665-1","ensinger-medical"],"tags":["sterilization","autoclave","steam"]},{"id":"eto-sterilization-compatibility","kind":"process","tier":1,"title":"Ethylene oxide (EtO) sterilization compatibility","summary":"EtO sterilizes most plastics (PC, ABS, PVC, PP, PA) at 37-63C without heat damage, but a sealed cavity needs a vent path >=1 mm or a porous membrane so residual gas can aerate out over the 8-12 h cycle.","applies":["sterilization","eto","single-use device"],"value":{"min":37,"max":63,"unit":"C"},"basis":"ISO 11135 EtO cycle runs at low temperature so it suits heat-sensitive plastics broadly, but trapped gas in an unvented cavity fails residual-limit testing","sources":["iso-11135"],"tags":["sterilization","eto","venting"]},{"id":"gamma-sterilization-compatibility","kind":"process","tier":1,"title":"Gamma irradiation sterilization compatibility","summary":"Gamma sterilization uses a validated dose of 25-50 kGy; PC and stabilised PP hold up, but unstabilised POM and PTFE degrade (chain scission, discolouration, embrittlement) at these doses and should not be gamma-sterilized.","applies":["sterilization","gamma","single-use device"],"value":{"value":"25-50 kGy","unit":"text"},"basis":"ISO 11137-2 dose-setting methods target a validated sterility assurance level; radiation-stable grades (gamma-stabilised PP, PC) are formulated specifically to survive this dose band","sources":["iso-11137-2","ensinger-medical"],"tags":["sterilization","gamma","radiation"]},{"id":"cleanability-internal-radius","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum internal radius for cleanable wetted surfaces","summary":"Radius every internal corner on a wetted or reprocessed surface to at least 3 mm; a sharper corner traps residue and biofilm that a brush or cleaning fluid cannot reach.","applies":["cleanability","wetted surface","reusable device"],"value":{"min":3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Cleaning-validation guidance for reusable devices treats any internal radius under a few mm as a residue trap that fails a worst-case soil challenge","sources":["iso-13485"],"tags":["cleanability","radius","reusable"]},{"id":"cleanability-no-crevice","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"No blind pockets or crevices on wetted geometry","summary":"A wetted or reprocessed part must have no blind pocket or crevice; where two surfaces must meet, hold the gap to >=1 mm (cleaning fluid can flow through) or 0 mm (a true seal with no gap at all) — nothing in between.","applies":["cleanability","wetted surface","reusable device"],"value":{"value":1,"unit":"mm","note":"gap >=1mm (flushable) or 0mm (sealed); no partial gap"},"basis":"A gap narrower than 1 mm traps fluid by capillary action but is too tight for a brush or jet to clear, so cleaning validation treats anything between 0 and 1 mm as a failure mode","sources":["iso-13485"],"tags":["cleanability","crevice","gap"]},{"id":"cleanability-surface-roughness","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Surface roughness for wetted stainless vs. housing surfaces","summary":"Hold wetted 316L stainless surfaces to Ra <= 0.8 um so residue and bacteria can't lodge in the finish; a non-wetted housing surface only needs Ra <= 1.6 um.","applies":["cleanability","surface finish","316l","housing"],"value":{"max":1.6,"unit":"um","note":"wetted stainless Ra<=0.8um; housings Ra<=1.6um"},"basis":"Ra 0.8 um is the common pharmaceutical/medical wetted-surface polish floor; a dry housing surface has no cleaning-validation driver so it can stay at a coarser machining/moulding finish","sources":["iso-13485","ensinger-medical"],"tags":["surface-finish","ra","cleanability"]},{"id":"enclosure-ip-rating-60601","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum ingress protection for a medical electrical enclosure","summary":"IEC 60601-1 treats an ordinary medical electrical enclosure as needing at least IP21 (protected against solid objects >=12.5 mm and vertically dripping water); a device meant for wipe-down or splash exposure should target IP22 or higher.","applies":["ip rating","enclosure","medical device"],"value":{"options":["IP21","IP22","IP54"]},"basis":"IP21 is the IEC 60601-1 baseline ingress class for a general medical electrical enclosure with no explicit liquid-exposure claim","sources":["iec-60601-1"],"tags":["ip-rating","enclosure","60601"]},{"id":"luer-male-taper","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"ISO 80369-7 male Luer taper","summary":"A male Luer tip runs a 6% taper, outer diameter growing from 4.0 mm at the tip to 4.3 mm over a 7.5 mm engagement length, so it self-seals by friction against the matching female taper.","applies":["luer","syringe","tubing connector"],"value":{"min":4,"max":4.3,"unit":"mm","note":"over 7.5mm length; 6% taper"},"basis":"ISO 80369-7 defines the 6% Luer taper geometry so male and female fittings from different manufacturers seal and disconnect predictably","sources":["iso-80369-7"],"tags":["luer","taper","connector"]},{"id":"microplate-sbs-footprint","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"SBS/ANSI SLAS microplate footprint","summary":"An SBS-format microplate footprint is 127.76 x 85.48 mm, +/-0.5 mm, so it registers on any standard plate reader, washer or liquid handler built to the ANSI/SLAS envelope.","applies":["microplate","well plate","sbs","lab automation"],"value":{"table":[{"axis":"x","value":127.76},{"axis":"y","value":85.48}],"unit":"mm","note":"tolerance +/-0.5mm"},"basis":"ANSI/SLAS 1-2004 Footprint Dimensions is the interoperability standard every microplate handler, reader and robotic gripper is built against","sources":["ansi-slas-1"],"tags":["microplate","sbs","footprint"],"check":{"process":"injection_molding","rule":"min_wall_thickness"}},{"id":"microplate-96-well-pitch","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"96-well microplate grid pitch and A1 offset","summary":"A 96-well SBS microplate uses a 9.0 mm well-to-well pitch on both axes, with well A1 centred at 14.38 mm from the left edge and 11.24 mm from the top edge of the footprint.","applies":["microplate","96-well","well plate"],"value":{"value":9,"unit":"mm","note":"A1 center at x=14.38mm, y=11.24mm"},"basis":"ANSI/SLAS 4-2004 Well Positions fixes the 9 mm pitch and A1 datum so pipetting heads and readers index every well correctly","sources":["ansi-slas-4"],"tags":["microplate","96-well","pitch"]},{"id":"microplate-height-family","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Microplate overall height by format","summary":"A standard SBS microplate stands 14.35 mm tall, a low-profile plate 10.4 mm, and a deep-well plate up to 44 mm — the height a stacker, lid or robotic gripper must clear.","applies":["microplate","well plate","deep well","low profile"],"value":{"table":[{"format":"standard","height":14.35},{"format":"low-profile","height":10.4},{"format":"deep-well","height":44}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ANSI/SLAS 2-2004 Height Dimensions plus common deep-well plate practice sets the three heights lab automation decks are designed to stack and grip","sources":["ansi-slas-2"],"tags":["microplate","height","deep-well"]},{"id":"tube-rack-microtube-bore","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Tube rack bore for 1.5/2.0 mL microtubes","summary":"A rack pocket for a 1.5-2.0 mL conical microtube bores 10.8-11.0 mm diameter, tight enough to hold the tube upright without a lid interference, loose enough to drop and pull the tube by hand.","applies":["tube rack","microtube","laboratory"],"value":{"min":10.8,"max":11,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common 1.5/2.0 mL conical microcentrifuge tube cap-flange outer diameter plus a light hand-insertion clearance","sources":["ensinger-medical"],"tags":["tube-rack","microtube","bore"]},{"id":"material-pc-medical","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Polycarbonate (PC) for medical housings and windows","summary":"Medical-grade PC (~1.2 g/cm3) autoclaves and gamma-sterilizes well, is USP Class VI gradeable, and is the default clear or opaque housing resin for reusable diagnostic and monitoring device shells.","applies":["housing","window","material","reusable device"],"value":{"value":1.2,"unit":"g/cm3"},"basis":"Medical PC grade datasheet density; PC's clarity, impact strength and steam/gamma tolerance make it the default reusable-enclosure resin","sources":["ensinger-medical","usp-class-vi"],"tags":["material","pc","housing"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"mounts-brackets","title":"Mounts & brackets — VESA, tripod, GoPro, wall, shelf, extrusion","sector":"mounts-brackets","version":"2026-09-04","summary":"Mounting-interface dimensions (VESA, tripod, Arca-Swiss, GoPro), bike clamp diameters, shelf/L-bracket structural rules, wall-anchor and T-slot extrusion fasteners, materials and the load/vibration/drop tests a mount or bracket is held to.","aliases":["vesa","vesa mount","vesa plate","tripod mount","camera mount","gopro mount","phone mount","bike mount","handlebar mount","pole mount","hook bracket","corner brace","angle bracket","arca swiss","shelf bracket","wall mount","tv mount","monitor arm","extrusion bracket"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"vesa-fdmi","title":"VESA Flat Display Mounting Interface (FDMI) — MIS-D/E/F","url":"https://www.racksolutions.com/news/blog/vesa-mounting-standards-explained/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"iso-1222-tripod","title":"ISO 1222 Photography — Tripod Connections","url":"https://naturephotogear.com/tripod-thread-sizes-plate-compatibility-guide/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"arca-swiss-usa","title":"Arca-Swiss USA Classic Camera Plate (38mm dovetail)","url":"https://arca-swiss-usa.com/collections/classic-camera-plates/classic-camera-plate","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"gopro-mount-geometry","title":"GoPro-style 3-Prong Mount Buckle Geometry (parametric reference)","url":"https://www.printables.com/model/93976-parametric-gopro-attachments","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"bike-diameter-standards","title":"Bike Gremlin Handlebar & Seatpost Diameter Standards","url":"https://bike.bikegremlin.com/3784/bicycle-handlebar-dimension-standards/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"tnutz-2020-extrusion","title":"TNUTZ 20-Series T-Slot Extrusion & T-Nut Reference","url":"https://www.tnutz.com/product-category/20-series-6mm-slot/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"matweb-6061-t6","title":"MatWeb Aluminum 6061-T6 Datasheet","url":"https://www.matweb.com/search/datasheet.aspx?matguid=1b8c06d0ca7c456694c7777d9e10be5b","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"astm-a1011","title":"ASTM A1011 Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet","url":"https://www.astm.org/a1011_a1011m-18a.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"drywall-anchor-guide","title":"Drywall Anchor Spacing & Edge Distance Guide","url":"https://maden.co/blogs/fastening-joining/how-close-can-drywall-anchors-be-a-spacing-guide","accessed":"2026-09-04"}],"entries":[{"applies":["vesa","monitor","display","monitor arm"],"tags":["vesa","monitor","dimension"],"id":"vesa-mis-d","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"VESA MIS-D mounting pattern (75x75 / 100x100 mm)","summary":"MIS-D covers monitors and small TVs: a 75x75 mm or 100x100 mm square hole pattern on the display back, tapped M4, engaging 6-10 mm of thread depth without bottoming on internal components.","value":{"min":75,"max":100,"typical":100,"unit":"mm","note":"square pattern, M4 screws"},"basis":"VESA FDMI standard hole-pattern family for small/medium displays","sources":["vesa-fdmi"]},{"applies":["vesa","monitor","ultrawide"],"tags":["vesa","monitor","dimension"],"id":"vesa-mis-e","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"VESA MIS-E mounting pattern (200x100 mm)","summary":"MIS-E covers ultra-wide monitors and small-to-medium TVs: a 200 mm wide x 100 mm tall rectangular hole pattern, tapped M4.","value":{"min":100,"max":200,"unit":"mm","note":"200x100mm rectangle, M4 screws"},"basis":"VESA FDMI standard hole-pattern family for wide displays","sources":["vesa-fdmi"]},{"applies":["vesa","tv","tv mount"],"tags":["vesa","tv","dimension"],"id":"vesa-mis-f","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"VESA MIS-F mounting pattern (200x200 mm and up, M6/M8)","summary":"MIS-F covers larger TVs: a 200 mm-grid square or rectangular pattern from 200x200 mm up to 800x400 mm and beyond, tapped M6 for panels under about 35 kg or M8 for heavier panels.","value":{"min":200,"max":800,"unit":"mm","note":"200mm grid increments; M6 <35kg, M8 heavier"},"basis":"VESA FDMI standard hole-pattern family for large displays","sources":["vesa-fdmi"]},{"applies":["tripod","camera mount","phone mount"],"tags":["tripod","thread","dimension"],"id":"tripod-thread-quarter20","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"1/4-20 UNC tripod thread (small/consumer cameras)","summary":"The small camera/tripod thread is 1/4-20 UNC (0.25 in diameter, 20 threads per inch), used on compact cameras, phone mounts and light accessories up to roughly 2-3 kg unsupported.","value":{"value":0.25,"unit":"in","note":"20 TPI UNC"},"basis":"ISO 1222 / ANSI photographic tripod-connection standard, light-duty thread","sources":["iso-1222-tripod"]},{"applies":["tripod","camera mount","video rig"],"tags":["tripod","thread","dimension"],"id":"tripod-thread-three-eighths16","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"3/8-16 UNC tripod thread (heavier cameras, video)","summary":"The heavy-duty camera/tripod thread is 3/8-16 UNC (0.375 in diameter, 16 threads per inch), used on video tripods, heads and rigs over roughly 2-3 kg, usually paired with a 1/4-20 reducer bushing.","value":{"value":0.375,"unit":"in","note":"16 TPI UNC"},"basis":"ISO 1222 / ANSI photographic tripod-connection standard, heavy-duty thread","sources":["iso-1222-tripod"]},{"applies":["arca swiss","camera mount","tripod mount"],"tags":["arca-swiss","dovetail","dimension"],"id":"arca-swiss-dovetail","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Arca-Swiss dovetail plate (38 mm, 45 deg)","summary":"The classic Arca-Swiss dovetail plate is 38 mm wide with 45-degree bevelled sides, self-centring and wedging tight as the clamp's screw or lever is tightened.","value":{"value":38,"unit":"mm","note":"45deg bevel each side"},"basis":"Original Arca-Swiss Classic camera-plate dovetail specification","sources":["arca-swiss-usa"]},{"applies":["gopro mount","camera mount","action camera"],"tags":["gopro","mount","dimension"],"id":"gopro-finger-mount","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"GoPro-style 3-finger mount buckle geometry","summary":"The GoPro 3-prong buckle runs about a 3 mm gap between fingers, about 15 mm of finger engagement length, and a roughly 5.1 mm pivot-pin bore clamped by an M5-class thumbscrew; match the gap and bore before mating to third-party accessories.","value":{"table":[{"param":"finger-gap","value":3},{"param":"finger-length","value":15},{"param":"pivot-hole","value":5.1}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Published reverse-engineered GoPro buckle dimensions used throughout the parametric-mount design community","sources":["gopro-mount-geometry"]},{"applies":["phone mount","car mount"],"tags":["phone","clamp","dimension"],"id":"phone-clamp-width-range","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Phone clamp jaw travel range","summary":"A phone mount's spring or screw clamp should open 55-95 mm to cover phones from compact to large phablets/foldables in their cases, with 3-5 mm of extra rubber-pad compression at each end.","value":{"min":55,"max":95,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common universal phone-clamp jaw travel range across current mount hardware","sources":["gopro-mount-geometry"]},{"applies":["bike mount","handlebar mount"],"tags":["bike","handlebar","dimension"],"id":"handlebar-clamp-diameters","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Bicycle handlebar clamp diameters","summary":"Common handlebar clamp diameters are 22.2 mm (flat/riser bar grip area), 25.4 mm (older MTB stem clamp), 31.8 mm (modern oversized standard) and 35 mm (wide-bar performance stems) — match the mount bore to the bar's stated clamp diameter, not its grip-area diameter.","value":{"table":[{"d":22.2},{"d":25.4},{"d":31.8},{"d":35}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Bicycle industry handlebar clamp-diameter convention","sources":["bike-diameter-standards"]},{"applies":["bike mount","seatpost mount"],"tags":["bike","seatpost","dimension"],"id":"seatpost-diameters","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Bicycle seatpost diameters","summary":"Common seatpost diameters are 27.2 mm (road, most compliant), 30.9 mm and 31.6 mm (mountain/gravel, most common with dropper posts); a seatpost-mount clamp or light bracket must match the frame's stated diameter exactly, not round to a neighbouring size.","value":{"table":[{"d":27.2},{"d":30.9},{"d":31.6}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Bicycle industry seatpost-diameter convention","sources":["bike-diameter-standards"]},{"applies":["bracket","mount","6061"],"tags":["wall","aluminium","dimension"],"id":"bracket-wall-thickness-6061","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Bracket wall/arm thickness, 6061-T6 aluminium","summary":"A load-bearing 6061-T6 bracket arm runs 3-6 mm thick for hand-tool-scale consumer mounts (VESA, camera, shelf up to about 5 kg), thickening toward 6-10 mm for TV-class or cantilevered loads; a thinner section should add a rib or gusset rather than relying on material alone.","value":{"min":3,"max":10,"typical":3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common CNC/waterjet bracket gauge for aluminium load paths at consumer-mount scale","sources":["matweb-6061-t6"]},{"applies":["bracket","shelf bracket","steel"],"tags":["wall","steel","dimension"],"id":"bracket-wall-thickness-steel","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Bracket wall thickness, mild steel","summary":"A load-bearing mild-steel bracket runs 2-4 mm thick (laser-cut/press-brake sheet) for shelf and wall-mount brackets, powder-coated after forming; steel's higher stiffness lets it run thinner than an equivalent aluminium arm for the same deflection.","value":{"min":2,"max":4,"typical":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common laser-cut/press-brake bracket gauge for mild steel sheet","sources":["astm-a1011"]},{"applies":["shelf bracket","cantilever"],"tags":["shelf","cantilever","rule"],"id":"shelf-bracket-cantilever-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Shelf bracket load vs arm length (cantilever)","summary":"A shelf bracket is a cantilever: stress and tip deflection scale with arm length cubed, so doubling the arm length roughly halves the safe load — keep arm-length-to-thickness under about 15:1 for a solid arm, or add a gusset beyond that.","value":{"max":15,"unit":"ratio","note":"arm length : thickness before a gusset or brace is needed"},"basis":"Cantilever beam bending theory (deflection scales with L^3/t^3): L/t is the practical proxy DFM guides use for when a plain arm needs bracing","sources":["matweb-6061-t6"]},{"applies":["l-bracket mount","angle bracket","corner brace"],"tags":["l-bracket","gusset","rule"],"id":"l-bracket-gusset-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"L-bracket inside-corner gusset rule","summary":"Gusset (fill or rib) the inside corner of an L-bracket rather than leaving a sharp 90-degree step: a diagonal gusset or triangular rib spanning at least 30-50% of each leg's length cuts the peak bending stress at the corner by roughly half compared with an ungusseted step.","value":{"min":30,"max":50,"unit":"%","note":"gusset span as a fraction of each leg length"},"basis":"A sharp inside corner is the stress-concentration point on a bent or welded L-bracket under load; a gusset spreads the load path across a longer section","sources":["astm-a1011"]},{"applies":["bracket","mount"],"tags":["fillet","corner","rule"],"id":"inside-corner-fillet-mount","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Inside corner fillet on a machined or printed mount","summary":"Fillet every inside corner of a mount or bracket to at least 0.5-1x the local wall/arm thickness and never leave it sharp: a sharp inside corner is the single most common fatigue-crack start point on a repeatedly loaded bracket.","value":{"min":0.5,"max":1,"unit":"ratio","note":"fillet radius : local thickness"},"basis":"Standard stress-concentration/fatigue-crack-initiation avoidance at re-entrant corners","sources":["matweb-6061-t6"]},{"applies":["wall mount","wall anchor"],"tags":["drywall","anchor","fastener"],"id":"wall-anchor-drywall","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Drywall wall-anchor sizing for a wall mount","summary":"Into bare drywall use a #8 screw with a 6 mm (1/4 in) expansion or self-drilling plastic plug, rated 15-25 kg per anchor depending on drywall thickness; space anchors at least 150-200 mm apart and keep every anchor hole at least 10 mm from a board edge or another fastener.","value":{"min":15,"max":25,"unit":"kg","note":"#8 screw, 6mm plug, per-anchor rated pullout"},"basis":"Standard plastic drywall-anchor pullout rating and the edge/spacing distance that avoids crushing the gypsum core between anchors","sources":["drywall-anchor-guide"]},{"applies":["extrusion bracket","2020 extrusion","t-slot"],"tags":["extrusion","t-slot","dimension"],"id":"extrusion-2020-tslot","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"2020 aluminium extrusion T-slot (6 mm slot, M5 T-nut)","summary":"A 20x20 mm (2020) T-slot extrusion carries a 6 mm-wide T-slot on each face sized for an M5 drop-in T-nut; a bracket that clamps onto the rail should not exceed roughly 60% of the rail's face width so clamping material remains on either side.","value":{"value":6,"unit":"mm","note":"slot width; M5 T-nut; 20x20mm rail cross-section"},"basis":"Common 20-series T-slot extrusion and T-nut sizing across major suppliers","sources":["tnutz-2020-extrusion"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"peripherals","title":"Peripherals — keyboards, mice, controllers, headsets","sector":"peripherals","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Key pitch, switch plate cutouts, case/standoff conventions, mouse and controller ergonomic dimensions, USB-C daughterboard conventions, materials and durability tests for computer peripherals.","aliases":["keyboard","mouse","controller","gamepad","headset","mechanical keyboard","keycap"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"cherry-mx-datasheet","title":"Cherry MX1A-11xx Series Mechanical Key Switch Datasheet","url":"https://www.cherrymx.de/en/mx-original/mx1a-11xx.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"kailh-choc-datasheet","title":"Kailh Choc (PG1350) Low-Profile Mechanical Switch Datasheet","url":"https://www.kailhswitch.com/mechanical-keyboard-switches/low-profile-switches/choc-series.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"keyboard-plate-guide","title":"1upkeyboards — How to Design a Mechanical Keyboard Switch Plate","url":"https://www.1upkeyboards.com/shop/blog/how-to-design-a-keyboard-plate/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"qmk-hardware-guide","title":"QMK Firmware — Hand-Wiring and Custom PCB/Plate Reference Docs","url":"https://docs.qmk.fm/#/hand_wire","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"usb-c-spec","title":"USB Type-C Cable and Connector Specification, Release 2.3 (USB-IF)","url":"https://www.usb.org/document-library/usb-type-cr-cable-and-connector-specification-release-23","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"omron-d2fc-datasheet","title":"Omron D2FC-F-7N Micro Switch Datasheet (mouse main button)","url":"https://components.omron.com/product-detail?partId=2635","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"kailh-gm-datasheet","title":"Kailh GM 4.0/GM 8.0 Mouse Micro Switch Series Datasheet","url":"https://www.kailhswitch.com/mouse-switches/gm-series.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"mouse-grip-ergonomics-study","title":"Chen, H.-C. et al., 'The effects of computer mouse shape on hand-wrist posture during different grip styles', Applied Ergonomics","url":"https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0003687013001682","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"bifma-g1","title":"BIFMA G1-2013 Ergonomics Guideline for VDT (Computer) Workstations","url":"https://www.bifma.org/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"cherry-mx-installation-guide","title":"Cherry MX Installation Notes — mounting plate and PCB spacing","url":"https://www.cherrymx.de/en/dev.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"gaming-mouse-durability-standard","title":"Logitech / vendor gaming-mouse click-durability and drop-test disclosures (typical spec sheets)","url":"https://www.logitechg.com/en-us/innovation/mice.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"controller-ergonomics-reference","title":"Xbox / DualShock controller grip and trigger-travel teardown measurements (iFixit)","url":"https://www.ifixit.com/Device/Game_Console","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"key-pitch-mx","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Standard MX key pitch (19.05 mm / 0.75 in)","summary":"Full-size mechanical key units sit on a 19.05 mm (0.75 in) grid in both X and Y; a 1u key occupies one grid cell and wider keys (2u, 6.25u spacebar) are integer or near-integer multiples of this pitch.","applies":["mechanical keyboard","MX switch","keycap"],"value":{"value":19.05,"unit":"mm","note":"0.75 in exactly; do not round to 19 mm"},"basis":"Inherited from IBM Model M / typewriter key spacing; every MX-compatible keycap set and plate/PCB CAD tool assumes this grid.","sources":["keyboard-plate-guide","qmk-hardware-guide"],"tags":["key pitch","layout","grid","mx"]},{"id":"key-pitch-choc","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Choc low-profile key pitch (18 x 17 mm)","summary":"Kailh Choc low-profile keyboards commonly use an 18 mm (X) x 17 mm (Y) pitch instead of the MX 19.05 mm grid, though some Choc boards keep 19.05 mm X-pitch and tighten only Y.","applies":["low-profile keyboard","choc switch","split keyboard"],"value":{"table":[{"axis":"X","mm":18},{"axis":"Y","mm":17}]},"basis":"Choc's shorter travel and smaller housing let designers tighten the grid for a more compact board; 18x17 is the de-facto community convention, not an official Kailh spec.","sources":["kailh-choc-datasheet","keyboard-plate-guide"],"tags":["key pitch","choc","low profile","grid"]},{"id":"mx-switch-plate-cutout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"MX switch plate cutout (14.0 x 14.0 mm, +0.05 mm)","summary":"Cherry MX and MX-compatible switches need a 14.0 x 14.0 mm square plate cutout with +0.05 mm positive tolerance (14.00-14.05 mm) so the switch's plate clips seat without being loose enough to rattle.","applies":["mx switch","switch plate","hot-swap socket"],"value":{"min":14,"max":14.05,"typical":14.02,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Cherry's own mounting-plate drawing specifies 14.0 mm square with the switch housing's clip ribs sized for a light press fit at +0.05 mm.","sources":["cherry-mx-datasheet","keyboard-plate-guide"],"tags":["plate cutout","mx","tolerance"]},{"id":"choc-switch-plate-cutout","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Choc switch plate cutout (~14.5 x 14.5 mm)","summary":"Kailh Choc v1/v2 switches use a slightly larger square plate cutout, commonly cut 14.4-14.5 mm per side (looser than MX's 14.0 mm) because the Choc housing's retention ribs are shallower.","applies":["choc switch","low-profile plate"],"value":{"min":14.4,"max":14.5,"typical":14.45,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Community-measured convention across open-source Choc plate files; Kailh does not publish as tight a cutout tolerance as Cherry does for MX.","sources":["kailh-choc-datasheet","keyboard-plate-guide"],"tags":["plate cutout","choc","tolerance"]},{"id":"plate-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Switch plate thickness (1.5 mm typical)","summary":"Keyboard switch plates run 1.2-1.6 mm thick depending on material; 1.5 mm is the most common thickness across steel, aluminium, FR4 and polycarbonate plates and is what most switch clip geometry assumes.","applies":["switch plate","case"],"value":{"min":1.2,"max":1.6,"typical":1.5,"unit":"mm","options":["steel","aluminum","FR4","polycarbonate"]},"basis":"Cherry's clip-rib height and standard plate mounting drawings assume ~1.5 mm engagement; thinner plates reduce clip retention, thicker plates need the switch pins to still reach the PCB.","sources":["cherry-mx-datasheet","keyboard-plate-guide"],"tags":["plate","thickness","material"]},{"id":"plate-to-pcb-spacing-mx","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Plate-to-PCB spacing, MX (5.0 mm)","summary":"The gap from the underside of an MX switch plate to the top of the PCB is 5.0 mm — the distance MX switch pins and stem travel through before soldering onto the board.","applies":["mx switch","case design","tray mount"],"value":{"value":5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Fixed by Cherry MX's housing height below the plate-retention clips; case standoffs and PCB mounting posts are dimensioned around this 5 mm gap.","sources":["cherry-mx-installation-guide","keyboard-plate-guide"],"tags":["plate to pcb","mx","standoff"]},{"id":"plate-to-pcb-spacing-choc","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Plate-to-PCB spacing, Choc (3.4 mm)","summary":"Kailh Choc's shorter low-profile housing needs only 3.4 mm from plate underside to PCB top, versus 5.0 mm for MX — the main reason Choc boards can be built thinner.","applies":["choc switch","low-profile case"],"value":{"value":3.4,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Set by the Choc housing height below its plate clips; used across open-source Choc case/standoff designs.","sources":["kailh-choc-datasheet","keyboard-plate-guide"],"tags":["plate to pcb","choc","standoff"]},{"id":"stabilizer-cutout-2u","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Cherry-style stabilizer plate cutout, 2u key (Costar/Cherry)","summary":"A 2u key (backspace, tab, etc.) needs a Cherry-style stabilizer cutout: a 3.0 mm wide slot with wire-post holes spaced 23.8 mm either side of the switch cutout centre.","applies":["stabilizer","2u key","backspace"],"value":{"value":23.8,"unit":"mm","note":"stem-hole spacing either side of switch centre; slot width ~3.0 mm"},"basis":"Cherry-style stabilizer geometry is the de-facto standard adopted by nearly every plate/PCB design tool (KLE, plate generators).","sources":["keyboard-plate-guide","cherry-mx-installation-guide"],"tags":["stabilizer","2u","cutout"]},{"id":"case-wall-thickness-keyboard","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Keyboard case wall thickness (2-4 mm)","summary":"Injection-moulded or CNC keyboard case walls run 2-4 mm: 2-2.5 mm for a moulded ABS/PC shell, 3-4 mm for a CNC'd aluminium case that also needs to resist flex under typing force.","applies":["keyboard case","enclosure"],"value":{"min":2,"max":4,"typical":3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Below ~2 mm a moulded shell warps and an aluminium case rings/flexes; above 4 mm adds weight and cost with no stiffness benefit for a desktop keyboard.","sources":["keyboard-plate-guide"],"tags":["case","wall thickness","enclosure"]},{"id":"typing-angle","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Keyboard typing angle (3-8 degrees)","summary":"A keyboard's typing angle — the front-to-back tilt of the key plane — runs 3-8 degrees for most boards; flip-out feet typically add 2-4 degrees on top of a 3-6 degree built-in base angle.","applies":["ergonomics","case design"],"value":{"min":3,"max":8,"typical":6,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"Angles above ~8-10 degrees increase wrist extension and RSI risk; most ergonomic guidance recommends keeping the wrist closer to neutral, favouring the low end of this range or a negative-tilt/tented design.","sources":["bifma-g1","keyboard-plate-guide"],"tags":["typing angle","ergonomics"]},{"id":"usb-c-cutout-daughterboard","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"USB-C port cutout (9.0 x 3.3 mm)","summary":"A USB-C receptacle case cutout is 9.0 mm wide x 3.3 mm tall to clear the connector shell; the daughterboard carrying it is usually screwed or slotted to the case wall independent of the main PCB so cable-insertion force never loads switch-side solder joints.","applies":["usb-c","daughterboard","case cutout"],"value":{"value":{"width":9,"height":3.3},"unit":"mm"},"basis":"9.0 x 3.3 mm matches the USB Type-C receptacle shell outline per the USB-IF connector spec, plus a small clearance margin for case tolerance.","sources":["usb-c-spec"],"tags":["usb-c","cutout","daughterboard"]},{"id":"mouse-dims-palm-grip","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Mouse dimensions for palm grip","summary":"Palm-grip mice (whole hand rests on the shell) run larger: length 120-130 mm, width 62-70 mm, height (rear hump) 38-45 mm — tall enough for the palm to sit on the hump rather than hover above it.","applies":["mouse shell","palm grip","ergonomics"],"value":{"table":[{"axis":"length","min_mm":120,"max_mm":130},{"axis":"width","min_mm":62,"max_mm":70},{"axis":"height","min_mm":38,"max_mm":45}]},"basis":"Palm grip needs a tall rear hump and long shell so the whole hand (not just fingertips) is supported, unlike claw/fingertip grips which favour a lower, shorter shell.","sources":["mouse-grip-ergonomics-study"],"tags":["mouse","palm grip","dimension"]},{"id":"mouse-dims-claw-grip","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Mouse dimensions for claw grip","summary":"Claw-grip mice (arched fingers, palm barely touching) suit a shorter, lower shell: length 110-120 mm, width 58-65 mm, height 34-40 mm, often with a steeper front slope for the fingertips to hook over the front edge.","applies":["mouse shell","claw grip","ergonomics"],"value":{"table":[{"axis":"length","min_mm":110,"max_mm":120},{"axis":"width","min_mm":58,"max_mm":65},{"axis":"height","min_mm":34,"max_mm":40}]},"basis":"A lower rear hump and shorter length keep the palm from needing to fully rest, matching the arched-finger claw posture.","sources":["mouse-grip-ergonomics-study"],"tags":["mouse","claw grip","dimension"]},{"id":"mouse-button-travel","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Main button travel and pre-travel","summary":"Main mouse buttons have 1.5-2.5 mm total travel with 0.3-0.8 mm pre-travel (movement before the switch clicks); the shell's flexure button arm is tuned in thickness (0.6-1.0 mm) to give this travel without fatiguing before the switch's rated cycle life.","applies":["mouse button","travel","ergonomics"],"value":{"min":1.5,"max":2.5,"typical":2,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Pre-travel and total travel are dominated by the shell's button-arm flexure design, not the micro switch itself, which typically actuates over <1 mm of its own plunger movement.","sources":["omron-d2fc-datasheet","kailh-gm-datasheet"],"tags":["button travel","pre-travel","mouse"]},{"id":"mouse-shell-wall-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Mouse shell wall thickness","summary":"Injection-moulded mouse shell walls run 1.2-1.8 mm — thin enough to mould without sink marks or long cooling times, thick enough to resist flex under grip pressure and to survive the 1 m drop test at unsupported spans.","applies":["mouse shell","enclosure"],"value":{"min":1.2,"max":1.8,"typical":1.5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Sits in the general thin-wall injection-moulding sweet spot; ribs and bosses (not thicker walls) carry the extra local stiffness a shell needs at screw points and the button-arm root.","sources":["gaming-mouse-durability-standard"],"tags":["wall thickness","mouse shell"]},{"id":"controller-grip-diameter","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Controller handgrip diameter","summary":"Console-style controller handgrips (the cylindrical/tapered section under each hand) run 34-40 mm across at their widest, tapering to 28-32 mm near the top where the fingers curl around the trigger housing.","applies":["controller","grip","ergonomics"],"value":{"min":28,"max":40,"typical":36,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Sized to fill an adult palm without over-extending the fingers to reach the face buttons/sticks on top, based on measured teardown dimensions of mainstream console controllers.","sources":["controller-ergonomics-reference"],"tags":["controller","grip diameter","ergonomics"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"piping","title":"Piping -- pipe, tube, fittings, flanges, manifolds, O-rings and ducting","sector":"piping","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Pipe/tube schedules and metric sizes, flange bolt circles (ASME B16.5, EN 1092-1), thread standards (NPT, BSPP/G), manifold and O-ring groove geometry, hose barbs, push-to-connect tube, duct sizes, pressure-wall sizing and the tests a fluid-carrying part is held to.","aliases":["pipe","pipe fitting","manifold","pipe flange","hose barb","o-ring","oring","o-ring groove","npt","bspp","g thread","tube fitting","hvac","duct","valve body","pneumatic","hydraulic","plumbing"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"asme-b16.5","title":"ASME B16.5-2020 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, NPS 1/2 Through NPS 24","url":"https://www.asme.org/codes-standards/find-codes-standards/b16-5-pipe-flanges-flanged-fittings","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"asme-b31.3","title":"ASME B31.3-2020 Process Piping","url":"https://www.asme.org/codes-standards/find-codes-standards/b31-3-process-piping","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"asme-b1-20-1","title":"ASME B1.20.1-2013 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) -- NPT","url":"https://www.asme.org/codes-standards/find-codes-standards/b1-20-1-pipe-threads-general-purpose-inch","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-228-1","title":"ISO 228-1:2000 Pipe threads where pressure-tight joints are not made on the threads -- Part 1: Dimensions, tolerances and designation (G / BSPP)","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/4258.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-3601-2","title":"ISO 3601-2:2016 Fluid power systems -- O-rings -- Part 2: Housing dimensions","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/64450.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"en-1506","title":"EN 1506:2007 Ventilation for buildings -- Sheet metal air ducts and fittings with circular cross-section","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"parker-oring-handbook","title":"Parker O-Ring Handbook, ORD 5700","url":"https://www.parker.com/content/dam/Parker-com/Literature/O-Ring-Division-Literature/ORD-5700.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"swagelok-tubing-data","title":"Swagelok Tubing Data -- Tube Fittings, Bend Radius and Selection Guidelines","url":"https://www.swagelok.com/downloads/webcatalogs/en/ms-01-107.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"engineering-toolbox","title":"The Engineering ToolBox -- Pipe Flow Velocities, Pressure Drop and Equivalent Length Reference Data","url":"https://www.engineeringtoolbox.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"matweb-materials","title":"MatWeb Material Property Data (piping metals, plastics and elastomers)","url":"https://www.matweb.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"pipe-nps-od-series","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"NPS 1/2-4 outside diameters and DN equivalents","summary":"Steel pipe OD runs 21.3, 26.7, 33.4, 42.2, 48.3, 60.3, 73.0, 88.9, 114.3 mm for NPS 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3, 4 (DN15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100) -- OD is fixed by NPS, wall thickness by schedule.","applies":["pipe","steel pipe","nps"],"value":{"options":[21.3,26.7,33.4,42.2,48.3,60.3,73,88.9,114.3],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ASME B36.10 pipe OD series, the fixed-OD convention every NPS schedule wall is cut from","sources":["asme-b31.3"],"tags":["pipe","nps","dn","od"]},{"id":"metric-tube-od-series","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Metric hydraulic/pneumatic tube OD series","summary":"Metric tube for hydraulic and pneumatic lines is stocked at 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25 mm OD with 1-2 mm wall depending on pressure class -- match the fitting's tube-OD rating exactly, tube fittings do not tolerate an oversize or undersize tube.","applies":["tube","hydraulic tube","pneumatic tube"],"value":{"options":[6,8,10,12,16,20,25],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Swagelok/Parker metric tube catalogue OD series for compression and flare tube fittings","sources":["swagelok-tubing-data"],"tags":["tube","metric","od"]},{"id":"flange-b16-5-class150-nps2","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"ASME B16.5 Class 150 NPS 2 flange (typical)","summary":"An NPS 2 Class 150 flange is 152.4 mm OD, 120.7 mm bolt circle, four dia19.1 mm bolt holes and a 1.6 mm raised face -- the size to reach for when a fitting needs one flange dimension; see pipe-schedule-wall-table for the full NPS 1-4 table.","applies":["flange","nps 2 flange","class 150"],"value":{"table":[{"field":"OD","value":152.4},{"field":"boltCircle","value":120.7},{"field":"boltCount","value":4},{"field":"boltHoleDia","value":19.1},{"field":"raisedFace","value":1.6}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ASME B16.5 Class 150 dimension table, NPS 2 row","sources":["asme-b16.5"],"tags":["flange","b16.5","class150","nps2"]},{"id":"npt-thread-table","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"NPT taper pipe thread: 1/4 and 1/2 NPT","summary":"1/4 NPT is 18 TPI, tap drill 7/16 in (11.1 mm); 1/2 NPT is 14 TPI, tap drill 45/64 in (17.9 mm) -- both taper 1:16 on diameter, so a straight (non-tapered) hole will not seal an NPT fitting.","applies":["npt","pipe thread","taper thread"],"value":{"table":[{"size":"1/4 NPT","tpi":18,"drillIn":"7/16","drillMm":11.1},{"size":"1/2 NPT","tpi":14,"drillIn":"45/64","drillMm":17.9}],"unit":"in"},"basis":"ASME B1.20.1 NPT thread table (TPI, pitch diameter) and taper convention","sources":["asme-b1-20-1"],"tags":["npt","thread","taper","tap-drill"]},{"id":"bspp-g-series","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"BSPP (G) parallel thread: G1/4, G3/8, G1/2","summary":"G1/4 major dia 13.157 mm at 19 TPI, tap drill 11.4 mm; G3/8 major dia 16.662 mm at 19 TPI; G1/2 major dia 20.955 mm at 14 TPI, tap drill 18.6 mm -- parallel (straight) thread, sealed by a bonded washer or O-ring, not by the thread itself.","applies":["bspp","g thread","parallel thread"],"value":{"table":[{"size":"G1/4","majorMm":13.157,"tpi":19,"drillMm":11.4},{"size":"G3/8","majorMm":16.662,"tpi":19},{"size":"G1/2","majorMm":20.955,"tpi":14,"drillMm":18.6}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 228-1 BSPP thread dimension table","sources":["iso-228-1"],"tags":["bspp","g-thread","parallel"]},{"id":"oring-groove-faceseal-as568","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"O-ring face-seal groove depth/width by AS568 cross-section","summary":"Face-seal groove sized to the O-ring cross-section: CS 1.78 mm (AS568 -010/-014/-020) -> depth 1.3, width 2.5; CS 2.62 mm (-113) -> depth 2.0, width 3.6; CS 3.53 mm (-210) -> depth 2.7, width 4.8 mm.","applies":["o-ring","o-ring groove","face seal","flange"],"value":{"table":[{"csMm":1.78,"examples":"-010/-014/-020","depthMm":1.3,"widthMm":2.5},{"csMm":2.62,"examples":"-113","depthMm":2,"widthMm":3.6},{"csMm":3.53,"examples":"-210","depthMm":2.7,"widthMm":4.8}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Parker O-Ring Handbook static face-seal groove design tables, ISO 3601-2 housing series","sources":["parker-oring-handbook","iso-3601-2"],"tags":["o-ring","groove","as568","face-seal"]},{"id":"oring-squeeze-stretch-fill","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"O-ring squeeze, stretch and groove fill targets","summary":"Design 15-25% squeeze (cross-section compression) on a static groove, 2-5% stretch on a piston/rod bore fit, and 70-90% groove fill by volume -- below the range the seal leaks, above it the O-ring extrudes into the clearance gap or takes a compression set.","applies":["o-ring","o-ring groove"],"value":{"min":15,"max":25,"unit":"%","note":"squeeze; see summary for stretch (2-5%) and fill (70-90%)"},"basis":"Parker O-Ring Handbook and ISO 3601-2 squeeze/stretch/fill design envelope","sources":["parker-oring-handbook","iso-3601-2"],"tags":["o-ring","squeeze","stretch","fill"]},{"id":"barlow-formula","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Barlow's formula for pipe/manifold wall thickness","summary":"Minimum wall t = P*D/(2*S*E) -- pressure times diameter over twice the allowable stress times joint efficiency; e.g. a 10 mm bore at 10 MPa in 6061-T6 (S~69 MPa, E=1 solid block) needs only t~0.7 mm by burst alone, which is why manifold-wall-min (5 mm) governs instead.","applies":["pipe","manifold","pressure vessel"],"value":{"value":"t = P*D/(2*S*E)","unit":"mm"},"basis":"ASME B31.3 wall-thickness design equation (Barlow's formula form)","sources":["asme-b31.3"],"tags":["barlow","wall-thickness","pressure"]},{"id":"manifold-wall-min","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum manifold block wall between a port and an outside face","summary":"Leave >= 5 mm of solid aluminium wall between any drilled port and the block's outside face (or another port) at 10 MPa working pressure -- Barlow's formula alone under-predicts the wall a drilled, threaded, cyclically loaded manifold needs.","applies":["manifold","manifold block"],"value":{"min":5,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common hydraulic/pneumatic manifold design-guide minimum wall for a 10 MPa aluminium block, above the Barlow-formula burst minimum","sources":["engineering-toolbox"],"tags":["manifold","wall","minimum"]},{"id":"port-spacing-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum port-to-port spacing in a manifold","summary":"Space adjacent manifold ports at least 1.5x the larger port's diameter, centre to centre, so the wall between two drilled/tapped holes has enough material to resist cracking under pressure and tapping torque.","applies":["manifold","port"],"value":{"min":1.5,"unit":"ratio","note":"multiple of the larger port diameter"},"basis":"Common hydraulic manifold design-guide minimum port spacing to avoid thin webs between drilled/tapped holes","sources":["engineering-toolbox"],"tags":["manifold","port","spacing"]},{"id":"thread-min-engagement","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum pipe/port thread engagement","summary":"Engage a tapped pipe or port thread at least 1x the nominal thread diameter in length -- NPT also needs full hand-tight-plus-turns engagement for its taper to seal; shallower engagement strips under torque or leaks past incomplete taper contact.","applies":["npt","bspp","thread","port"],"value":{"min":1,"unit":"ratio","note":"multiple of nominal thread diameter"},"basis":"Common pipe-thread engagement guidance for tapped ports in metal (ASME B1.20.1 practice)","sources":["asme-b1-20-1"],"tags":["thread","engagement","npt"]},{"id":"hose-barb-sizing","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Hose barb OD sizing","summary":"Size a hose barb's OD 10-15% larger than the hose's nominal inside diameter so the hose stretches on and grips -- undersize and it weeps under pressure, oversize and the hose splits or won't push on.","applies":["hose barb","hose"],"value":{"min":10,"max":15,"unit":"%","note":"barb OD oversize versus hose nominal ID"},"basis":"Common hose-barb fitting design guidance (Parker/Swagelok barb catalogues)","sources":["swagelok-tubing-data"],"tags":["hose","barb","sizing"]},{"id":"flow-velocity-guideline","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Target flow velocity: liquid vs air lines","summary":"Size pipe/tube bore for 1-3 m/s liquid velocity (water, hydraulic oil) and 10-20 m/s for compressed air/gas -- undersizing either raises pressure drop and noise/erosion, oversizing wastes material and slows response.","applies":["pipe","tube","duct","pneumatic","hydraulic"],"value":{"table":[{"service":"liquid","minMs":1,"maxMs":3},{"service":"air/gas","minMs":10,"maxMs":20}],"unit":"m/s"},"basis":"Engineering ToolBox recommended flow-velocity ranges for liquid and compressed-gas piping","sources":["engineering-toolbox"],"tags":["flow","velocity","sizing"]},{"id":"duct-round-sizes","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Round HVAC duct sizes (EN 1506)","summary":"Round sheet-metal duct is stocked at 100, 125, 150, 200, 250 and 315 mm diameter -- pick from this series rather than an arbitrary bore so off-the-shelf elbows, tees and dampers fit.","applies":["duct","hvac"],"value":{"options":[100,125,150,200,250,315],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"EN 1506 standard round sheet-metal duct diameter series","sources":["en-1506"],"tags":["duct","hvac","round"]},{"id":"material-6061-manifold","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"6061-T6 aluminium for manifold blocks","summary":"6061-T6 is the default manifold/block material for hydraulic and pneumatic circuits under ~20-25 MPa: yield 276 MPa, density 2.70 g/cm3, machines and anodizes cleanly, and takes a drilled/tapped port without cracking at the wall minimums in this pack.","applies":["manifold","manifold block"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"yield","value":276,"unit":"MPa"},{"property":"density","value":2.7,"unit":"g/cm3"}]},"basis":"MatWeb 6061-T6 property data, the standard machined manifold alloy","sources":["matweb-materials"],"tags":["material","6061","aluminium","manifold"]},{"id":"material-316l","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"316L stainless for wetted fittings and valve bodies","summary":"316L stainless (yield ~170 MPa annealed, density 8.0 g/cm3) is the default corrosion-resistant wetted material for fittings, valve bodies and process tube where the fluid or environment attacks carbon steel or brass.","applies":["fitting","valve body","tube"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"yield","value":170,"unit":"MPa"},{"property":"density","value":8,"unit":"g/cm3"}]},"basis":"MatWeb 316L stainless property data, the standard corrosion-resistant process-fluid material","sources":["matweb-materials"],"tags":["material","316l","stainless"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"power-transmission","title":"Power transmission — gears, sprockets, racks, cams, cranks, belts","sector":"power-transmission","version":"2026-09-04","summary":"Involute gear geometry (spur/helical/bevel/worm/planetary), ANSI roller chain sprockets, racks, V-belt/timing belt sections, crankshaft/con-rod/cam basics, universal joints, servo horn splines, ratchets, flywheels and clutches, with the materials, fits and tests a mechanism designer needs before modelling.","aliases":["spur gear","helical gear","bevel gear","worm gear","planetary gear","gearbox","sprocket","roller chain","rack and pinion","involute","crankshaft","connecting rod","camshaft","cam follower","universal joint","servo horn","ratchet","flywheel","v-belt","timing belt","clutch"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"iso-21771","title":"ISO 21771 Cylindrical involute gears — concepts and geometry","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"agma-2005-d03","title":"AGMA 2005-D03 Design Manual for Bevel Gears","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"agma-6034-b92","title":"AGMA 6034-B92 Enclosed Cylindrical Wormgear Speed Reducers","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"shigley-mech-design","title":"Shigley's Mechanical Engineering Design — gears, cams, clutches","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"asme-b29-1","title":"ASME B29.1 Precision Power Transmission Roller Chains","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"iso-4184","title":"ISO 4184 Classical and narrow V-belts — dimensions","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/70045.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"iso-5296","title":"ISO 5296 Synchronous belts — pitch T2.5/T5/T10","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"gates-htd-manual","title":"Gates HTD/GT2 Synchronous Belt Design Manual","url":"https://www.gates.com/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"iso-286-2","title":"ISO 286-2 Code system for tolerances on linear sizes","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"robotdigg-servo-spline","title":"RobotDigg RC Servo Spline Chart","url":"https://www.robotdigg.com/news/168/RC-Servo-Spline-Chart","accessed":"2026-09-04"}],"entries":[{"id":"spur-gear-standard-proportions","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Full-depth 20° involute spur gear standard proportions","summary":"Standard 20° full-depth system: addendum = 1.0 m, dedendum = 1.25 m, whole depth = 2.25 m, clearance = 0.25 m, where m is module in mm — the four numbers that turn a module + tooth count into a buildable tooth.","applies":["spur gear","gear tooth","involute gear"],"value":{"table":[{"feature":"addendum","multiplierOfModule":1},{"feature":"dedendum","multiplierOfModule":1.25},{"feature":"whole depth","multiplierOfModule":2.25},{"feature":"clearance","multiplierOfModule":0.25}],"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"AGMA 201.02 / ISO 21771 full-depth 20° proportional system, the default for cut and printed spur gearing","sources":["iso-21771"],"tags":["gear","spur","module","addendum","dedendum"]},{"id":"spur-gear-diameter-formulas","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Spur gear pitch, base, outer and root diameter formulas","summary":"Pitch dia D = m·N; base dia Db = D·cos(20°); outer (tip) dia Do = m(N+2); root dia Dr = m(N-2.5) — 4 formulas from module m and tooth count N that fix every circle on the gear.","applies":["spur gear","gear blank","involute gear"],"value":{"table":[{"circle":"pitch","formula":"D = m*N"},{"circle":"base","formula":"Db = D*cos(20deg)"},{"circle":"outer/tip","formula":"Do = m*(N+2)"},{"circle":"root","formula":"Dr = m*(N-2.5)"}]},"basis":"Direct consequence of the 1.0m/1.25m addendum/dedendum standard proportions applied to the pitch circle D = m*N","sources":["iso-21771"],"tags":["gear","spur","diameter","pitch-diameter","base-diameter"]},{"id":"spur-gear-tooth-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Spur gear circular tooth thickness at the pitch circle","summary":"Nominal circular tooth thickness at the pitch circle t = pi*m/2 — half the circular pitch (p = pi*m); a module-2 tooth is 3.1416 mm thick at the pitch line before backlash allowance is subtracted.","applies":["spur gear","gear tooth","rack"],"value":{"value":"t = PI*m/2","unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard tooth-to-space symmetry: tooth thickness equals space width equals half the circular pitch p = pi*m","sources":["iso-21771"],"tags":["gear","tooth-thickness","circular-pitch"]},{"id":"spur-gear-profile-shift","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Profile shift coefficient to avoid undercut below 17 teeth","summary":"For a 20deg pinion with N < 17 teeth, shift the generating rack outward by coefficient x = (17-N)/17 (in units of module) to eliminate root undercut instead of accepting a weak, undercut tooth — an 8-tooth pinion needs x = 0.53.","applies":["spur gear","pinion","small pinion"],"value":{"value":"x = (17-N)/17","unit":"ratio"},"basis":"Minimum profile-shift coefficient that keeps the involute generated by a rack cutter from undercutting a 20deg-pressure-angle pinion below the 17-tooth limit","sources":["iso-21771"],"see":["robotics/gear-min-teeth-undercut"],"tags":["gear","undercut","profile-shift","pinion"]},{"id":"helical-gear-angle-relations","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Helical gear helix angle and normal/transverse module","summary":"Helix angles run 15-30deg (20-25deg typical); normal module mn (the cutter's module) relates to transverse module mt by mn = mt*cos(helix) — model the tooth profile in the normal plane, then wrap it around the cylinder at the helix angle.","applies":["helical gear"],"value":{"min":15,"max":30,"typical":20,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"Common helical-gear helix-angle range balancing axial thrust load against the smoother, quieter engagement a higher angle gives","sources":["shigley-mech-design"],"tags":["gear","helical","helix-angle","normal-module"]},{"id":"bevel-gear-tredgold-approximation","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Tredgold approximation for bevel gear tooth form","summary":"Treat a straight bevel gear's tooth as an equivalent spur gear with formative tooth count Nf = N/cos(gamma), gamma the pitch cone angle — a 20-tooth bevel pinion at a 30deg cone angle behaves, for strength and cutter selection, like a 23.1-tooth spur gear.","applies":["bevel gear"],"value":{"value":"Nf = N/cos(gamma)","unit":"count"},"basis":"Tredgold's approximation: the back-cone development of a bevel tooth is (very nearly) a spur tooth of the formative count, letting spur-gear strength and cutter tables apply to bevels","sources":["agma-2005-d03"],"tags":["gear","bevel","tredgold","formative-teeth"]},{"id":"bevel-gear-cone-angle","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Bevel gear pitch cone angle for 90-degree shafts","summary":"For gears on shafts at 90deg, pitch cone angle gamma1 = atan(N1/N2) for gear 1 (gamma2 = 90deg - gamma1) — a 1:1 mitre bevel pair sits at 45deg each; a 2:1 pair sits at 26.6deg (pinion) and 63.4deg (gear).","applies":["bevel gear","mitre gear"],"value":{"value":"gamma1 = atan(N1/N2)","unit":"deg"},"basis":"Pitch cones of two bevel gears share an apex; for perpendicular shafts the cone half-angles sum to 90deg in the ratio of the tooth counts","sources":["agma-2005-d03"],"tags":["gear","bevel","cone-angle","mitre"]},{"id":"worm-gear-lead-angle-selflock","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Worm lead angle and the self-locking threshold","summary":"Lead angle lambda = atan(lead/(pi*Dworm)); a steel-worm/bronze-wheel drive with lambda below about 5deg is self-locking (the wheel cannot back-drive the worm) at typical 0.05-0.10 sliding friction coefficients — above roughly 11deg it will not self-lock.","applies":["worm gear","worm drive"],"value":{"max":5,"unit":"deg","note":"self-locking threshold; not self-locking above roughly 11deg"},"basis":"Self-locking requires the lead angle to stay below the friction angle (atan(mu)); mu = 0.05-0.10 for a run-in bronze/steel worm mesh gives a friction angle of about 3-6deg","sources":["agma-6034-b92"],"tags":["worm","self-locking","lead-angle"]},{"id":"worm-gear-ratio-and-starts","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Worm gear ratio from wheel teeth and worm starts","summary":"Ratio = Nwheel / Nstarts; a single-start worm (Nstarts=1) driving a 40-tooth wheel gives 40:1 in one mesh, but halves to 20:1 or 13.3:1 if a double- or triple-start worm (2 or 3 starts) is substituted for the same wheel.","applies":["worm gear","worm drive","worm wheel"],"value":{"value":"ratio = Nwheel/Nstarts","unit":"ratio"},"basis":"Each worm revolution advances the wheel by (starts) teeth, so the ratio is the wheel tooth count divided by the worm's thread-start count","sources":["agma-6034-b92"],"tags":["worm","ratio","starts"]},{"id":"planetary-gear-meshing-condition","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Planetary gear ring/sun/planet tooth-count meshing condition","summary":"For a sun, planets and ring at one common module, the ring tooth count must equal Nr = Ns + 2*Np (sun plus twice the planet count) so the planet meshes with both the sun and the ring at the same centre distance.","applies":["planetary gear","epicyclic gear"],"value":{"value":"Nr = Ns + 2*Np","unit":"count"},"basis":"The planet's centre sits midway between sun and ring centres; equal module and equal centre distance to both forces this tooth-count relation","sources":["shigley-mech-design"],"tags":["planetary","epicyclic","meshing-condition","sun","ring","planet"]},{"id":"planetary-gear-assembly-condition","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Planetary gear assembly condition for k equally spaced planets","summary":"k equally spaced planets assemble only if (Ns + Nr) / k is a whole number — a 20-tooth sun with a 60-tooth ring (sum 80) assembles with 2 or 4 planets but not 3, since 80/3 is not an integer.","applies":["planetary gear","epicyclic gear"],"value":{"value":"(Ns+Nr) mod k == 0","unit":"ratio"},"basis":"Each planet must land on a tooth of both sun and ring when placed at its 360/k angular station; failing the divisibility test means the last planet cannot mesh","sources":["shigley-mech-design"],"tags":["planetary","epicyclic","assembly-condition"]},{"id":"ansi-roller-chain-pitch-table","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"ANSI roller chain pitch by chain number (#25/#35/#40)","summary":"ANSI/ASME B29.1 chain number is 1/8 inch of pitch: #25 = 6.35 mm (1/4in) pitch, #35 = 9.525 mm (3/8in), #40 = 12.7 mm (1/2in) — the pitch every sprocket tooth-spacing formula in this pack takes as p.","applies":["roller chain","sprocket","#25 chain","#35 chain","#40 chain"],"value":{"table":[{"chain":"#25","pitchMm":6.35,"rollerOrBushingMm":3.3,"note":"bushing chain, no roller"},{"chain":"#35","pitchMm":9.525,"rollerOrBushingMm":5.08,"note":"bushing chain, no roller"},{"chain":"#40","pitchMm":12.7,"rollerOrBushingMm":7.92}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ASME B29.1 precision roller chain dimension table","sources":["asme-b29-1"],"tags":["chain","sprocket","ansi","pitch"]},{"id":"rack-and-pinion-profile","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Rack tooth profile: straight flanks at the pressure angle","summary":"A rack tooth is straight-sided (not curved): total tooth height 2.25 m (1.0 m addendum above the pitch line + 1.25 m dedendum below), flanks straight at the 20deg pressure angle from the tooth's vertical centreline, mating any pinion of the same module.","applies":["rack and pinion","rack"],"value":{"value":"height = 2.25*m","unit":"mm"},"basis":"A rack is a gear of infinite radius: its involute flank degenerates to a straight line at the pressure angle, which is why one rack meshes with pinions of any tooth count at the same module","sources":["iso-21771"],"tags":["rack","pinion","straight-flank"]},{"id":"v-belt-section-dimensions","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Classical V-belt cross-section dimensions (A/B/C)","summary":"ISO 4184 classical V-belt sections: A = 13 x 8 mm (top width x height), B = 17 x 11 mm, C = 22 x 14 mm — pick the section from the sheave's groove angle (typically 34-38deg) and the pulley pitch diameter range the section is rated for.","applies":["v-belt","belt drive","sheave"],"value":{"table":[{"section":"A","topWidthMm":13,"heightMm":8},{"section":"B","topWidthMm":17,"heightMm":11},{"section":"C","topWidthMm":22,"heightMm":14}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 4184 / RMA IP-22 classical V-belt cross-section standard","sources":["iso-4184"],"tags":["belt","v-belt","sheave","cross-section"]},{"id":"timing-belt-pitch-htd-t5","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Timing belt tooth pitch: HTD 3M/5M/8M and T5/T2.5","summary":"Curvilinear HTD belts run 3, 5 or 8 mm tooth pitch (HTD3M/5M/8M); trapezoidal-tooth belts run T2.5 (2.5mm) or T5 (5mm) pitch with about 1.2 mm tooth height at T5 — match the belt pitch to the pulley tooth pitch exactly, they are not interchangeable.","applies":["timing belt","synchronous belt","htd","gt2"],"value":{"options":["HTD3M","HTD5M","HTD8M","T2.5","T5"],"unit":"text"},"basis":"Gates HTD curvilinear tooth series and the ISO 5296 trapezoidal T-series, the two common synchronous-belt tooth families outside 3D-printer-scale GT2","sources":["gates-htd-manual","iso-5296"],"tags":["belt","timing-belt","htd","synchronous"]},{"id":"crankshaft-stroke-throw","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Crankshaft stroke equals twice the crank throw","summary":"Piston/slider stroke = 2 x throw, where throw is the crank radius (the offset of the crankpin centre from the main-journal axis) — a 40 mm throw gives an 80 mm stroke; get the throw wrong by half and the stroke is wrong by exactly double that.","applies":["crankshaft","slider-crank","reciprocating mechanism"],"value":{"value":"stroke = 2*throw","unit":"mm"},"basis":"Simple kinematics of a slider-crank: the slider travels from one extreme (crankpin at top dead centre) to the other (bottom dead centre), a distance of twice the crank radius","sources":["shigley-mech-design"],"tags":["crankshaft","stroke","throw","slider-crank"]},{"id":"servo-horn-spline-dims","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"RC servo output spline tooth count and diameter by brand","summary":"Standard-size hobby servo splines: 25T (Futaba/Hobbico/Savox, ~5.9mm OD; MG996R clone 5.8mm), 24T (Hitec, ~5.9mm), 23T (JR/Sanwa/Spektrum, ~5.9mm) — match the horn's tooth count to the brand, they are not interchangeable.","applies":["servo horn","rc servo","standard servo"],"value":{"table":[{"brand":"Futaba/Hobbico/Savox","teeth":25,"splineOdMm":5.9},{"brand":"MG996R (25T clone)","teeth":25,"splineOdMm":5.8},{"brand":"Hitec","teeth":24,"splineOdMm":5.9},{"brand":"JR/Sanwa/Spektrum","teeth":23,"splineOdMm":5.9}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"RC hobby servo brands standardised on incompatible spline tooth counts within the same standard-size servo envelope; RobotDigg's spline chart cross-references brand to tooth count","sources":["robotdigg-servo-spline"],"tags":["servo","servo-horn","spline","futaba","hitec","jr"]},{"id":"bore-tolerance-h7","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"ISO 286 H7 hole tolerance by nominal bore size","summary":"H7 (a hole with zero lower deviation) grows with size: +12/0 um at 3-6mm, +15/0 um at 6-10mm, +18/0 um at 10-18mm, +21/0 um at 18-30mm — the default reamed/bored fit for a bearing housing or a shaft's mating bore.","applies":["bore","bearing housing","hub bore","H7 fit"],"value":{"table":[{"rangeMm":"3-6","upperUm":12,"lowerUm":0},{"rangeMm":"6-10","upperUm":15,"lowerUm":0},{"rangeMm":"10-18","upperUm":18,"lowerUm":0},{"rangeMm":"18-30","upperUm":21,"lowerUm":0}],"unit":"um"},"basis":"ISO 286-2 IT7 grade tolerance values applied to the H fundamental-deviation (hole basis, lower deviation zero)","sources":["iso-286-2"],"see":["robotics/standard-iso-286","robotics/bearing-housing-shaft-fits"],"tags":["tolerance","h7","bore","iso-286"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"robotics","title":"Robotics -- shafts, bearings, gears, belts, motors and linkages","sector":"robotics","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Shaft and bearing standards, gear and GT2/HTD belt geometry, lead-screw and coupling sizes, NEMA/servo/BLDC motor mount patterns, linkage fits, 3D-printed structural rules, and the tests a robot's moving parts are held to.","aliases":["robot","robot arm","actuator","shaft","bearing","gear","pulley","gt2","stepper","nema 17","nema 23","servo","lead screw","coupling","linkage","gripper","motion"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"din-6885","title":"DIN 6885-1:1968 Drive type fastenings without taper action -- Parallel keys, keyways","url":"https://www.din.de/en","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-286","title":"ISO 286-2:2010 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- ISO code system for tolerances on linear sizes -- Part 2: Tables of tolerance classes","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/45469.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"skf-bearing-catalogue","title":"SKF Rolling Bearings Catalogue (dimension tables, shoulder diameters, fit recommendations)","url":"https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"gates-gt2-design-manual","title":"Gates PowerGrip GT2 Belt Drive Design Manual","url":"https://www.gates.com/content/dam/gates/master-portfolio/master-brand-en/pdfs/powergrip-gt2-design-manual.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"khk-gear-tech-ref","title":"KHK Stock Gears -- Gear Technical Reference (module, pressure angle, backlash, undercut)","url":"https://khkgears.net/new/gear_knowledge.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"nema-ics-16","title":"NEMA ICS 16-2001 (R2016) Motion/Position Control Motors, Controls and Feedback Devices","url":"https://www.nema.org/standards/view/motion-position-control-motors-controls-and-feedback-devices","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"stepperonline-nema-mech","title":"StepperOnline NEMA 14/17/23/34 hybrid stepper motor mechanical drawings (frame, bolt pattern, pilot, shaft)","url":"https://www.omc-stepperonline.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-724-trapezoidal","title":"ISO 724:1993 ISO general purpose metric trapezoidal screw threads -- Basic dimensions","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/4759.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"matweb-materials","title":"MatWeb Material Property Data (shafting steels, engineering plastics)","url":"https://www.matweb.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"shaft-standard-diameters","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Standard robotics shaft diameters (h6/h7)","summary":"Common robot shaft/axle diameters are 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15 and 20 mm, turned to h6 (precision bearing/pulley register) or h7 (looser register, e.g. printed hubs) per ISO 286.","applies":["shaft","axle","gear shaft","pulley shaft"],"value":{"options":[3,4,5,6,8,10,12,15,20],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 286 shaft tolerance classes: h6 for a bearing-seat register, h7 where the mating bore is coarser (3D-printed hub, clamp coupling)","sources":["iso-286"],"tags":["shaft","tolerance","h6","h7"]},{"id":"shaft-keyway-din6885","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Parallel keyway width/height/depth by shaft diameter (DIN 6885)","summary":"DIN 6885-1 parallel keys by shaft dia: 6->2x2 (t1 1.2), 8->2x2 (t1 1.2), 10->3x3 (t1 1.8), 12->4x4 (t1 2.5), 15->5x5 (t1 3.0), 20->6x6 (t1 3.5) mm -- b x h key cross-section, t1 the shaft-side depth.","applies":["shaft","keyway","key","coupling","pulley"],"value":{"table":[{"shaftDia":6,"b":2,"h":2,"t1":1.2},{"shaftDia":8,"b":2,"h":2,"t1":1.2},{"shaftDia":10,"b":3,"h":3,"t1":1.8},{"shaftDia":12,"b":4,"h":4,"t1":2.5},{"shaftDia":15,"b":5,"h":5,"t1":3},{"shaftDia":20,"b":6,"h":6,"t1":3.5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"DIN 6885-1 form B square-ended parallel key table, keyed by shaft diameter range","sources":["din-6885"],"tags":["shaft","keyway","din-6885","key"]},{"id":"shaft-dflat-setscrew-depth","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"D-flat depth for set-screw shaft retention","summary":"A milled D-flat for a set screw (common on 5 mm NEMA 17 and small gearmotor shafts) is cut 0.5-1.0 mm deep, centred on the shaft so the set screw seats flat rather than point-loading round stock.","applies":["shaft","stepper shaft","set screw","coupling"],"value":{"min":0.5,"max":1,"typical":0.7,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common hobby-drivetrain practice for stepper and gearmotor output shafts (StepperOnline mechanical drawings show a flat on the 5mm/6.35mm shaft)","sources":["stepperonline-nema-mech"],"tags":["shaft","d-flat","set-screw"]},{"id":"bearing-common-sizes-table","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Common robotics deep-groove ball bearing sizes (bore x OD x width)","summary":"Bearings used across robot joints: 608 8x22x7, 6000 10x26x8, 6001 12x28x8, 6002 15x32x9, 6004 20x42x12, 623 3x10x4, 625 5x16x5, 626 6x19x6, 688 8x16x5, MR105 5x10x4 (all mm).","applies":["bearing","joint","pulley bearing"],"value":{"table":[{"designation":"608","bore":8,"od":22,"width":7},{"designation":"6000","bore":10,"od":26,"width":8},{"designation":"6001","bore":12,"od":28,"width":8},{"designation":"6002","bore":15,"od":32,"width":9},{"designation":"6004","bore":20,"od":42,"width":12},{"designation":"623","bore":3,"od":10,"width":4},{"designation":"625","bore":5,"od":16,"width":5},{"designation":"626","bore":6,"od":19,"width":6},{"designation":"688","bore":8,"od":16,"width":5},{"designation":"MR105","bore":5,"od":10,"width":4}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"SKF Rolling Bearings Catalogue dimension tables for the 60x/62x/68x deep-groove series and MR miniature series","sources":["skf-bearing-catalogue"],"tags":["bearing","608","6000","6001","6002","6004","dimension"]},{"id":"bearing-housing-shaft-fits","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Bearing housing bore and shaft fit classes","summary":"House the outer ring in an H7 bore. Fit the shaft: k6 where the inner ring rotates with the shaft (a light interference press, the normal robot-joint case), h6 where the shaft is stationary and the outer ring/housing rotates (a sliding fit).","applies":["bearing","housing","shaft"],"value":{"options":["H7 housing / k6 shaft (rotating inner ring)","H7 housing / h6 shaft (rotating outer ring)"]},"basis":"SKF fit-selection guidance (rotating-inner-ring load case) applied to ISO 286 shaft/hole tolerance classes","sources":["skf-bearing-catalogue","iso-286"],"tags":["bearing","fit","h7","k6","h6"]},{"id":"gear-module-pressure-angle","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Gear module and pressure angle for small robot gearing","summary":"Robot gearing is cut to module 0.5, 1, 1.5 or 2 mm at a 20deg pressure angle -- the standard KHK/AGMA rack, so off-the-shelf gears and hobs interchange across vendors.","applies":["gear","gear train","gearbox"],"value":{"options":[0.5,1,1.5,2],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"KHK gear technical reference: standard module series and the 20deg full-depth involute rack","sources":["khk-gear-tech-ref"],"tags":["gear","module","pressure-angle"]},{"id":"gear-min-teeth-undercut","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum tooth count before undercut (20deg pressure angle)","summary":"A 20deg pressure-angle involute gear needs >= 17 teeth to avoid root undercut from rack generation; a pinion below 17 teeth loses root strength unless profile-shifted.","applies":["gear","pinion"],"value":{"min":17,"unit":"count"},"basis":"KHK gear technical reference: undercut limit z_min = 2/sin^2(pressure angle) ~= 17.1 for 20deg","sources":["khk-gear-tech-ref"],"tags":["gear","undercut","min-teeth"]},{"id":"gear-center-distance-formula","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Spur gear centre distance","summary":"Two spur gears of the same module mesh at centre distance a = m(z1+z2)/2 -- module times the summed tooth counts, halved; get the module or a tooth count wrong and the mesh either binds or runs with excess backlash.","applies":["gear","gear train"],"value":{"value":"a = m*(z1+z2)/2","unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard involute spur-gear meshing geometry (KHK gear technical reference)","sources":["khk-gear-tech-ref"],"tags":["gear","center-distance","formula"]},{"id":"gt2-pulley-pitch-diameter","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"GT2 pulley pitch diameter from tooth count","summary":"A GT2 (2 mm pitch) pulley's pitch diameter is PD = z*2/pi mm -- a 20-tooth pulley pitches at 12.73 mm, a 16-tooth at 10.19 mm; the belt centreline sits on this circle, not the pulley OD.","applies":["gt2","pulley","timing belt"],"value":{"value":"PD = z*2/pi","unit":"mm"},"basis":"Gates PowerGrip GT2 design manual: pitch diameter = teeth x pitch / pi","sources":["gates-gt2-design-manual"],"tags":["gt2","pulley","pitch-diameter"]},{"id":"gt2-belt-widths","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"GT2 belt widths","summary":"GT2 timing belt comes 6 mm or 9 mm wide for light robotics use; match the pulley's flange width to the belt or it walks off the pulley under any side load.","applies":["gt2","belt","timing belt"],"value":{"options":[6,9],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Gates PowerGrip GT2 design manual standard belt width series","sources":["gates-gt2-design-manual"],"tags":["gt2","belt","width"]},{"id":"nema17-mount-pattern","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"NEMA 17 stepper mounting pattern","summary":"NEMA 17 motors present a 42.3 mm square face, four M3 holes on a 31 mm bolt square, a dia22 mm central pilot boss, and (usually) a dia5 mm output shaft.","applies":["nema 17","stepper","motor mount"],"value":{"table":[{"field":"faceSquare","value":42.3},{"field":"boltSquare","value":31},{"field":"boltSize","value":"M3"},{"field":"pilotDia","value":22},{"field":"shaftDia","value":5}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"NEMA ICS 16 frame-size convention as realised in NEMA 17 stepper mechanical drawings (StepperOnline)","sources":["nema-ics-16","stepperonline-nema-mech"],"tags":["nema17","stepper","mount","bolt-pattern"]},{"id":"nema23-mount-pattern","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"NEMA 23 stepper mounting pattern","summary":"NEMA 23 motors present a 56.4 mm square face, four bolts on a 47.14 mm square, a dia38.1 mm central pilot boss, and a dia6.35 mm (1/4 in) output shaft.","applies":["nema 23","stepper","motor mount"],"value":{"table":[{"field":"faceSquare","value":56.4},{"field":"boltSquare","value":47.14},{"field":"pilotDia","value":38.1},{"field":"shaftDia","value":6.35}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"NEMA ICS 16 frame-size convention as realised in NEMA 23 stepper mechanical drawings (StepperOnline)","sources":["nema-ics-16","stepperonline-nema-mech"],"tags":["nema23","stepper","mount","bolt-pattern"]},{"id":"leadscrew-tr8-lead-pitch","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Tr8 trapezoidal lead-screw pitch and lead options","summary":"An 8 mm trapezoidal lead screw is cut Tr8x2 (single-start, 2 mm lead = 2 mm pitch, self-locking) or Tr8x8 (4-start, 8 mm lead, 2 mm pitch, fast but not self-locking) -- same thread form, very different travel per revolution.","applies":["lead screw","tr8","linear stage"],"value":{"table":[{"designation":"Tr8x2","pitch":2,"lead":2,"starts":1},{"designation":"Tr8x8","pitch":2,"lead":8,"starts":4}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 724 metric trapezoidal thread basic dimensions, applied to the Tr8 hobby lead-screw sizes sold with these two lead options","sources":["iso-724-trapezoidal"],"tags":["lead-screw","tr8","pitch","lead"]},{"id":"coupling-bore-sizes","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Flexible shaft coupling bore combinations","summary":"Motor-to-leadscrew couplings for hobby robotics are stocked as 5x8 mm and 6.35x8 mm bore pairs (NEMA 17's 5 mm or a 1/4 in shaft into an 8 mm lead screw), body OD 19-25 mm.","applies":["coupling","lead screw","nema 17"],"value":{"options":["5x8","6.35x8"],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common jaw/beam coupling catalogue bore pairings for stepper-to-leadscrew drivetrains","sources":["stepperonline-nema-mech"],"tags":["coupling","bore","nema17","leadscrew"]},{"id":"tolerance-bearing-bore-position","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Position tolerance for a machined bearing bore","summary":"Hold a CNC-machined bearing bore or shaft register to +-0.05 mm position; the same feature on an FDM print only holds +-0.2 mm, so a press-fit bearing pocket sized for CNC will rattle or crack a printed part.","applies":["bearing","bore","tolerance"],"value":{"options":[{"process":"CNC","tolerance":0.05},{"process":"FDM","tolerance":0.2}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 286-class positional capability difference between 3-axis CNC and FDM printing","sources":["iso-286"],"tags":["tolerance","bearing","position","cnc","fdm"]},{"id":"shaft-material-steel","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"Shaft steels: 1045 and 4140","summary":"Turned robot shafts and axles use 1045 (cold-drawn, good machinability, adequate wear resistance unshielded) or 4140 (alloy steel, through-hardenable, used for higher-load or ground shafts); both take a keyway and press-fit bearings without distortion.","applies":["shaft","axle"],"value":{"table":[{"material":"1045 (normalized)","yield_MPa":375,"hardness_HB":170},{"material":"4140 (Q&T)","yield_MPa":655,"hardness_HB":197}]},"basis":"MatWeb property data for AISI 1045 and 4140 bar stock, the two steels most robot shafting is cut from","sources":["matweb-materials"],"tags":["material","steel","1045","4140","shaft"]},{"id":"gear-material-pom","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"POM (acetal) for machined and printed gears","summary":"POM (Delrin/acetal) is the default plastic gear material: low friction against itself and steel, dimensionally stable, and machines or injection-molds to a clean tooth profile -- density 1.41 g/cm3, tensile ~65 MPa.","applies":["gear","pulley"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"density","value":1.41,"unit":"g/cm3"},{"property":"tensile strength","value":65,"unit":"MPa"}]},"basis":"MatWeb POM copolymer property data, the standard plastic gear/bushing material","sources":["matweb-materials"],"tags":["material","pom","acetal","gear"]},{"id":"print-material-pa12-cfpa","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"3D-printed structural robot parts: PA12 and CF-PA","summary":"Load-bearing printed brackets, arms and gear housings favour PA12 (SLS nylon, tough, low warp) or carbon-fibre-reinforced PA (CF-PA, higher stiffness, lower creep) over PLA/PETG when the part carries a running joint load.","applies":["3d printed part","bracket","arm","gear housing"],"value":{"table":[{"material":"PA12 (SLS)","tensile_MPa":48,"flex_modulus_MPa":1500},{"material":"CF-PA","tensile_MPa":90,"flex_modulus_MPa":6000}]},"basis":"MatWeb PA12 (SLS) and CF-filled PA property data versus unfilled FDM plastics for load-bearing service","sources":["matweb-materials"],"tags":["material","pa12","cf-pa","3d-print"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"sheet-metal","title":"Sheet metal — brackets, enclosures, racks and press-brake formed parts","sector":"sheet-metal","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Gauge and bend-radius tables, K-factor and bend-allowance formulas, flange/relief/hole-to-bend rules, hems/louvers/embosses, PEM and rivet hardware, 19-inch rack (EIA-310) and DIN-rail dimensions, NEMA/IP enclosure ratings, and the tests, standards, materials and recipes a laser-plus-press-brake part is held to.","aliases":["sheet metal","sheetmetal","bracket","rack","19 inch rack","rack ear","chassis","bend","flange","hem","louver","laser cut","press brake","u-bracket","l-bracket","sheet metal enclosure","metal enclosure"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"sendcutsend-sheet-cutting","title":"SendCutSend sheet cutting guidelines (laser/waterjet/router, min hole/radius)","url":"https://sendcutsend.com/guidelines/sheet-cutting/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"sendcutsend-bending","title":"SendCutSend CNC bending service guidelines (materials, K-factor, bend limits, flange/relief)","url":"https://sendcutsend.com/services/cnc-bending/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"sendcutsend-minmax","title":"SendCutSend min/max part sizes and per-material thickness","url":"https://sendcutsend.com/materials/min-max/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"oshcut-capabilities","title":"OSH Cut capabilities (machines, materials, thicknesses, tolerances, tapping, bending)","url":"https://www.oshcut.com/capabilities","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"oshcut-minmax","title":"OSH Cut minimum/maximum material sizes","url":"https://www.oshcut.com/minimum-maximum-material-sizes","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"protolabs-sheet-metal","title":"Protolabs sheet metal design guide (bend radius, flange, relief, hem, hole-to-bend)","url":"https://www.protolabs.com/resources/design-tips/sheet-metal-design/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"eia-310e","title":"EIA-310-E / ANSI/EIA 310 Cabinets, Racks, Panels and Associated Equipment (19-inch rack)","note":"no free official PDF; the 482.6mm/44.45mm/465.1mm numbers here are the same figures reproduced by Vertiv, APC and Wikipedia's 19-inch-rack technical summary of EIA-310-E","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"sheet-gauge-thickness-table","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Sheet gauge to thickness, 24-7 gauge (steel/aluminium/stainless)","summary":"Common sheet-metal stock spans 24ga (0.6mm) to 7ga (4.5mm): e.g. 18ga steel 1.21mm, 14ga steel 1.90mm, 11ga steel 3.04mm, 7ga steel 4.55mm; aluminium and stainless use different gauge-to-mm tables at the same gauge number.","applies":["sheet metal","bracket","enclosure","chassis"],"value":{"table":[{"gauge":24,"steelMM":0.61,"alMM":0.51,"ssMM":0.61},{"gauge":20,"steelMM":0.91,"alMM":0.81,"ssMM":0.95},{"gauge":18,"steelMM":1.21,"alMM":1.02,"ssMM":1.21},{"gauge":16,"steelMM":1.52,"alMM":1.29,"ssMM":1.52},{"gauge":14,"steelMM":1.9,"alMM":1.63,"ssMM":1.91},{"gauge":11,"steelMM":3.04,"alMM":2.3,"ssMM":3.04},{"gauge":7,"steelMM":4.55,"alMM":3.57,"ssMM":4.55}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Manufacturers Standard Gauge (steel/stainless) vs the separate Aluminum B&S gauge series, extended to the shop-floor 24-7ga range SendCutSend/OSH Cut stock","sources":["sendcutsend-minmax","oshcut-minmax"],"tags":["gauge","thickness","steel","aluminum","stainless"],"see":["materials/sheet-metal-gauge-table"]},{"id":"inside-bend-radius-soft-metals","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Inside bend radius, soft steel and aluminium (1x thickness)","summary":"For dead-soft mild steel and soft aluminium (5052-H32), the minimum inside bend radius equals the material thickness t (1xt); tighter radii crack the outer fiber in air bending.","applies":["mild steel","5052-H32 aluminium","bracket","enclosure"],"value":{"typical":1,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"Press-brake air-bend minimum-radius guidance for soft/annealed sheet stock (SendCutSend/Protolabs)","sources":["sendcutsend-bending","protolabs-sheet-metal"],"tags":["bend radius","soft metal","press brake"],"check":{"process":"sheet_metal","rule":"bend_radius"}},{"id":"inside-bend-radius-6061-t6","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Inside bend radius, 6061-T6 aluminium (1.5-2x thickness)","summary":"6061-T6 aluminium needs a minimum inside bend radius of 1.5-2x material thickness (vs 1x for soft 5052) because the T6 temper is far less ductile; bending at radius <1.5t routinely cracks the outer surface.","applies":["6061-T6 aluminium","bracket"],"value":{"min":1.5,"max":2,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"6061-T6's temper drops elongation well below annealed/H32 aluminium; vendor bending calculators publish a wider minimum radius for it","sources":["sendcutsend-bending"],"tags":["bend radius","6061-t6","aluminum"],"check":{"process":"sheet_metal","rule":"bend_radius"},"see":["materials/al-6061-t6"]},{"id":"k-factor-bend-allowance","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"K-factor and bend allowance formula (worked example)","summary":"K-factor (neutral-axis location as a fraction of thickness from the inside) runs 0.33-0.5 depending on material and bend radius; bend allowance BA = angle(rad) x (radius + K x thickness) — e.g. 90deg bend, R=2mm, t=2mm, K=0.44: BA = 1.5708 x (2 + 0.44x2) = 4.52mm.","applies":["flat pattern","sheet metal"],"value":{"min":0.33,"max":0.5,"typical":0.44,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"Standard sheet-metal bend-allowance derivation; 0.33 for tight/soft bends, 0.5 for thick or fully work-hardened material (matches sheet_fold's air-bending R/T table)","sources":["sendcutsend-bending"],"tags":["k-factor","bend allowance","flat pattern"]},{"id":"bend-relief-dimensions","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Bend relief notch: width and depth","summary":"A bend relief notch needs width >= 1x material thickness and depth >= bend radius + 1x thickness, or the un-relieved corner tears or bulges when the flange forms.","applies":["bracket","chassis","enclosure"],"value":{"min":1,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"SendCutSend: \"Bend relief notches reduce stress on inner radii and prevent corner tearing or bulging\" / \"Without proper relief, a part cannot be bent accurately\"","sources":["sendcutsend-bending"],"tags":["bend relief","notch","press brake"],"check":{"process":"scs_bend","rule":"bend_relief"}},{"id":"min-flange-length","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum flange length (die-support floor)","summary":"A formed flange needs a minimum length of about 4x thickness + inside radius (or 2.5xt + half the die width, die-dependent) or the flange drops into the V-die and will not form straight; e.g. 2mm steel, R2 die-width 16mm needs roughly 10mm minimum flange.","applies":["bracket","u-bracket","flange"],"value":{"min":4,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"SendCutSend: \"Minimum flange length depends on material and thickness\"; die-support physics floor is half the V-die opening plus one thickness","sources":["sendcutsend-bending","protolabs-sheet-metal"],"tags":["flange","minimum length","press brake"],"check":{"process":"scs_bend","rule":"flange_support_ratio"}},{"id":"hole-to-bend-distance","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Hole-to-bend-line minimum distance","summary":"Keep every hole or cut feature at least 2.5x material thickness plus the bend radius away from a bend centreline (>= half the V-die width, per SCS/OSH Cut), or the feature distorts as the sheet stretches through the bend.","applies":["bracket","chassis"],"value":{"min":2.5,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"SendCutSend: \"keep cut features at least 1/2 the die width away from the centerline of each bend\"; expressed against thickness and radius as the generic die-independent floor","sources":["sendcutsend-bending"],"tags":["hole to bend","die keepout"],"check":{"process":"scs_bend","rule":"hole_to_bend"}},{"id":"min-punch-hole-diameter","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum punched/laser hole diameter (>= 1x thickness)","summary":"A punched hole diameter must be at least equal to the material thickness (die-shear floor) — a smaller punch shears and tears the sheet instead of cleanly cutting; laser-cut holes relax this to 0.5x thickness on some vendor lasers.","applies":["sheet metal","punch","laser cut"],"value":{"min":1,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"ops/dfmRules.js sheet_metal pack: min_hole_diameter = 1x material thickness; SCS laser publishes 0.5x thickness for their fiber laser specifically","sources":["sendcutsend-sheet-cutting"],"tags":["hole diameter","punch","laser"],"check":{"process":"sheet_metal","rule":"min_hole_diameter"}},{"id":"laser-kerf-width","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Laser kerf width","summary":"A fiber-laser kerf (the width of material removed by the beam) runs 0.1-0.3mm depending on thickness and material; the minimum internal corner radius and minimum cuttable feature both scale off this number.","applies":["laser cut","sheet metal"],"value":{"min":0.1,"max":0.3,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Fiber laser kerf published across sheet-cutting vendor guidelines; the beam cannot turn inside its own kerf so a sharper corner comes back rounded at ~kerf radius","sources":["sendcutsend-sheet-cutting"],"tags":["kerf","laser","tolerance"],"check":{"process":"scs_laser","rule":"min_internal_corner_radius"}},{"id":"corner-relief-dogbone-sheet","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Corner relief (dogbone/T-bone) for CNC-routed sheet","summary":"A square internal corner cannot be CNC-routed by a round bit; add a 3.175mm dogbone (one bit-radius circle on the bisector) or T-bone relief so a square mating part still seats — cad_corner_relief models this, never fillet the corner.","applies":["cnc router","sheet metal","enclosure"],"value":{"typical":3.175,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"SendCutSend/OSH Cut router guidance: \"standard chamfers and fillets don't solve this; dogbones do\" — filleting a router corner adds material where there is already too much","sources":["sendcutsend-sheet-cutting"],"tags":["corner relief","dogbone","tbone","router"]},{"id":"rack-19-inch-width","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"19-inch rack panel width (EIA-310)","summary":"A 19-inch rack panel is 482.6mm (19.00in) wide overall, with the mounting-hole centres 465.1mm (18.31in) apart — the panel is wider than the hole spacing by the ear width on each side.","applies":["19 inch rack","rack ear","rack panel"],"value":{"value":482.6,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"EIA-310-E standard rack width, reproduced across every 19-inch rack mechanical reference","sources":["eia-310e"],"tags":["rack","eia-310","19 inch","width"]},{"id":"rack-unit-height-1u","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Rack unit (1U) height","summary":"One rack unit (1U) is 44.45mm (1.75in) tall; panel heights are specified in whole U (1U, 2U, 3U...) and a panel's actual height is slightly under nU to clear the rail (e.g. 1U panel is typically 44.20mm).","applies":["19 inch rack","rack panel","rack ear"],"value":{"value":44.45,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"EIA-310-E defines 1U = 1.75in; three rack-unit hole groups repeat every 44.45mm","sources":["eia-310e"],"tags":["rack","1u","eia-310","unit height"]},{"id":"rack-mounting-hole-pattern","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Rack mounting hole spacing (6.35/15.88/15.88mm repeat)","summary":"Within each 44.45mm (1U) rack-rail hole group there are three holes spaced 6.35mm (0.25in), 15.88mm (0.625in), 15.88mm (0.625in) apart, repeating every U; hole centres sit 465.1mm apart across the rack width.","applies":["19 inch rack","rack ear"],"value":{"table":[{"gap1":6.35,"gap2":15.88,"gap3":15.88}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"EIA-310-E universal hole spacing pattern for rack rails","sources":["eia-310e"],"tags":["rack","hole pattern","eia-310"]},{"id":"material-thickness-stock-range","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Material thickness must fall in the vendor's stocked range","summary":"A sheet-metal design's thickness must land inside the shop's stocked range (SCS bending 0.030-0.250in / 0.76-6.35mm; OSH Cut laser 0.02-1.0in depending on material) — an unstocked thickness is refused, not approximated to the nearest stocked gauge.","applies":["sheet metal","laser cut","press brake"],"value":{"min":0.76,"max":6.35,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"SendCutSend CNC bending stocks 0.030-0.250in material; thicker or thinner stock is not on their bending line","sources":["sendcutsend-bending","oshcut-minmax"],"tags":["material thickness","stock range"],"check":{"process":"scs_bend","rule":"material_thickness"}},{"id":"part-envelope-sheet-laser","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Sheet part envelope (minimum and maximum flat size)","summary":"A flat laser-cut part must be at least ~0.1in (2.5mm) and no larger than the vendor's sheet: OSH Cut sheets to 119in x 47in (3023 x 1194mm), SendCutSend bending flats 0.375in x 1.5in minimum up to 30in x 44in maximum.","applies":["sheet metal","laser cut","flat pattern"],"value":{"min":2.5,"max":3023,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"OSH Cut/SendCutSend published sheet and flat-blank size limits","sources":["oshcut-minmax","sendcutsend-minmax"],"tags":["part envelope","sheet size"],"check":{"process":"oshcut_laser","rule":"part_envelope"}},{"id":"min-internal-corner-radius-sheet","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum internal corner radius, cut sheet","summary":"An internal (concave) corner cut into flat sheet should carry a radius of at least 0.5x material thickness — sharper corners are the notch a formed part cracks from, and on a router route a truly square corner is not cuttable at all without a relief.","applies":["sheet metal","laser cut","bracket"],"value":{"min":0.5,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"ops/dfmRules.js sheet_metal / oshcut_laser: min_internal_corner_radius = 0.5x material thickness","sources":["sendcutsend-sheet-cutting","oshcut-capabilities"],"tags":["internal corner","radius","stress riser"],"check":{"process":"sheet_metal","rule":"min_internal_corner_radius"}}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"standards-testing","title":"Standards & testing — tolerances, fits, surface finish, environmental and compliance tests","sector":"standards-testing","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Cross-sector reference for what a part is measured and tested against: ISO 2768 general tolerances, ISO 286 fits, surface finish by process, and the drop/vibration/IP/salt-spray/UL flammability tests that come back as geometry requirements.","aliases":["tolerance","tolerances","gd&t","gdt","iso 2768","surface finish","fit","test","testing","drop test","ip rating","ip67","vibration","salt spray","ul 94","rohs","inspection"],"crossSector":true,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"iso-2768","title":"ISO 2768-1/-2:1989 General tolerances — linear/angular and geometrical","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/7748.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-286","title":"ISO 286-1/-2:2010 ISO code system for tolerances on linear sizes","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/45975.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"asme-y14.5","title":"ASME Y14.5-2018 Dimensioning and Tolerancing (GD&T)","url":"https://www.asme.org/codes-standards/find-codes-standards/y14-5-dimensioning-tolerancing","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-4287","title":"ISO 4287:1997 Surface texture, profile method (Ra, Rz)","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/10132.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"protolabs-tol","title":"Protolabs design tips — standard tolerances by process","url":"https://www.protolabs.com/resources/design-tips/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"xometry-tol","title":"Xometry manufacturing tolerance and surface finish guides","url":"https://www.xometry.com/resources/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iec-60068-2-31","title":"IEC 60068-2-31:2008 Test Ec: Rough handling shocks (free fall)","url":"https://webstore.iec.ch/publication/972","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"mil-std-810","title":"MIL-STD-810H Method 516.8 Shock (transit drop)","url":"https://www.atec.army.mil/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iec-60529","title":"IEC 60529:1989+A2:2013 Degrees of protection (IP Code)","url":"https://webstore.iec.ch/publication/2452","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"ul-94","title":"UL 94 Tests for flammability of plastic materials","url":"https://www.ul.com/services/ul-94-flammability-standard","accessed":"2026-09-03"}],"entries":[{"id":"iso2768-linear-tolerances","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"ISO 2768-1 linear tolerance classes f/m/c/v (mm by size range)","summary":"± mm by nominal size and class (f=fine, m=medium, c=coarse, v=very coarse): 3-6: 0.05/0.1/0.3/0.5; 6-30: 0.1/0.2/0.5/1.0; 30-120: 0.15/0.3/0.8/1.5; 120-400: 0.2/0.5/1.2/2.5; 400-1000: 0.3/0.8/2.0/4.0 mm. 'm' is the drawing default when unstated.","applies":["cnc machining","sheet metal","casting"],"value":{"table":[{"range":"0.5-3","f":0.05,"m":0.1,"c":0.2,"v":null},{"range":"3-6","f":0.05,"m":0.1,"c":0.3,"v":0.5},{"range":"6-30","f":0.1,"m":0.2,"c":0.5,"v":1},{"range":"30-120","f":0.15,"m":0.3,"c":0.8,"v":1.5},{"range":"120-400","f":0.2,"m":0.5,"c":1.2,"v":2.5},{"range":"400-1000","f":0.3,"m":0.8,"c":2,"v":4},{"range":"1000-2000","f":0.5,"m":1.2,"c":3,"v":6}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 2768-1 table 1, classes f/m/c/v","sources":["iso-2768"],"tags":["iso 2768","linear","tolerance"]},{"id":"iso2768-angular","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"ISO 2768-1 angular tolerance by shorter side length","summary":"± degrees by the shorter leg, class f/m then c then v: ≤10mm 1.0/1.5/3.0; 10-50mm 0.5/1.0/2.0; 50-120mm 0.33/0.5/1.0; 120-400mm 0.17/0.25/0.5; >400mm 0.08/0.17/0.33 deg.","applies":[],"value":{"table":[{"range":"0-10","f_m":1,"c":1.5,"v":3},{"range":"10-50","f_m":0.5,"c":1,"v":2},{"range":"50-120","f_m":0.333,"c":0.5,"v":1},{"range":"120-400","f_m":0.167,"c":0.25,"v":0.5},{"range":"400-plus","f_m":0.083,"c":0.167,"v":0.333}],"unit":"deg"},"basis":"ISO 2768-1 table 2","sources":["iso-2768"],"tags":["iso 2768","angular","tolerance"]},{"id":"iso2768-radii-chamfers-m","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"ISO 2768-1 permissible deviation for radii and chamfer heights","summary":"External radii/chamfer heights, class f/m: ≤3mm ±0.2, 3-6mm ±0.5, >6mm ±1.0 mm; class c/v doubles this. Applies to an untoleranced fillet/chamfer, not a functional fit radius.","applies":[],"value":{"table":[{"range":"0-3","f_m":0.2,"c_v":0.4},{"range":"3-6","f_m":0.5,"c_v":1},{"range":"6-plus","f_m":1,"c_v":2}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 2768-1 table 3","sources":["iso-2768"],"tags":["iso 2768","radius","chamfer"]},{"id":"general-tolerance-by-process","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Achievable general tolerance by manufacturing process","summary":"±mm standard shop tolerance: CNC 0.05-0.13, injection molding 0.1-0.3 (+0.2%/mm beyond 50mm), sheet metal 0.2-0.5, laser cutting 0.1, FDM 0.3 (or 0.2% of dim), SLA 0.1, SLS/MJF 0.3, DMLS 0.1-0.2, die casting 0.1/25mm (+0.02mm/mm beyond).","applies":[],"value":{"table":[{"process":"cnc","min":0.05,"max":0.13},{"process":"injection_molding","min":0.1,"max":0.3},{"process":"sheet_metal","min":0.2,"max":0.5},{"process":"laser_cutting","typical":0.1},{"process":"fdm","typical":0.3},{"process":"sla","typical":0.1},{"process":"sls_mjf","typical":0.3},{"process":"dmls","min":0.1,"max":0.2},{"process":"die_casting","typical":0.1}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Protolabs/Xometry published standard-tolerance tables per process","sources":["protolabs-tol","xometry-tol"],"tags":["tolerance","process","cnc","injection molding","sheet metal","fdm","sla","sls","dmls","die casting"]},{"id":"iso286-common-fits","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"ISO 286 common fits H7/g6, H7/k6, H7/p6 at ⌀10 and ⌀20","summary":"H7/g6 sliding: ⌀10 hole 10.000-10.015/shaft 9.995-10.000 (gap 0-0.02); ⌀20 hole 20.000-20.021/shaft 19.980-19.993 (gap 0.007-0.041). H7/k6 transition: ⌀10 shaft 10.001-10.010; ⌀20 shaft 20.002-20.015. H7/p6 press: ⌀10 shaft 10.024-10.033; ⌀20 shaft 20.035-20.048 mm.","applies":["shaft","bushing","dowel","bearing"],"value":{"table":[{"fit":"H7/g6","size":10,"holeMin":10,"holeMax":10.015,"shaftMin":9.995,"shaftMax":10},{"fit":"H7/g6","size":20,"holeMin":20,"holeMax":20.021,"shaftMin":19.98,"shaftMax":19.993},{"fit":"H7/k6","size":10,"holeMin":10,"holeMax":10.015,"shaftMin":10.001,"shaftMax":10.01},{"fit":"H7/k6","size":20,"holeMin":20,"holeMax":20.021,"shaftMin":20.002,"shaftMax":20.015},{"fit":"H7/p6","size":10,"holeMin":10,"holeMax":10.015,"shaftMin":10.024,"shaftMax":10.033},{"fit":"H7/p6","size":20,"holeMin":20,"holeMax":20.021,"shaftMin":20.035,"shaftMax":20.048}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 286-2 hole H7 and shaft g6/k6/p6 deviation tables","sources":["iso-286"],"tags":["iso 286","fit","h7g6","h7k6","h7p6","sliding","transition","press"]},{"id":"surface-finish-by-process","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Achievable surface roughness Ra (μm) by process","summary":"Ra μm: turning 0.8-3.2, milling 1.6-3.2, grinding 0.2-0.8, injection molding 0.4-1.6 (as-moulded; texture VDI 3400 for matte grain), FDM 10-20, SLA 1-3, SLS/MJF 5-15, DMLS 5-15. Layer/tool-mark direction is not captured by Ra alone.","applies":[],"value":{"table":[{"process":"turning","min":0.8,"max":3.2},{"process":"milling","min":1.6,"max":3.2},{"process":"grinding","min":0.2,"max":0.8},{"process":"injection_molding","min":0.4,"max":1.6},{"process":"fdm","min":10,"max":20},{"process":"sla","min":1,"max":3},{"process":"sls_mjf","min":5,"max":15},{"process":"dmls","min":5,"max":15}],"unit":"um"},"basis":"ISO 4287 Ra convention; Protolabs/Xometry finish tables by process","sources":["iso-4287","protolabs-tol","xometry-tol"],"tags":["surface finish","ra","turning","milling","grinding","injection molding","fdm","sla","sls","dmls"]},{"id":"standard-iso-2768","kind":"standard","tier":1,"title":"ISO 2768 — general tolerances for linear and angular dimensions","summary":"Two parts: -1 (linear/angular size, classes f/m/c/v) and -2 (form/position, classes H/K/L). One title-block callout ('ISO 2768-mK') sets every un-toleranced dimension on the sheet.","applies":[],"basis":"Reduces drawing clutter by giving default tolerances a single callout","sources":["iso-2768"],"tags":["iso 2768","standard","general tolerance"]},{"id":"standard-iso-286","kind":"standard","tier":1,"title":"ISO 286 — ISO code system for tolerances on linear sizes (fits)","summary":"Defines the letter+number fit code (H7, g6, k6, p6...), written 'hole/shaft' e.g. ⌀20H7/g6. Part -1 is the tolerance classes, part -2 the tables of limits and fits.","applies":[],"basis":"Standardises fit callouts across CAD/drawing systems worldwide","sources":["iso-286"],"tags":["iso 286","standard","fit"]},{"id":"standard-asme-y145","kind":"standard","tier":1,"title":"ASME Y14.5 — dimensioning and tolerancing (GD&T)","summary":"The US GD&T standard: datum reference frames, feature control frames, MMC/LMC modifiers, position/profile/runout. A drawing needs ≥3 mutually perpendicular datums (3-2-1 scheme) to fully constrain a part for inspection.","applies":[],"basis":"Datum scheme and feature-control-frame syntax an inspector reads against","sources":["asme-y14.5"],"tags":["gd&t","asme y14.5","datum","standard"]},{"id":"test-drop-iec-60068-2-31","kind":"test","tier":1,"title":"Free-fall drop test, IEC 60068-2-31 / MIL-STD-810 Method 516","summary":"Handheld devices: 1000/1200/1500 mm drop onto concrete, one face/edge/corner per orientation. Geometry response: corner radii ≥ 2 mm at impact corners, internal ribs behind the impact zone, no unsupported span > 40 mm near a corner.","applies":["handheld device","enclosure","consumer electronics"],"value":{"options":[1000,1200,1500],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"IEC 60068-2-31 Test Ec free-fall / MIL-STD-810H Method 516.8 transit drop","sources":["iec-60068-2-31","mil-std-810"],"tags":["drop test","corner radius","impact","rugged"]},{"id":"test-ip-ratings-iec-60529","kind":"test","tier":1,"title":"IP ingress protection rating, IEC 60529","summary":"IP54 dust-protected/splash; IP65 dust-tight/jets; IP67 immersion 1m/30min; IP68 beyond 1m per spec. Geometry response: continuous gasket groove at every seam, a gland or vent membrane boss at cable/vent ports, no through-hole from a sealed screw boss.","applies":["enclosure","outdoor equipment","wearable"],"value":{"options":["IP54","IP65","IP67","IP68"]},"basis":"IEC 60529 IP code, first digit dust / second digit water","sources":["iec-60529"],"tags":["ip rating","ip67","ip68","gasket","sealing","vent"]},{"id":"test-ul94-flammability","kind":"test","tier":1,"title":"UL 94 plastics flammability rating (HB, V-2, V-0)","summary":"HB: horizontal slow-burn, min 1.5mm. V-2/V-1: vertical, self-extinguishes, drips allowed(V-2)/not(V-1). V-0: extinguishes <=10s, no flaming drips, down to 0.8-1.5mm. Geometry response: the rating only holds at or above the resin's UL-tested min thickness.","applies":["injection moulded housing","electrical enclosure"],"value":{"options":["HB","V-2","V-1","V-0"]},"basis":"UL 94 vertical/horizontal burn test, rating tied to tested minimum thickness","sources":["ul-94"],"tags":["ul 94","flammability","v-0","minimum wall","plastic"]},{"id":"rule-datum-scheme-321","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"3-2-1 datum scheme for fixturing and inspection","summary":"Primary datum: 3 points on the largest stable face (removes 3 DOF). Secondary: 2 points on a perpendicular face (2 DOF). Tertiary: 1 point on a third perpendicular face (last DOF). Pick datums matching how the part is fixtured and measured.","applies":[],"basis":"ASME Y14.5 datum reference frame construction","sources":["asme-y14.5"],"tags":["datum","3-2-1","fixturing","gd&t"]},{"id":"rule-when-gdt-vs-plusminus","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"When to call out GD&T vs. plain ± dimensions","summary":"Use plain +/- for non-functional, non-mating sizes (default ISO 2768). Switch to GD&T (position/profile/runout with a datum frame) when a feature mates, rotates, or must pass a functional gauge — GD&T defines a usable zone that coordinates cannot.","applies":[],"basis":"GD&T defines a functional tolerance zone; coordinate tolerancing often over-constrains at the corners","sources":["asme-y14.5"],"tags":["gd&t","tolerancing","mating","position"]},{"id":"note-stating-tolerance-on-drawing","kind":"note","tier":1,"title":"How to state a tolerance on a drawing or in PMI","summary":"Title block default: 'UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, TOLERANCES PER ISO 2768-mK'. Per-feature override: an explicit +/- or feature control frame. In NativeCAD use cad_pmi_author to attach PMI to a face/edge so it round-trips in the STEP AP242 export.","applies":[],"basis":"PMI (product manufacturing information) authoring practice for model-based definition","sources":["asme-y14.5"],"tags":["pmi","drawing","title block","cad_pmi_author"]},{"id":"gasket-groove-for-ip-sealing","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Gasket groove for IP-rated enclosure seams","summary":"Rectangular groove: width = gasket cord dia x 1.3-1.5, depth = cord dia x 0.75-0.8 for 20-25% compression, continuous with rounded corners (r >= 2x groove width) so the gasket doesn't kink. Undersized compression is the top cause of an IP67 fail.","applies":["enclosure","outdoor equipment","sealed housing"],"value":{"min":0.2,"max":0.25,"unit":"ratio","note":"compression fraction of gasket cord diameter"},"basis":"Standard elastomer gasket groove design for a continuous seam seal","sources":["iec-60529"],"tags":["gasket","groove","ip rating","sealing"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"tooling","title":"Tooling - fixture plates, jigs, workholding, gauges","sector":"tooling","version":"2026-09-03","summary":"Grid fixture plates, 3-2-1 locating, clamping, vise soft jaws, 1-2-3/2-4-6 blocks, drill jigs and bushings, go/no-go gauges, 3D-printed jigs, inspection and assembly fixtures, plus the materials, tolerances and tests a job-shop fixture is held to.","aliases":["fixture","jig","fixture plate","tooling plate","workholding","soft jaws","vise jaws","drill jig","gauge","go no-go","1-2-3 block","locating pin","clamp","modular fixture"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"carr-lane-handbook","title":"Carr Lane Manufacturing Co. — Jig and Fixture Handbook / Workholding Components Catalog","url":"https://www.carrlane.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"mitee-bite-fixturing-guide","title":"Mitee-Bite Products — Fixturing Systems Catalog and Design Guide (dowel/tapped grid plates)","url":"https://www.miteebite.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"renishaw-fixturing","title":"Renishaw — Modular Fixturing Systems (grid plate hole layout)","url":"https://www.renishaw.com/en/fixturing-systems--6015","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"kurt-workholding","title":"Kurt Workholding — Precision Vise Drawings and Specifications (DX6/D688 series)","url":"https://www.kurtworkholding.com/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"mcmaster-123-block","title":"McMaster-Carr — Precision Ground 1-2-3 Blocks, dimensional drawing","url":"https://www.mcmaster.com/1-2-3-blocks/","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-1938","title":"ISO 1938-1:2015 Geometrical product specifications — Plain limit gauges — Part 1: Gauges for workpieces with size tolerances","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/61529.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"iso-286","title":"ISO 286-1:2010 ISO code system for tolerances on linear sizes","url":"https://www.iso.org/standard/45123.html","accessed":"2026-09-03"},{"id":"mic6-datasheet","title":"Cast aluminium tooling plate (MIC-6) technical data sheet — flatness, stress-relief and composition","accessed":"2026-09-03","note":"Manufacturer datasheet, exact vendor URL unconfirmed at time of writing"}],"entries":[{"id":"fixture-grid-pitch","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Modular fixture-plate grid pitch","summary":"Modular tooling plates (Mitee-Bite, Renishaw style) carry a hole grid on 25 mm (1 in) or 50 mm pitch, dowelled and tapped, so any subplate or clamp lands on a repeatable station without new drilling.","applies":["fixture plate","tooling plate","grid plate","modular fixture"],"value":{"options":[25,50],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Mitee-Bite and Renishaw catalog grid-plate series standardize on 25 mm/1 in metric-inch-compatible pitch, 50 mm on larger plates","sources":["mitee-bite-fixturing-guide","renishaw-fixturing"],"tags":["grid","pitch","modular","fixture-plate"]},{"id":"dowel-tapped-alternation","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Alternating dowel / tapped grid hole pattern","summary":"Grid-plate stations alternate a precision dowel hole (dia6 H7 or dia8 H7, for locating) with a tapped hole (M6 or M8, for clamping) so every other node locates and every other node fastens - never both in one hole.","applies":["fixture plate","tooling plate","grid plate"],"value":{"table":[{"role":"locate","dia":6,"fit":"H7"},{"role":"clamp","thread":"M6"},{"role":"locate","dia":8,"fit":"H7"},{"role":"clamp","thread":"M8"}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Renishaw/Mitee-Bite grid plates checkerboard dowel and tapped stations so a subplate can be both located and bolted from the same grid","sources":["mitee-bite-fixturing-guide","renishaw-fixturing"],"tags":["dowel","tapped","grid","alternation"],"see":["hardware/dowel-pin-holes"]},{"id":"fixture-plate-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Fixture / tooling plate thickness","summary":"General-purpose fixture and grid plates run 12-25 mm thick: 12-16 mm for light fixtures and soft-jaw carriers, 20-25 mm where tapped holes must hold clamp preload and dowel holes must resist tipping under cutting load.","applies":["fixture plate","tooling plate","subplate"],"value":{"min":12,"max":25,"typical":20,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Carr Lane and Mitee-Bite catalog plate thicknesses balance tapped-hole engagement depth against added mass and cost","sources":["carr-lane-handbook","mitee-bite-fixturing-guide"],"tags":["plate","thickness"]},{"id":"mic6-flatness","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"MIC-6 cast tooling plate flatness","summary":"MIC-6 cast, stress-relieved aluminium tooling plate holds flatness within 0.15 mm over any 300 mm span as-cast, far tighter than rolled 6061 plate, which is why it is the default fixture-plate stock.","applies":["mic-6","tooling plate","fixture plate"],"value":{"max":0.15,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Cast (not rolled) and stress-relieved before machining, so internal stress does not release and warp the plate after milling","sources":["mic6-datasheet"],"tags":["mic-6","flatness","tooling-plate"]},{"id":"three-two-one-principle","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"3-2-1 locating principle","summary":"A rigid body is fully located with 6 point contacts distributed 3-2-1: three points define the primary (largest) datum plane, two more define a secondary plane perpendicular to it, and one more a tertiary plane - removing all 6 degrees of freedom with the minimum contact.","applies":["fixture","jig","locating scheme"],"basis":"Kinematic locating theory (6 DOF = 6 constraints), the foundation of every jig-and-fixture handbook locating scheme","sources":["carr-lane-handbook"],"tags":["3-2-1","locating","datum","kinematic"]},{"id":"locating-pin-pair","kind":"feature","tier":1,"title":"Round + diamond locating pin pair","summary":"A 2-pin location uses one full round pin plus one diamond (relieved) pin on the second hole: the diamond pin's narrow flats absorb the hole-to-hole distance tolerance so the part is not over-constrained and does not bind going onto the pins.","applies":["fixture","jig","locating pin"],"basis":"A second round pin over-constrains two-hole location against normal hole-position tolerance; a diamond pin removes the redundant width constraint while still fixing rotation","sources":["carr-lane-handbook"],"tags":["locating-pin","diamond-pin","round-pin"]},{"id":"locating-pin-fit-clearance","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Locating pin fit: hole H7, pin g6, 0.02-0.05 mm clearance","summary":"A removable locating pin is toleranced hole H7 / pin g6, giving 0.02-0.05 mm diametral clearance - loose enough to load and unload the part by hand, tight enough to hold the 0.01-0.02 mm repeatability a fixture is built for.","applies":["fixture","jig","locating pin"],"value":{"min":0.02,"max":0.05,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"ISO 286 H7/g6 sliding fit class, the standard running fit for a hand-loaded locating pin","sources":["iso-286"],"tags":["h7","g6","clearance","locating-pin"],"see":["hardware/press-fit-pin-interference"]},{"id":"locating-accuracy","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Fixture locating repeatability","summary":"A precision machining or inspection fixture locates a part to within 0.01-0.02 mm from load to load - the number the pin fit, the locator wear and the clamping sequence are all budgeted against.","applies":["fixture","jig"],"value":{"min":0.01,"max":0.02,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Typical repeatability target for a CNC or CMM fixture, well inside the part's own dimensional tolerance","sources":["carr-lane-handbook"],"tags":["repeatability","locating","accuracy"]},{"id":"toggle-clamp-holding-force","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Toggle / cam / strap clamp holding force","summary":"Manual toggle, cam and strap clamps used in fixturing are rated 100-2500 N holding force depending on size - small vertical toggles at the low end, heavy horizontal-hold-down toggles and screw-actuated strap clamps at the high end.","applies":["toggle clamp","cam clamp","strap clamp","clamp"],"value":{"min":100,"max":2500,"unit":"N"},"basis":"Manufacturer catalog holding-force ratings across the common toggle-clamp size range","sources":["carr-lane-handbook"],"tags":["clamp","toggle-clamp","holding-force"]},{"id":"clamp-force-vs-cutting-force","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Clamp force must exceed cutting force with margin","summary":"Total clamping force normal to a cutting load should be at least 2-3x the peak cutting force component that could lift or slide the part, to hold position through chatter and interrupted cuts, not just under steady load.","applies":["fixture","clamp","workholding"],"value":{"min":2,"max":3,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"Standard workholding safety-factor rule of thumb against milling/drilling thrust and tangential force","sources":["carr-lane-handbook"],"tags":["clamp-force","cutting-force","safety-factor"]},{"id":"kurt-vise-jaw-width","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Kurt 6 in vise jaw width","summary":"The Kurt 6 in machinist vise (DX6/D688 class) has a 152 mm (6 in) jaw width, the most common CNC-mill vise size and the reference dimension every 6 in soft-jaw blank is machined to fit.","applies":["vise","kurt vise","soft jaws"],"value":{"value":152,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Kurt catalog jaw width for the 6 in vise family","sources":["kurt-workholding"],"tags":["vise","kurt","jaw-width"]},{"id":"soft-jaw-blank","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Soft jaw blank size for a 6 in vise","summary":"A pair of soft jaws for a 6 in vise starts as two 150 x 50 x 25 mm blanks (6061 or 1018), bolted onto the vise's jaw plates and then machined in place to the part's own profile - including any dowel-pin slot for repeat setups.","applies":["soft jaws","vise jaws","vise"],"value":{"table":[{"dim":"length","mm":150},{"dim":"height","mm":50},{"dim":"thickness","mm":25}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard soft-jaw blank size matched to the Kurt 6 in vise jaw width","sources":["kurt-workholding"],"tags":["soft-jaws","blank","vise"]},{"id":"vise-jaw-bolt-pattern","kind":"fastener","tier":1,"title":"Soft jaw mounting bolt pattern (Kurt 6 in)","summary":"Kurt 6 in vise soft jaws bolt on with 3 x half-13 UNC cap screws on a 114.3 mm (4.5 in) bolt spacing - the standard hole pattern soft-jaw blanks are pre-drilled to.","applies":["soft jaws","vise jaws","kurt vise"],"value":{"table":[{"count":3,"thread":"1/2-13 UNC","spacing_mm":114.3}]},"basis":"Kurt catalog jaw-mounting hole pattern for the 6 in vise family","sources":["kurt-workholding"],"tags":["soft-jaws","bolt-pattern","kurt"]},{"id":"123-block-dims","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"1-2-3 block dimensions","summary":"A precision 1-2-3 block measures 1 x 2 x 3 in (25.4 x 50.8 x 76.2 mm), ground square and parallel on all faces to within microns, used as a locating riser, angle reference or clamping spacer.","applies":["1-2-3 block","workholding","setup block"],"value":{"table":[{"dim":"x","mm":25.4},{"dim":"y","mm":50.8},{"dim":"z","mm":76.2}]},"basis":"Defining dimension of the 1-2-3 block: 1, 2 and 3 inches on a side","sources":["mcmaster-123-block"],"tags":["1-2-3-block","setup-block"]},{"id":"jig-plate-thickness-rule","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Drill jig plate thickness vs. drill diameter","summary":"A drill jig plate is made 1.5-2x the drill diameter thick under the bushing bore, enough to keep the bushing supported and the drill guided straight without the plate becoming needlessly heavy.","applies":["drill jig","jig plate"],"value":{"min":1.5,"max":2,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"Standard drill-jig design rule balancing bushing support against jig weight and cost","sources":["carr-lane-handbook"],"tags":["jig-plate","thickness","drill-bushing"]},{"id":"gauge-tolerance-iso1938","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Gauge manufacturing tolerance (ISO 1938)","summary":"ISO 1938 sizes a go/no-go gauge's own manufacturing tolerance at roughly 10% of the part tolerance it inspects, split as gauge-maker tolerance plus wear allowance, so the gauge itself never consumes a meaningful share of the part's tolerance band.","applies":["gauge","go no-go","ring gauge","plug gauge"],"value":{"typical":10,"unit":"%"},"basis":"ISO 1938-1 gauge tolerance grades (GG/G-class) sized as a fraction of the workpiece tolerance","sources":["iso-1938"],"tags":["gauge","tolerance","iso-1938"]},{"id":"fixture-tolerance-critical","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Fixture tolerance on locating features","summary":"Locating features on a fixture or jig - pin holes, datum pads, bushing bores - are held to +/-0.01-0.02 mm; everything else on the same plate (mounting holes, clearance pockets, edges) can run at a much looser +/-0.1 mm.","applies":["fixture","jig","fixture plate"],"value":{"min":0.01,"max":0.02,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Locating features drive the fixture's repeatability budget directly; non-critical features do not","sources":["carr-lane-handbook"],"tags":["tolerance","locating","critical"]},{"id":"material-6061-t6","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"6061-T6 aluminium for fixture bodies and soft jaws","summary":"6061-T6 (yield approx 276 MPa, density 2.70 g/cm3) is the default fixture-body and soft-jaw material: machines cleanly, holds a tapped hole well, and is light enough for a fixture an operator lifts by hand.","applies":["fixture","soft jaws","fixture plate"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"yield","value":276,"unit":"MPa"},{"property":"density","value":2.7,"unit":"g/cm3"}]},"basis":"General-purpose 6061-T6 mechanical properties, the standard aluminium fixture-component alloy","sources":["carr-lane-handbook"],"tags":["6061","aluminium","material"]},{"id":"material-1018","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"1018 mild steel for jaws, locators and jig plates","summary":"1018 cold-rolled steel (yield approx 370 MPa, density 7.87 g/cm3) is the default steel for soft jaws, locators and jig plates needing more wear resistance and stiffness than aluminium but no hardening - it also case-hardens well where a wear surface is added later.","applies":["soft jaws","jig plate","locator"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"yield","value":370,"unit":"MPa"},{"property":"density","value":7.87,"unit":"g/cm3"}]},"basis":"General-purpose 1018 mild steel mechanical properties","sources":["carr-lane-handbook"],"tags":["1018","steel","material"]},{"id":"material-mic6","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"MIC-6 cast tooling plate","summary":"MIC-6 is a cast, stress-relieved 5-series-like aluminium tooling plate (density approx 2.70 g/cm3) sold pre-flattened to 0.15 mm/300 mm - the default stock for fixture and grid plates over rolled 6061 wherever flatness matters more than raw strength.","applies":["fixture plate","tooling plate","grid plate"],"value":{"table":[{"property":"density","value":2.7,"unit":"g/cm3"},{"property":"flatness","value":0.15,"unit":"mm/300mm"}]},"basis":"MIC-6 datasheet: cast and stress-relieved for flatness stability, not for peak strength","sources":["mic6-datasheet"],"tags":["mic-6","tooling-plate","material"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"toys-games","title":"Toys & games — dice, chess, bricks, spinners, puzzles, miniatures","sector":"toys-games","version":"2026-09-04","summary":"Dice, chess sets, toy cars, fidget spinners, yo-yos, frisbees, brick-compatible blocks, jigsaw puzzles, miniatures/figurines, spinning tops, marble runs, board-game tokens and balls: the dimensions, interface fits and materials, plus the EN 71-1/ASTM F963/16 CFR 1501 small-parts and mechanical safety tests a toy is held to.","aliases":["dice","die","d6","casino dice","polyhedral dice","chess set","chess piece","staunton chess piece","chess pawn","toy car","die-cast car","fidget spinner","yo-yo","yoyo","ultimate disc","flying disc","building block","brick-compatible block","jigsaw puzzle piece","figurine","tabletop miniature","spinning top","marble run","meeple","board game token","ping pong ball","table tennis ball"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"en-71-1","title":"EN 71-1:2014+A1 Safety of toys — Mechanical and physical properties","url":"https://law.resource.org/pub/eu/toys/en.71.1.2014.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"bricklink-dims","title":"BrickLink — Item Dimensions: Stud Dimensions and Other Standards","url":"https://www.bricklink.com/help.asp?helpID=261","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"staunton-sizing","title":"House of Staunton — Choosing Chess Piece Sizes","url":"https://www.houseofstaunton.com/blogs/general/chess-piece-sizes","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"uscf-sizing","title":"US Chess Sales — Guide to Chess Piece Sizes","url":"https://www.uscfsales.com/blogs/chess-pieces/chess-piece-sizes","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"bearing-608","title":"608 miniature ball bearing dimensions, 8x22x7mm","url":"https://iskbearing.com/product-details/608","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"yoyo-bearing-c","title":"YoYoTricks — SPEC Bearing Size C","url":"https://yoyotricks.com/shop/spec-bearing-size-c/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"usau-disc-standards","title":"USA Ultimate / WFDF approved disc standards","url":"https://archive.usaultimate.org/discstandards/","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"dicegame-authority","title":"Dice Types, Sizes and Specifications Reference","url":"https://dicegameauthority.com/dice-types-and-specifications","accessed":"2026-09-04"},{"id":"ittf-ball-spec","title":"ITTF-approved 40 mm table tennis ball specification","url":"https://www.allabouttabletennis.com/40mm-table-tennis-balls.html","accessed":"2026-09-04"}],"entries":[{"id":"dice-standard-16mm","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Standard six-sided die edge length","summary":"A standard d6 boardgame die runs a 12-19 mm cube edge, 16 mm the most common size for retail boxed games; scale pip diameter/depth and edge radius from the edge, not a fixed number.","applies":["dice","d6","die"],"value":{"min":12,"max":19,"typical":16,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common commodity d6 edge range across boxed board games and RPG sets","sources":["dicegame-authority"],"tags":["dice","d6","size"]},{"id":"dice-pip-dimensions","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Die pip diameter and depth as a fraction of edge length","summary":"Engrave each pip at roughly 10-12% of the die's edge length in diameter and 4-5% of the edge in depth (a 16 mm die: about 1.8 mm pip diameter, 0.7 mm deep), spaced so the 21 pips stay inside the corner-blend tangent rails.","applies":["dice","pips","engraving"],"value":{"min":10,"max":12,"typical":11,"unit":"%","note":"pip diameter as % of edge; depth 4-5% of edge"},"basis":"cad_dice_pips scales pipRadius/pipDepth from face size; kernel-proven default ratios for a blended cube","sources":["dicegame-authority"],"tags":["dice","pips","engraving"],"check":{"process":"additive","rule":"min_feature_size"}},{"id":"dice-edge-radius","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Die corner/edge blend radius","summary":"Round a boardgame die's corners and edges 5-10% of the edge length (about 1-1.5 mm on a 16 mm die) so it rolls cleanly and doesn't chip; a casino/precision die instead keeps a near-zero 'razor' edge on purpose, since a rounded edge biases the roll.","applies":["dice","d6","casino dice"],"value":{"min":5,"max":10,"unit":"%","note":"corner/edge blend radius as % of edge length; casino dice use ~0"},"basis":"A rolled die needs enough edge radius to tumble and survive drops without chipping; a fair casino die needs the opposite, a true sharp cube, so the roll isn't biased toward a rounded face","sources":["dicegame-authority"],"tags":["dice","edge","radius","fillet"]},{"id":"dice-balance-tolerance","kind":"tolerance","tier":1,"title":"Die mass balance after pip drilling","summary":"A fair die keeps its centre of mass within about 0.05 mm of its geometric centre; casino dice fill each of the 21 drilled pip holes with epoxy weighted to match the density of the plastic removed, so no face is left lighter than its opposite.","applies":["dice","casino dice","balance"],"value":{"max":0.05,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Drilled-and-filled pip construction must not leave a mass bias that favours the face opposite the most-drilled face (the 6-face) in the roll","sources":["dicegame-authority"],"tags":["dice","balance","mass","fair-roll"]},{"id":"chess-king-height-95mm","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Tournament Staunton king height","summary":"FIDE/USCF tournament recommendation puts the Staunton king at 95 mm (3.75 in) tall, with club/home sets ranging 85-105 mm; every other piece's height and the board's own square size are proportioned off this one number.","applies":["chess","chess set","staunton chess piece","king"],"value":{"min":85,"max":105,"typical":95,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"FIDE tournament-equipment recommendation for Staunton-pattern king height","sources":["staunton-sizing","uscf-sizing"],"tags":["chess","king","staunton","height"]},{"id":"chess-base-diameter-ratio","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Chess king base diameter as a fraction of king height","summary":"Size the king's base diameter to 40-45% of its own height (a 95 mm king takes a 38-43 mm base); a wider base up to ~50% is common on heavier weighted sets, and a narrower base tips over in play.","applies":["chess","chess set","king","base"],"value":{"min":40,"max":45,"typical":42,"unit":"%"},"basis":"FIDE/USCF proportion guidance balancing a tall Staunton piece against tip-over stability on a felted board","sources":["staunton-sizing","uscf-sizing"],"tags":["chess","base","stability","proportion"]},{"id":"toy-car-axle-diameter-4mm","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Toy car axle rod diameter","summary":"A pocket-scale toy or die-cast car runs a 4 mm steel axle rod (common range 2.5-5 mm for smaller/larger models), pressed or crimped into the chassis with the wheel free-spinning on it.","applies":["toy car","die-cast car","axle"],"value":{"min":2.5,"max":5,"typical":4,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Common die-cast/plastic toy-car axle rod stock size across pocket-scale models","sources":["dicegame-authority"],"tags":["toy-car","axle","diameter"]},{"id":"fidget-spinner-bearing-pocket-608","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Fidget spinner 608 bearing pocket","summary":"Size the centre bearing pocket for a standard 608 bearing, 22 mm OD x 8 mm bore x 7 mm wide, with a 0.05-0.1 mm press-fit interference on the pocket OD and a 0.1-0.2 mm through-clearance on the bore side so the outer race is gripped and the inner race spins free.","applies":["fidget spinner","bearing","608"],"value":{"value":22,"unit":"mm","note":"pocket bore for 608 OD; bearing is 22x8x7mm"},"basis":"608 is the de-facto standard skate/spinner bearing; a spinner body is designed around its published envelope","sources":["bearing-608"],"tags":["fidget-spinner","bearing","608","press-fit"]},{"id":"yoyo-gap-width","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Yo-yo string gap width","summary":"Set the gap between a yo-yo's two half-bodies to 2-4 mm for unresponsive string-trick play (a wider gap needs more string wraps to bind and 'sleep' longer); a fixed-axle or responsive yo-yo runs the narrow end of the range so it climbs the string on a tug.","applies":["yo-yo","yoyo","gap"],"value":{"min":2,"max":4,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"The gap sets how much string must wrap around the axle/bearing before the two halves bind together and the yo-yo returns to the hand","sources":["yoyo-bearing-c"],"tags":["yoyo","gap","string"]},{"id":"yoyo-bearing-size-c","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Yo-yo Size C bearing envelope","summary":"The yo-yo industry's Size C bearing (the modern standard for unresponsive play) measures 6.35 mm bore x 12.7 mm OD x 4.75 mm wide (0.25 x 0.5 x 0.1875 in); seat it on the axle with a light press fit on the bore and a running clearance on the OD against the half-body pocket.","applies":["yo-yo","yoyo","bearing","size c"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"bore","value":6.35},{"param":"od","value":12.7},{"param":"width","value":4.75}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Size C is the de-facto industry-standard yo-yo transaxle bearing size","sources":["yoyo-bearing-c"],"tags":["yoyo","bearing","size-c"]},{"id":"frisbee-ultimate-175g-274mm","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"WFDF/USAU regulation ultimate disc","summary":"A regulation ultimate disc weighs 175 g (+/-3 g), spans 274 mm (+/-3 mm) in diameter and stands 32 mm (+/-2 mm) tall — every WFDF/USAU-approved disc mould is built to this envelope so discs from different makers still fly and stack the same.","applies":["frisbee","ultimate disc","flying disc"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"weight","value":175,"unit":"g"},{"param":"diameter","value":274,"unit":"mm"},{"param":"height","value":32,"unit":"mm"}]},"basis":"WFDF/USAU approved-disc testing criteria for competitive ultimate play","sources":["usau-disc-standards"],"tags":["frisbee","ultimate","disc","wfdf"]},{"id":"brick-stud-pitch-8mm","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Brick-compatible stud grid pitch","summary":"Lay every stud on an 8 mm x 8 mm grid — the pitch that makes a brick-compatible part interlock with the wider LEGO-style ecosystem; a 2x4 brick's studs sit on this same 8 mm grid, 2 studs by 4 studs.","applies":["building block","brick-compatible block","stud"],"value":{"value":8,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Published brick-compatible stud grid pitch, the base unit every other brick-compatible dimension is derived from","sources":["bricklink-dims"],"tags":["brick","stud","pitch","grid"]},{"id":"brick-stud-diameter-height","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Brick-compatible stud diameter and height","summary":"A brick-compatible stud is 4.8 mm nominal diameter (real parts measure 4.85-4.9 mm) and 1.8 mm tall standing proud of the top face, centred on each 8 mm grid point.","applies":["building block","brick-compatible block","stud"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"diameter","value":4.8},{"param":"height","value":1.8}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Published brick-compatible stud envelope, the male half of the clutch-fit connection","sources":["bricklink-dims"],"tags":["brick","stud","diameter","height"]},{"id":"brick-wall-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Brick-compatible wall and ceiling thickness","summary":"Mould a brick-compatible shell with a 1.6 mm nominal wall and top (ceiling), thinning to 1.2 mm on a tight internal rib or gusset where a full 1.6 mm would sink the outer show face.","applies":["building block","brick-compatible block","wall"],"value":{"min":1.2,"max":1.6,"typical":1.6,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Published brick-compatible wall/ceiling thickness for a precision ABS injection-moulded shell","sources":["bricklink-dims"],"tags":["brick","wall","thickness"]},{"id":"brick-tube-od","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Brick-compatible anti-stud tube outer diameter","summary":"Size the hollow anti-stud tube under a multi-stud brick's ceiling to 6.51 mm outer diameter, clutching against the inside wall of a stud pressed up into it from the brick below — this is what gives clutch power, not the studs alone.","applies":["building block","brick-compatible block","tube","anti-stud"],"value":{"value":6.51,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Published brick-compatible anti-stud tube outer diameter, sized against the 4.8 mm stud for the clutch interference","sources":["bricklink-dims"],"tags":["brick","tube","anti-stud","clutch"]},{"id":"figurine-scale-28-32mm-heroic","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Tabletop miniature heroic scale","summary":"'28 mm heroic' and '32 mm heroic' describe a miniature's eye height in millimetres, deliberately scaled up (heroic) from true 1:64/1:56 scale for visual punch on a tabletop — a 28 mm-scale human figure stands roughly 30-32 mm to the top of the head including base.","applies":["figurine","tabletop miniature","scale"],"value":{"min":28,"max":32,"typical":28,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Industry-standard heroic wargaming scale convention, measured to eye height rather than total height","sources":["dicegame-authority"],"tags":["figurine","miniature","scale","heroic"]},{"id":"marble-run-marble-diameter-16mm","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Standard marble diameter for a marble run","summary":"Design a marble run's track and funnels around a 16 mm marble (common range 14-19 mm across toy marble sets), the standard size that a run's channel width, gate spacing and funnel throat all key off.","applies":["marble run","marble"],"value":{"min":14,"max":19,"typical":16,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Standard commodity toy-marble diameter, the reference size marble-run track geometry is built around","sources":["dicegame-authority"],"tags":["marble-run","marble","diameter"]},{"id":"ping-pong-ball-40mm","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"ITTF regulation table tennis ball","summary":"A regulation table tennis ball is 40 mm in diameter (+/-0.5 mm) and weighs 2.7 g (2.67-2.77 g acceptable), moulded as a hollow ABS shell about 0.4 mm thick — the shell thickness and seam quality are what give it its 24-26 cm bounce from a 30 cm drop.","applies":["ball","ping pong ball","table tennis ball"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"diameter","value":40,"unit":"mm"},{"param":"mass","value":2.7,"unit":"g"},{"param":"shell","value":0.4,"unit":"mm"}]},"basis":"ITTF-approved 40 mm table tennis ball specification","sources":["ittf-ball-spec"],"tags":["ball","ping-pong","table-tennis","ittf"]},{"id":"standard-en71-1-small-parts","kind":"standard","tier":1,"title":"EN 71-1 small-parts test cylinder","summary":"EN 71-1 defines a 31.7 mm diameter x 57.1 mm deep test cylinder approximating a young child's fully expanded throat; any toy (or part detached by the standard's use-and-abuse tests) intended for a child under 36 months must not fit entirely inside it.","applies":["toy","small parts","safety"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"diameter","value":31.7},{"param":"depth","value":57.1}],"unit":"mm"},"basis":"Governing EU toy-safety standard for the small-parts choking-hazard test cylinder and the associated mechanical use-and-abuse test sequence","sources":["en-71-1"],"tags":["standard","en71","small-parts","safety"]}]},{"$schema":"nativecad-dfm-pack/1","id":"turbomachinery","title":"Turbomachinery — gas-turbine rotor blades, discs and investment-cast aerofoils","sector":"turbomachinery","version":"2026-09-11","summary":"First-stage HP turbine rotor blade proportions (aero-derivative and industrial-frame classes), fir-tree root and platform geometry, tip-clearance and rotor-speed practice, IN718/IN738LC properties at temperature with a source per value, investment-casting castability limits and the disc/blade tests and tolerances a turbogenerator rotor is held to.","aliases":["turbine blade","turbine","gas turbine","turbomachinery","aerofoil","airfoil","rotor blade","compressor blade","jet engine","turbogenerator","fir tree root","fir-tree root","blade root","turbine disc","rotor disc","nozzle guide vane","stator vane","hp turbine","turbine rotor","investment casting","lost wax casting","superalloy","inconel","in718","in738","turbine rotor blade","hp blade","tip clearance","blade tip","turbine stage","aero-derivative","industrial gas turbine","disc rim","disc burst"],"crossSector":false,"size":"core","sources":[{"id":"boyce-gas-turbine-handbook","title":"Boyce, Gas Turbine Engineering Handbook, 4th ed. (Elsevier/Butterworth-Heinemann)","accessed":"2026-09-05"},{"id":"rolls-royce-jet-engine","title":"Rolls-Royce plc, The Jet Engine, 5th ed.","accessed":"2026-09-05"},{"id":"nasa-sp290-turbine-design","title":"NASA SP-290, Turbine Design and Application (Glassman, ed.)","accessed":"2026-09-05"},{"id":"donachie-superalloys","title":"Donachie & Donachie, Superalloys: A Technical Guide, 2nd ed. (ASM International)","accessed":"2026-09-05"},{"id":"asm-handbook-vol15","title":"ASM Handbook Vol. 15 — Casting (investment/shell casting of superalloy aerofoils)","accessed":"2026-09-05"},{"id":"specialmetals-in718","title":"Special Metals Corporation, INCONEL alloy 718 Technical Bulletin (SMC-045)","url":"https://www.specialmetals.com/documents/technical-bulletins/inconel/inconel-alloy-718.pdf","accessed":"2026-09-05"},{"id":"in738lc-published-data","title":"IN-738LC published gas-turbine-literature and OEM material data sheets (Cannon-Muskegon / PCC Structurals cast superalloy data)","accessed":"2026-09-05"},{"id":"ici-design-guidelines","title":"Investment Casting Institute, Investment Casting Design Guidelines","accessed":"2026-09-05"},{"id":"beeley-smart-investment-casting","title":"Beeley & Smart, Investment Casting (IOM3/Maney)","accessed":"2026-09-05"},{"id":"mcdp-investment-casting-guide","title":"Metal Casting Design & Purchasing, \"Investment Casting\" design guide","accessed":"2026-09-05"},{"id":"api-616","title":"API Standard 616 — Gas Turbines for the Petroleum, Chemical and Gas Industry Services","accessed":"2026-09-05"}],"entries":[{"id":"hp-blade-aeroderivative-scale","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"First-stage HP rotor blade scale — aero-derivative class","summary":"A 40 klbf-class aero-derivative core's first-stage HP rotor blade: hub radius ~330 mm, span ~60 mm (span:hub ~0.18), ~80 blades on the disc.","applies":["turbine blade","hp turbine","aero-derivative gas turbine","turbogenerator"],"value":{"table":[{"param":"hub radius","mm":330},{"param":"blade span","mm":60},{"param":"blade count","count":80}]},"basis":"Representative dimensions for a 40 klbf-class aero-derivative core's first HP stage: small hub, short span, high blade count vs. an industrial frame","sources":["boyce-gas-turbine-handbook","rolls-royce-jet-engine"],"tags":["turbine-blade","aero-derivative","scale","hub-radius","span"]},{"id":"hp-blade-industrial-frame-scale","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"First-stage HP rotor blade scale — industrial (heavy-duty) frame class","summary":"A heavy-duty industrial-frame turbine's first HP stage runs a larger, slower blade: span 200+ mm against a 500-900 mm hub radius, at 3,000 or 3,600 rpm synchronous speed.","applies":["turbine blade","hp turbine","industrial gas turbine","heavy-duty frame"],"value":{"min":200,"unit":"mm","note":"first-stage blade span; hub radius typically 500-900 mm"},"basis":"Industrial frame turbines run at grid-synchronous speed (3,000/3,600 rpm, 2-pole) and scale up blade size rather than rotor speed for comparable power","sources":["boyce-gas-turbine-handbook","api-616"],"tags":["turbine-blade","industrial-frame","scale","synchronous-speed"]},{"id":"blade-aspect-ratio","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"HP turbine rotor blade aspect ratio (span : chord)","summary":"First-stage HP turbine rotor blade aspect ratio (span/mean chord) typically runs 1.0-2.0 — short and stubby versus a compressor blade's 2.5-4, since a hot, highly-loaded HP stage favours a thicker, stiffer aerofoil.","applies":["turbine blade","hp turbine","blade aerofoil"],"value":{"min":1,"max":2,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"Low aspect ratio keeps the HP aerofoil thick enough to survive combined thermal and centrifugal load and to route internal cooling, at some aerodynamic cost","sources":["nasa-sp290-turbine-design","rolls-royce-jet-engine"],"tags":["turbine-blade","aspect-ratio","aerofoil"]},{"id":"blade-taper-ratio","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"HP turbine rotor blade taper ratio (tip chord : root chord)","summary":"Tip chord runs 0.5-0.8x the root chord on a typical first-stage HP rotor blade — tapering the section outboard trims centrifugal (pull) stress at the root, which carries the full blade's load.","applies":["turbine blade","hp turbine","blade aerofoil"],"value":{"min":0.5,"max":0.8,"unit":"ratio"},"basis":"Centrifugal root stress scales with the mass distribution outboard of the root; tapering the tip trims that mass without giving up as much aerodynamic loading capacity as a uniform section","sources":["nasa-sp290-turbine-design","boyce-gas-turbine-handbook"],"tags":["turbine-blade","taper","aerofoil","root-stress"]},{"id":"blade-twist-angle","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"HP turbine rotor blade twist, root to tip","summary":"A first-stage HP rotor blade twists 15-30 deg in stagger angle from root to tip, following a free- or controlled-vortex design that keeps flow incidence and work extraction even as blade speed rises with radius.","applies":["turbine blade","hp turbine","blade aerofoil"],"value":{"min":15,"max":30,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"Free-vortex flow design requires tangential velocity to fall as 1/radius; because blade speed instead rises with radius, the section must twist so incidence and loading stay matched hub to tip","sources":["nasa-sp290-turbine-design"],"tags":["turbine-blade","twist","stagger-angle","free-vortex"]},{"id":"le-te-radii-pct-chord","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Leading- and trailing-edge radii as a fraction of chord","summary":"A turbine aerofoil's leading-edge radius runs 2-4% of chord (blunt, to tolerate incidence swings and erosion); the trailing edge is far sharper, sized by castability rather than aerodynamics — see te-thickness-target.","applies":["turbine blade","blade aerofoil","leading edge","trailing edge"],"value":{"min":2,"max":4,"unit":"%","note":"leading-edge radius as % chord"},"basis":"A generously-rounded leading edge tolerates the incidence range a real engine sees across its map without separating; the trailing edge instead wants to be as thin as the process allows","sources":["nasa-sp290-turbine-design","rolls-royce-jet-engine"],"tags":["turbine-blade","leading-edge","trailing-edge","aerofoil"]},{"id":"te-thickness-target","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Trailing-edge thickness target, as-cast","summary":"An as-cast nickel-superalloy HP blade trailing edge is held to 0.5-0.8 mm minimum thickness — thinner and the ceramic mould does not fill before the metal freezes; verify with cad_dfm_check {process:\"investment_casting\"}.","applies":["turbine blade","trailing edge","investment casting"],"value":{"min":0.5,"max":0.8,"unit":"mm"},"check":{"process":"investment_casting","rule":"min_trailing_edge_thickness"},"basis":"Foundry practice for as-cast (not ground) nickel-superalloy trailing edges: below this range the wax edge distorts before shelling, or the last sliver of mould cavity does not fill","sources":["ici-design-guidelines","mcdp-investment-casting-guide"],"tags":["turbine-blade","trailing-edge","castability","investment-casting"]},{"id":"fir-tree-root-proportions","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Fir-tree blade-root proportions: neck width vs platform, lobe count","summary":"A fir-tree root's neck (under the platform) runs 0.35-0.5x the platform width, broadening through 2-4 pairs of serration lobes to the base — more lobes share centrifugal pull across more, smaller flanks.","applies":["turbine blade","fir-tree root","blade attachment"],"value":{"min":0.35,"max":0.5,"unit":"ratio","note":"neck width : platform width"},"basis":"The fir-tree attachment carries the whole blade's centrifugal pull in shear/bearing across its flanks; a narrower neck concentrates stress under the platform, so it is kept wide relative to the lobes below","sources":["boyce-gas-turbine-handbook","rolls-royce-jet-engine"],"tags":["fir-tree","blade-root","attachment","neck"]},{"id":"fir-tree-flank-angle","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Fir-tree serration flank angle","summary":"Fir-tree lobe flank angle (from the radial/pull direction) runs 30-45 deg — shallow enough to keep flank bearing stress moderate, steep enough the lobe does not need excessive radial length to develop it.","applies":["turbine blade","fir-tree root","blade attachment"],"value":{"min":30,"max":45,"unit":"deg"},"basis":"The flank angle sets how centrifugal pull resolves into flank bearing stress and radial engagement length; 30-45 deg is the common working range across published fir-tree and dovetail designs","sources":["boyce-gas-turbine-handbook"],"tags":["fir-tree","blade-root","flank-angle","attachment"]},{"id":"platform-thickness","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Blade platform thickness","summary":"A first-stage HP blade platform runs 2.5-4 mm thick at blade scale — thick enough to seal the gas-path annulus and carry its own bending load between adjacent blades, thin enough to limit root centrifugal mass.","applies":["turbine blade","platform","blade root"],"value":{"min":2.5,"max":4,"unit":"mm"},"basis":"The platform is a small unsupported panel spanning the gap to the next blade's platform, loaded by gas pressure and its own centrifugal field; this is the common published proportion at first-stage HP scale","sources":["boyce-gas-turbine-handbook","rolls-royce-jet-engine"],"tags":["platform","blade-root","thickness"]},{"id":"tip-clearance-targets","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"HP turbine tip clearance: cold build vs hot running","summary":"A first-stage HP turbine is built with 1.0-1.5 mm cold tip clearance (~2% span) so nothing rubs on start-up, closing to a 0.3-0.5 mm hot-running target (~0.5-1% span) as casing/disc grow toward the blade.","applies":["turbine blade","tip clearance","hp turbine"],"value":{"table":[{"state":"cold build","mm":"1.0-1.5","pctSpan":"~2"},{"state":"hot running target","mm":"0.3-0.5","pctSpan":"~0.5-1"}]},"basis":"Casing, disc and blade grow thermally/centrifugally at different rates through a start; active-clearance-control relies on that differential growth (not machining) to close the running gap — 1% of span lost to clearance costs roughly 1-2% stage efficiency","sources":["boyce-gas-turbine-handbook","rolls-royce-jet-engine"],"tags":["tip-clearance","hp-turbine","active-clearance-control"]},{"id":"rotor-speed-and-g-level-aeroderivative","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Aero-derivative rotor speed and blade centrifugal g-level","summary":"At ~11,000 rpm (omega ~1,152 rad/s), a blade centre-of-mass near 360 mm radius sees centrifugal acceleration omega^2*r_cg ~48,000 g — orders of magnitude above consumer mechanical design.","applies":["turbine blade","rotor speed","centrifugal load","aero-derivative gas turbine"],"value":{"value":48000,"unit":"ratio","note":"omega^2 * r_cg, in units of standard gravity g, at approx. 11,000 rpm"},"basis":"omega^2*r_cg is the standard centrifugal-acceleration figure of merit for a rotating blade; small radius but very high speed drives a g-level far above an industrial frame's","sources":["boyce-gas-turbine-handbook"],"tags":["rotor-speed","centrifugal-load","g-level","aero-derivative"]},{"id":"rotor-speed-industrial-frame","kind":"dimension","tier":1,"title":"Industrial-frame rotor speed: grid-synchronous 3,000 / 3,600 rpm","summary":"A generator-drive industrial turbine runs at 3,000 rpm (50 Hz, 2-pole) or 3,600 rpm (60 Hz, 2-pole) — 3-4x slower than an aero-derivative core, why its first-stage blade is so much larger for comparable power.","applies":["turbine blade","rotor speed","industrial gas turbine","turbogenerator"],"value":{"table":[{"gridHz":50,"rpm":3000},{"gridHz":60,"rpm":3600}]},"basis":"A generator-drive turbine coupled directly to a 2-pole alternator must turn at the grid's synchronous speed; g-level scales as the square of that fixed speed, so industrial frames trade rotor speed for blade size","sources":["api-616","boyce-gas-turbine-handbook"],"tags":["rotor-speed","industrial-frame","synchronous-speed","generator-drive"]},{"id":"in718-properties-20-650c","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"IN718 (Inconel 718) properties at 20 C and 650 C","summary":"Wrought/cast IN718: density 8.19 g/cm3, modulus ~200 GPa (20 C) / ~165 GPa (650 C), 0.2% yield 1035/800 MPa, UTS 1240/970 MPa (20 C/650 C) — strength drops sharply above ~650 C.","applies":["in718","inconel 718","nickel superalloy","turbine disc"],"value":{"table":[{"tempC":20,"densityGcm3":8.19,"modulusGPa":200,"yieldMPa":1035,"utsMPa":1240},{"tempC":650,"densityGcm3":8.19,"modulusGPa":165,"yieldMPa":800,"utsMPa":970}],"unit":"MPa"},"basis":"AMS 5596 minimum-property table (20 C and 649 C) from the Special Metals INCONEL 718 bulletin; used for discs/cooler stages rather than the 850 C first-stage HP blade — see in738lc-properties-20-650-850c","sources":["specialmetals-in718","donachie-superalloys"],"tags":["material","in718","superalloy","nickel-alloy","turbine-disc"]},{"id":"in738lc-properties-20-650-850c","kind":"material","tier":1,"title":"IN738LC (cast nickel superalloy) properties at 20/650/850 C","summary":"Cast IN738LC (the classic first-stage HP blade alloy): density 8.11 g/cm3, modulus ~168/148/122 GPa at 20/650/850 C; 0.2% yield ~950/850/700 MPa; UTS ~1060/970/780 MPa at the same temperatures.","applies":["in738lc","in-738lc","nickel superalloy","turbine blade","investment casting"],"value":{"table":[{"tempC":20,"densityGcm3":8.11,"modulusGPa":168,"yieldMPa":950,"utsMPa":1060},{"tempC":650,"densityGcm3":8.11,"modulusGPa":148,"yieldMPa":850,"utsMPa":970},{"tempC":850,"densityGcm3":8.11,"modulusGPa":122,"yieldMPa":700,"utsMPa":780}],"unit":"MPa"},"basis":"Handbook-typical published data for cast IN738LC, representative of the alloy class, not a certified single-heat sheet. Per-value sources, and CADSF-1350's two DISAGREEMENTS (E 122 vs 151 GPa; yield 700 vs 552 MPa), are in in738lc-properties-sourced.","sources":["in738lc-published-data","donachie-superalloys","asm-handbook-vol15"],"tags":["material","in738lc","superalloy","nickel-alloy","turbine-blade"],"see":["turbomachinery/in738lc-properties-sourced"]},{"id":"min-castable-section-investment","kind":"rule","tier":1,"title":"Minimum castable section thickness (investment casting)","summary":"Nickel-superalloy investment castings at blade scale hold a minimum section thickness of ~1.0-1.5 mm — thinner and the ceramic mould misruns or cold-shuts before filling; check with cad_dfm_check {process:\"investment_casting\"}.","applies":["investment casting","turbine blade","castability"],"value":{"min":1,"max":1.5,"unit":"mm"},"check":{"process":"investment_casting","rule":"min_section"},"basis":"Investment-casting design guides publish this as the practical floor for a nickel-superalloy section at small-to-medium (blade-class) part scale; heavier industrial-frame sections tolerate more","sources":["ici-design-guidelines","mcdp-investment-casting-guide","beeley-smart-investment-casting"],"tags":["castability","min-section","investment-casting","rule"]}]}]}